GULARIA CHINI MILLS

FINALENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT (EIA)

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

ForESTABLISHMENT OF NEW DISTILLERY PLANT160 KLD (RS/ENA/Ethanol) based on molasses

along with 8.0 MW Power

by

GULARIA CHINI MILLSUnit - Distillery

(A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited)

atVillage- Rudrapur Gularia, PO-Nausar Gularia,

Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Golagokarannath,District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P. 262901

Prepared by:Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd.

(A QCI Accredited Environmental Organization)

FINALENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT (EIA)

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

ForESTABLISHMENT OF NEW DISTILLERY PLANT160 KLD (RS/ENA/Ethanol) based on molasses

along with 8.0 MW Power

by

GULARIA CHINI MILLSUnit - Distillery

(A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited)

atVillage- Rudrapur Gularia, PO-Nausar Gularia,

Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Golagokarannath,District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P. 262901

Prepared by:Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd.

(A QCI Accredited Environmental Organization)

M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit: Distillery EIA & EMP REPORT

Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd Page 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS.No Particular Page no

Standard ToR 9-16ABBREVIATIONS 17-18TOR COMPLIANCE 19-32EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 33-54

CHAPTER-I INTRODUCTION 55-651.0 Purpose of the Report 551.1 Identification of the Project and Project

Proponent56

1.2.1 Identification of the Project 561.2.1.1 Land details 561.2.1.2 Project Proponent 561.3 Chronology of the project activities with respect

to Environment Clearance56

1.4 Brief description of nature, size, location of theproject and its importance to the country andregion.

58

1.4.1 Site Selection 631.5 Scope of the Study 65

CHAPTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION 67-942.0 Type of Project 672.1 Importance and Benefits of Project 672.2 Industry overview 682.3 Global scenario 68

2.3.1 Indian Scenario 682.3.2 Government Policy 682.3.3 Demand & supply gap 692.4 Location of project 702.5 Summary of the project 722.6 List of industries within study area 742.7 Land use 742.8 Requirements for the Project 782.8.1 Raw Material Requirement 782.8.2 Chemical requirement in distillery 782.8.3 Fuel Requirement 792.8.4 Steam Requirement 802.8.5 Boiler Details 802.8.6 Stack Height Calculation 812.8.7 Water Requirement 812.8.8 Power Requirement 83



2.8.9 Manpower Requirement 832.9 Technology and Process Description 83

2.10 Power Co-generation (8.0 MW) 892.11 Storage Facilities 902.12 Assessment of new & untested technology for the

risk of technological91

2.13 Proposed Schedule and Approval forImplementation

91

2.14 Project Cost 922.15 Environmental pollution by distillery plant and

their mitigation measures:94

CHAPTER III DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 97-1933.0 Introduction 973.1 Study Period 983.2 Establishment of baseline for valued

environmental components98

3.3 Instrument Used For Environmental BaselineData Collection

100

3.3.1 Location selection For Environmental BaselineData Collection

101

3.4 Climatology and Meteorology 1033.4.1 Introduction 1033.4.2 Climatology 1033.4.3 Climatological Data

IMD Station103

3.4.4 Micro Meteorological Data for the Site 1083.4.5 Comparison of Primary and Secondary Data 1093.5 Air Quality 1123.5.1 Methodology Adopted For Air Quality Survey 1123.5.2 Details of the Sampling Locations 1133.5.3 Duration of sampling 1153.5.4 Instrumentation for Sampling 1153.5.5 Presentation of Primary Data 1153.5.5.1 Particulate Matter (PM10) 1163.5.5.2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 1163.5.5.3 Sulphur Dioxide 1163.5.5.4 Nitrogen Oxide 1173.5.5.5 Carbon Mono-Oxide 1173.6 Noise Environment 1293.6.1 Noise Level Survey 1293.6.2 Identification of Sampling Locations 1293.6.3 Existing Noise Environment 1343.7 Ground water 135



3.7.1 Summary 1403.7.2 Observation 1403.8 Surface Water Quality 1403.8 Soil Environment 1433.9.1 Introduction 1433.9.2 Methodology 1433.9.3 Sampling Locations 1443.9.4 Result & Discussion 1473.10 Land Use/Land Cover Study 1473.10.1 Data used 1473.10.2 Methodology 1493.10.3 Details of LULC 1493.10.3.1 Land Use & Land Cover Classes 1493.10.3.2 Generation & Analysis of Data 1503.10.3.3 Land use/land cover classification system 1513.10.4 Interpretation and Conclusion 1533.10.5 Identification of Impacts on Land Use Pattern

Due to Project Activity153

3.10.6 Recommendations 1533.10.7 Conclusion 1543.11 Digital Elevation Model (DEM) 1543.11.1 Observation 1583.12 Seismicity of the Area 1583.13 General profile of District 1613.13.1 Geomorphology & Soil 1613.13.2 Soils of the study area 1613.13.3 Physiography 1613.13.4 Topography 1623.13.5 Drainage system: 1633.13.6 Ground Water Level 1653.14 Biological Environment 1693.14.1 Ecology 1703.14.2 Objectives and purpose of the study 1713.14.3 Study Approach & Methodology adopted 1713.14.4 Flora 1723.14.5 Fauna 1743.14.6 Avifaunal Diversity 1753.15 Conclusion 1763.16 Socioeconomic Environment 1763.16.1 Objectives of the Study 1763.16.2 Scope of Work 1763.16.3 Background Information of the Area 1773.17 Demographic structure 177



3.17.1 Socio-Economic Profile of Lakhimpur Kheridistrict

181

3.17.2 Literacy rate 1863.17.3 Economic Activities 1863.17.4 Vulnerable Group 1873.17.5 Agriculture and Cropping pattern 1883.17.6 Basic Amenities 1883.17.8 Educational Facilities 1893.17.9 Health facilities 1893.17.10 Health & Disease 1893.18 Traffic Survey Study 1893.18.1 Introduction 1913.18.2 Objectives 1913.18.3 External Traffic Scenario 1913.18.4 Parking Provisions 1923.18.5 Traffic Dispersions 1933.18.6 Additional Generation of Trips by Staff & Visitors 193CHAPTER -IV Anticipated Environmental Impacts And

Mitigation Measures197-230

4.1 Introduction 1974.2 Identification of the Impact 1974.2.1 Identification of impact during construction

phase199

4.2.2 Impacts on Land 2004.2.2.1 Impacts 2004.2.2.2 Proposed mitigation measures 2004.2.3 Impacts on Air Quality 2014.2.3.1 Impacts 2014.2.3.2 Proposed mitigation measures: 2014.2.4 Impacts on Noise Quality 2014.2.4.1 Impacts 2024.2.4.2 Proposed mitigation Measures 2024.2.5.1 Impacts on water quality 2024.2.5.2 Impacts 2034.2.5.3 Proposed mitigation Measures 2034.2.6 Impacts on Biological environment 2034.2.7 Impacts on Socio-economics 2034.2.8 Occupational Health and safety 2044.2.8.1 Impact 2044.3 Identification of impact during Operation phase 2044.3.1 Impacts on Air 2054.3.2 Impacts 206



4.4 Introduction: AERMOD 2064.4.1 Methodology 2064.4.2 Gaussian Plume Model 2084.4.3 Effective Stack Height & Plume Rise 2114.4.4 Dispersion Coefficient 2114.4.5 Mixing Height 2114.5 Model Data Aermod 8.2: Impact Prediction 2124.5.1 Simulation Model for Prediction using AERMOD

view 8.2213

4.5.2 Proposed mitigation measures 2204.5.3 Impact on traffic density 2204.5.3.1 Existing Road Network Details 2204.5.3.2 Impacts during operational phase 2204.5.3.3 Impacts on noise quality 2214.5.3.4 Impacts on water quality 2224.5.3.5 Odor management 2234.5.3.6 Impacts on Biological environment 2244.5.3.7 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment 2254.5.3.8 Occupational Health & Safety 2254.6 Environmental Impact Analysis 2264.7 Summary 2294.7 .1 Construction Phase 2294.7.2 Operation Phase 2304.8 Conclusion 230CHAPTER -V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

(TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)231

5.1 General 2315.2 Analysis of Alternative Site 2315.3 Analysis of Alternative Technology 2315.4 Conclusion 231CHAPTER-VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 232-2396.1 Introduction 2326.2 Formation Of Environment Management Cell

(EMC)232

6.2.1 Structure of EMC 2336.2.2 Responsibilities of EMC 2336.3 Environmental Monitoring Plan 2346.3.1 Instruments to be used/being used 2346.3.2 Monitoring Programme 2346.3.3 Monitoring Schedule 2346.3.4 Locations of Monitoring Stations 235



6.3.5 Methodology Adopted 2366.4 Data Analysis 2386.5 Laboratory Facility 2386.6 Budgetary Provision For Environment

Management239

CHAPTER -VII RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENTPLAN

240-268

7.1 Hazard Identification 2407.1.1 Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HIRA) 2407.1.2 Identification Hazard 2417.2 Risk Assessment 2427.2.1 Potential risk and mitigation measures for during

construction phase243

7.2.2 Potential risk and mitigation measures duringoperation phase

244

7.2.2.1 Boiler Operation 2447.2.2.2 Risk during D.G. set operation 2457.2.2.3 Hazard & Associated Risk of Storage and

Handling of Raw Material246

7.2.2.4 Hazard & associated Risk of Molasses storagetank

246

7.2.2.5 Risk associated with alcohol storage and itsmitigation measures

248

7.2.2.5.1 Risk associated with work area of distillation 2507.3 Safety Measures Recommendation 2507.3.1 Storage and material handling area 2507.3.2 Reactor Safety 2507.3.3 DG Sets 2507.3.4 Boiler 2517.3.5 Storage and Handling of Alcohol 251

7.3.6 Molasses storage 2517.3.7 Building & workspace 2527.3.8 Electric items 2527.3.9 Fire 2527.3.10 Occupational health hazard and safety measures 2537.4 Disaster Management Plan (DMP) 2547.4.1 Manmade 2547.4.2 Natural 2547.4.3 Onsite Emergency Plan 2567.4.4 Offsite Emergency Plan 2567.4.5 Objectives of disaster management 2567.4.6 Onsite Emergency Preparedness Plan 256



7.4.6.1 Disaster Management Cell 2577.4.6.2 Key Personnel 2577.4.6.3 Requirement of Equipment and Materials 2657.4.6.4 Training 2667.4.6.5 Communication 2667.5.7 Offsite Emergency Plan 2667.5.8 Information to authorities 2667.5.9 General Natural Disaster Management Measures 2677.6 Conclusion 268CHAPTER–VIII

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 269-301

8.0 Introduction 269

8.1 Purpose of Environmental Management Plan 2698.3 Details of Environment Management Plan

Proposed270

8.3.1 During Construction Phase 2708.3.1.1 Air Environment Management Plan 2708.3.1.2 Water Environment 2708.3.1.3 Solid Waste Generation 2718.3.1.4 Noise Environment 2718.3.1.5 Land Environment 2718.3.1.6 Ecology 2728.3.1.7 Socio-Economic 2728.3.1.8 Storage of Hazardous Materials 2728.3.1.9 Migrant Laborers and Truck Drivers 2728.4 Environment Management Plan for Operation

Phase272

8.4.1 Air Environment 2738.4.2 Action Plan to control fugitive emission 2738.4.3 Noise pollution management 2748.4.4 Water Environment 2758.4.4.1 Proposed Waste Water Treatment Plant 2788.5 Solid Waste Management 2848.6 Proposal for Rain Water Harvesting 2858.7 Greenbelt & Plantation Development Programme 2888.7.1 Greenbelt and Plantation at Plant Site 2888.7.2 Details of Greenbelt 2898.7.3 Plantation along Road Sides 2918.8 Occupational Health And Safety Measures 2918.8.1 Health Safety and Environment Policy 2918.8.2 Occupational Health and Safety Hazards 2928.8.3 Occupational Health Surveillance 294



8.8.4 Implementation of OHS standards as perOHSAS/USEPA

296

8.8.5 Safety Committee 2978.8.6 Medical Facilities 2988.8.7 Plan & Fund Allocation for Occupational Health

& Safety298

8.9 CSR Action Plan 2998.10 Vehicular Pollution Control And Its Management 3008.11 Conclusion 301CHAPTER – IX PROJECT BENEFITS 302-3059.1 Introduction 3029.2 Employment Opportunities 3029.3 Promotion Of Social And Economic Status 3029.4 CER Activities Carried Out By UNIT Along With

Expenditure303

9.5 Proposed Corporate Environment Responsibility(CER)

304

9.6 Conclusion 305CHAPTER X ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 30610.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 306Chapter XI ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Public hearing proceedings307-318

Chapter-XII Disclosure of Consultants Engaged 319-322Annexure 1 LAND OWNERSHIP DOCUMENTSANNEXURE 2 PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGSANNEXURE 3 CGWA NOC STATUS



















ABBREVIATIONS

μg/m3 : Micro gram per meter cube UPPCB : Uttar Pradesh PollutionControl Board

μm : Micro Meter UPSEB : Uttar Pradesh StateElectricity

BoardAAQM : Ambient Air Quality

MonitoringMRL : Mean Reduced Level

AAQMS : Ambient Air QualityMonitoring Station

MSL : Mean Sea Level

APCM/E : Air Pollution ControlMeasures/Equipment

MT : Metric Tonnes

MW : Mega WattCGWA : Central Ground Water

AuthorityNDIR : Non Depressive Infrared

(NDIR)Spectroscopy

CO : Carbon monoxide NE : North EastCO2 : Carbon dioxide NH : National Highway

CGWB : Central Ground Water Board NIDM : National Institute of DisasterManagement

CMS : Continuous Monitoring System NNE : North North EastCPCB : Central Pollution Control

BoardNOC : No objection Certificate

CTO : Consent to Operate NO2 : Nitrogen dioxideCREP : Corporate Responsibility for

Environment ProtectionNRSA : National Remote Sensing

AgencyDb : Decibel NTF : National Task ForceDIP : Digital Image Processing NW : North West

DWGS : Distillers Wet Grains Soluble O3 : OzoneEAC : Expert Appraisal Committee PF : Protected ForestEIA : Environmental Impact

AssessmentpH : Potential of Hydrogen

EMC : Environment Management Cell PM : Particulate MatterEMP : Environmental Management

PlanPPE : Personal Protective

EquipmentENA : Extra Neutral Alcohol PPV : Peak Particle VelocityENE : East North East PWD : Public Works DepartmentEPA : Environmental Protection

AgencyRDS : Respirable Dust Sampler

ERDAS : Earth Resources Data AnalysisSystem

UPPCB : Uttar Pradesh PollutionControl Board

ESP : Electrostatic Precipitator RF : Reserve ForestETP : Effluent Treatment Plant RP : Recharge from Plant



FPM : Fine Particulate Matter RS : Rectified SpiritsGCP : Ground Control Points RSPM : Respirable Suspended

Particulate MatterGLC : Ground Level Concentration SE : South EastGovt. : Government EAC : Expert Appraisal

CommitteeGPS : Global Positioning System EIAA : Environmental Impact

Assessment AuthorityHa : Hectare SH : State HighwayHC : Methane & Non- Methane SOI : Survey of India

HDPE : High Density Polyethylene SO2 : Sulphur dioxideHSE : Health, Safety & Environment SPCB : State Pollution Control BoardID : Induced Draft SPM : Suspended Particulate Matter

IMD : India MeteorologicalDepartment

Sq. : Square

IMFL : Indian Made Foreign Liquor SSE : South South EastIRS : Indian Remote Sensing Satellite SSW : South South WestIS : Indian Standards SW : South WestKg : Kilogram T : Tonnes

KLPD : Kilo Liter Per Day TDS : Total Dissolved SolidsKm : Kilometer ToR : Terms of Reference

KVA : Kilo Volt Ampere TPD : Tonnes Per DayKW : Kilo Watt TPH : Tonnes Per Hour

LU/LC : Land Use / Land Cover TPP : Thermal Power PlantM : Meter TR : Total Recharge

MEE : Multi Effect Evaporator USDA : United States Department ofAgriculture

mg/l : Milligram per Litre USEPA : United States EnvironmentalProtection Agency

mg/m3 : Milligram per meter cube V : Voltmm : Millimeter VLS : Vapour Liquid Separator

MoEF&CC

: Ministry of Environment,Forest & Climate Change

VOC : Volatile Organic Compounds

MOWR : Ministry of Water Resources WNW : West North West



TOR Compliance

Sr. No. Condition Compliance1. Executive Summary Executive summary of the project has been

incorporated in this EIA/EMP Report.2. Introductioni Details of the EIA Consultant

including NABET accreditationDetails of the EIA Consultant includingNABET accreditation has been incorporatedin cover page of EIA/EMP Report.

ii. Information about the projectproponent

Information about the project proponent hasbeen incorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 1 , section 1.2

iii. Importance and benefits of theproject

Importance and benefits of this project havebeen incorporated in this EIA/EMP Reportatchapter 1 , section 1.6.2

3. Project Descriptioni. Cost of project and time of

completion.Total estimated cost for the project shall beRs 20874.20 Lacs.The cost towards environmental protectionmeasures is Rs. 1100.00 Lakhs.The recurring cost towards environmentalmeasure is Rs. 110.00 Lakhs.Installation shall be done within 12-14 monthsafter getting all the regulatory approvals.Details are have been incorporated in thisEIA/EMP Report at chapter 2 , section 2.13,table 2.14

ii. Products with capacities for theproposed project

M/s Gularia Chini Mills(Distillery Unit)(A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) hasproposed to establish a new 160 KLD(RS/ENA/Ethanol), molasses based distilleryalong with 8.0 MW of Co- Generation PowerPlant.

iii. If expansion project, details ofexisting products with capacitiesand whether adequate landis available for expansion,reference of earlier EC if any

Not applicable, it is new project.

iv List of raw materials requiredand their source along with

Main raw material for the project shall bemolasses.



mode of transportation List of raw materials required, their sourceand mode of transportation has beenincorporated at chapter 2 section 2.8 of thisEIA report.

v. Other chemicals and materialsrequired with quantities andstorage capacities

Details of other chemicals & materials withquantities and storage capacities have beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 2 section 2.8.2

vi Details of Emission, effluents,hazardous waste generation andtheir management

Details are included in the EIA/EMP Reportin Chapter II, Table 2.3

vii Requirement of water, power,with source of supply, status ofapproval, water balancediagram, man-powerrequirement (regular andcontract)

Details of Requirement of water, power, withsource of supply, status of approval, waterbalance diagram, man-power requirement fortheproject have been incorporated in thisEIA/EMP Report at Chapter II.

viii Process description along withmajor equipments andmachineries, process flow sheet(quantitative) from raw materialto products to be provided

Process description for productmanufacturing has been incorporated in thisEIA/EMP Report chapter II , section 2.11Details of major equipment and machinerieshave been incorporated in EIA/EMP Report.The detailed description of row material hasbeen given in section 2.8 of chapter-2

ix Hazard identification and detailsof proposed safety systems

Hazard identification and details of proposedsafety systems has been incorporated in thisEIA/EMP report at chapter 7.

x Expansion/modernization proposals:a. Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) includingAmendments there to obtainedfor the project fromMOEF/SEIAA shall be attachedas an Annexure. A certified copyof the latest Monitoring Reportof the Regional Office of theMinistry of Environment andForests as per circular dated30th May, 2012 on the status ofcompliance of conditionsstipulated in all the existingenvironmental clearancesincluding Amendments shall beprovided. In addition, status of

Not applicable; as it is a new project.



compliance of Consent toOperate for the ongoing existingoperation of the project fromSPCB shall be attached with theEIA-EMP report.

b In case the existing project hasnot obtained environmentalclearance, reasons for not takingEC under the provisions of theEIA Notification 1994 and/orEIA Notification2006 shall beprovided. Copies of Consent toEstablish/No ObjectionCertificate and Consent toOperate (in case of unitsoperating prior to EIANotification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006)obtained from the SPCB shall besubmitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions ofconsents from the SPCB shall besubmitted.

Not applicable; as it is a new project.

4. Site Detailsi. Location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whetherother sites were considered.

Location map showing plant site along withvillage, tehsil, district and State has beenincorporated in the EIA /EMP Report atchapter 2, section 2.4.Justification for the project is provided in EIA/EMP Report at chapter 2, 2.1.No alternative site has been considered forthe project as new establishment shall be doneadjacent to exiting sugar premises.

ii. A toposheet of the study area ofradius of 10km and site locationon 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale onan A3/A2 sheet. (including alleco-sensitive areas andenvironmentally sensitiveplaces)

Map showing plant site & 10 km radius studyarea on Toposheet of 1:50,000 scale has beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 1. Figure 1.2

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis forselection of site.

No alternative site has been considered forthe project as new establishment shall be doneadjacent to exiting sugar premises.

vi. Coordinates (lat long) of all four Corner coordinates of the plant site are



corners of the site. incorporated in EIA/EMP Report at chapter1, section 1.1.

v Google map-Earth downloadedof the project site.

Google map showing plant site has beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 1. Figure 1.1

vi. Layout maps indicating existingunit as well as proposed unitindicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilitiesetc. If located within anIndustrialarea/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicatinglocation of unit within theIndustrial area/Estate.

Plant Layout showing units, storage area,greenbelt area, other utilities etc. has beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 2,figure 2.3,2.4.Existing plant is not located in Industrialarea/Estate/Complex.

vii Photographs of the proposedand existing (if applicable) plantsite. If existing, showphotographs ofplantation/greenbelt, inparticular.

Photographs of proposed plant area have beenincorporated in this EIA / EMP Report atchapter 1 figure 1.4

viii Landuse break-up of total landof the project site (identified andacquired), government/private -agricultural, forest, wasteland,water bodies, settlements, etcshall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)

Land break-up of total land of the existingplant site and study area has beenincorporated in this EIA / EMP Report atchapter 2 section 2.7, table 2.4

ix A list of major industries withname and type within study area(10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details ofthe study area.

Details incorporated in this EIA / EMPReport at chapter 2 table 2.6.Land use details of the study area have alsobeen incorporated in this EIA / EMP Report.Land use details of the study area has beenincorporated in this EIA / EMP Report atchapter 3 section 3.9

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the studyarea shall be included.

Geological features andGeo-hydrological status of the study area isincorporated in this EIA / EMP Report atchapter 3 section 3.13

xi Details of Drainage of theproject upto 5km radius of studyarea. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak

Drainage details of the plant site and 10 kmradius study area have been shown on a mapincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 3 fig 3.13.5.



and lean season river dischargeas well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfalldata of the past 30 years. Detailsof Flood Level of the project siteand maximum Flood Level ofthe river shall also be provided.(mega green fieldprojects).

No flood occurrence has been evident instudy area in past 30 years.

xii Status of acquisition of land. Ifacquisition is not complete,stage of the acquisition processand expected time of completepossession of the land.

Total proposed plant area is under thepossession of the company.

R & R details in respect of landin line with state Governmentpolicy.

R & R is not applicable;

5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):i. Permission and approval for the

use of forest land (forestryclearance), if any, andrecommendations of the StateForest Department. (ifapplicable)

No forest land is involved; thus, no suchpermission /approval are required.

ii. Land use map based on Highresolution satellite imagery(GPS) of the proposed sitedelineating the forestland (incase of projects involving forestland more than 40 ha).

No forest land is involved in this project.

iii. Status of Application submittedfor obtaining the stage I forestryclearance along with latest statusshall be submitted.

Not Applicable.

iv. The projects to be locatedwithin 10 km of the NationalParks, Sanctuaries, BiosphereReserves,Migratory Corridors of WildAnimals, the project proponentshall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief WildlifeWarden showing these featuresvis-à-vis the project location and

No National Park, Sanctuary, BiosphereReserve or Migratory Corridor of WildAnimal exists within 10 km radius of thestudy area, hence not applicable.



the recommendations orcomments of the Chief WildlifeWarden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan dulyauthenticated by the ChiefWildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation ofSchedule I fauna, if any exists inthe study area.

No schedule-I fauna was found within 10 kmradius study area of the plant site duringbiological study done in the study period.

vi. Copy of application submittedfor clearance under the Wildlife(Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of theNational Board for Wildlife.

Not Applicable.

6. Environmental Statusi. Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project siteand site-specificmicrometeorological data usingtemperature, relative humidity,hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

Details of atmospheric inversion level havebeen incorporated in this EIA / EMP Report.Site-specific micro-meteorological data(temperature, relative humidity, wind speeddirection and rainfall) were collected duringpost monsoon, winter Season (15th Septemberto 15th December 2018). Details of the samehave been incorporated in this EIA / EMPReport.Summary of meteorological data has beenincorporated in this EIA / EMP Report atchapter 3, section 3.6

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at8 locations for PM10, PM2.5,SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to theproject shall be collected. Themonitoring stations shall bebasedCPCB guidelines and take intoaccount the pre-dominant winddirection, population zone andsensitive receptors includingreserved forests.

AAQ monitoring was carried out at 8locations in post winter Season(15th September to 15th December 2018).Monitoring stations have been selected basedon the dominant wind direction, populationzone and sensitive receptors etc., completedetails area provided at chapter 3, section 3.5of EIA / EMP Report.

iii. Raw data of all AAQmeasurement for 12 weeks of allstations as per frequency givenin the NAQQM Notification of

Raw data of all AAQ measurement is detailedin AAQM Tables. All AAQ stations alongwith min., max., average and 98% have beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report at



Nov. 2009 along with - min.,max., average and 98% valuesfor each of the AAQ parametersfrom data of all AAQ stationsshould be provided as anannexure to the EIA Report.

Chapter 3, Table 3.10A.B, and Table 311-3.18 respectively.

iv. Surface water quality of nearbyRiver (100m upstream anddownstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eightlocations as perCPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

The project is /shall be based on “Zeroliquid discharge”.Surface water quality of river

is included in EIA report, results are providedin chapter 3 Section 3.8 in this EIA/EMPReport.

v. Whether the site falls near topolluted stretch of riveridentified by the CPCB/MoEF& CC, if yes give details.

Plant site does not fall near to any pollutedstretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF & CC.

vi. Ground water monitoring atminimum at 8 locations shall beincluded.

Ground water monitoring was carried out at8 locations in the study area during studyperiod and details of the same have beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 3 , Section 3.7

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8locations within the study area.

Noise levels monitoring was carried out at 8locations within the study area during studyperiod and details of the same have beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter3, Section 3.6.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCBguidelines.

Soil quality sampling was carried out at 8locations within the study area during studyperiod and details of the same have beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 3, Section 3.9

ix Traffic study of the area, type ofvehicles, frequency of vehiclesfor transportation of materials,additional traffic due toproposed project, parkingarrangement etc.

Traffic study of the area in respect of existingtraffic, type of vehicles, and frequency ofvehicles for transportation of materials wasconducted and details have been incorporatedin EIA/EMP Report.Additional traffic due to new installation,parking arrangement etc. has beenincorporated in this EIA / EMP Report atchapter 3 ,section 3.18

x. Detailed description of flora andfauna (terrestrial and aquatic)

Details of flora and fauna found within thestudy area of 10 km radius have been



existing in the study area shall begiven with special reference torare, endemic and endangeredspecies. If Schedule-I fauna arefound within the study area, aWildlife Conservation Plan shallbe prepared and furnished.

incorporated at chapter 3, section 3.14 in theEIA/EMP Report.No Schedule-I species was found within 10km radius of the study area of the plant siteduring biological study.

xi Socio-economic status of thestudy area.

Details regarding the socio-economic status ofthe study area have been incorporated inchapter 3, section 3.16 of this EIA/EMPReport.

7. Impact and Environment Management Plani. Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants fromthe stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features.In case the project is located ona hilly terrain, the AQIPModelling shall be done usinginputs of the specific terraincharacteristics for determiningthe potential impacts of theproject on the AAQ.Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (includingtransportation) on the AAQ ofthe area shall be assessed.Details of the model used andthe input data used formodelling shall also beprovided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on alocation map showing thelocation of project site,habitation nearby, sensitivereceptors, if any.

The incremental ground level concentrationof pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features has beenpredicted by computation done bymathematical modeling and incorporated inthis EIA/EMP Report.The plant site is not located on a hilly terrain.Impact of sources of emissions on the AAQ ofthe area has been assessed.Details regarding the same along with thedetail of model used for modeling have beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report.Isopleths showing air concentration contoursplotted on map have also been incorporatedin this EIA/EMP Report at chapter 4, section4.5.1

ii. Water Quality modelling - incase of discharge in water body

No effluent is discharged from the plant;therefore, water quality modeling study is notrequired.

iii. Impact of the transport of theraw materials and end productson the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided.In this regard, options for

Details regarding impact of the transport ofraw materials and end products on thesurroundingenvironment have been incorporated inEIA/EMP Report at chapter 4 ,section 4.5.3



transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes(large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyorcum- rail transport shall beexamined.

iv. A note on treatment ofwastewater from different plantoperations, extent recycled andreused for different purposesshall be included. Completescheme of effluent treatment.Characteristics of untreated andtreated effluent to meet theprescribed standards ofdischarge under E (P) Rules.

Details regarding treatment of wastewaterfrom different plant operations, extentrecycled and reused for different purposeshave been incorporated in this EIA/EMPReport.Domestic wastewater generated from thesanitary blocks is being/shall be disposed offvia septic tanks followed by soak pit.The project is based on “Zero EffluentDischarge”.Characteristics of untreated and treatedeffluent have also been incorporated in thisEIA/EMP Report at chapter 8,section 8.4.4

v. Details of stack emission andaction plan for control ofemissions to meet standards.

Stack emission details have been incorporatedin this EIA/EMP Report at chapter 4 section4.5.2Efficient air pollution control equipment(APCE) i.e. ESP shall be installed to keep theemissions

vi Measures for fugitive emissioncontrol

Measures to control fugitive emissions havebeen incorporated in this EIA/EMP Reportat chapter 4, Section 4.3.5.3

vii Details of hazardous wastegeneration and their storage,utilization and management.Copies of MOU regardingutilization of solid and hazardouswaste in cement plant shall alsobe included. EMP shall includethe concept of waste-minimization,recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energyconservation, and naturalresource conservation.

The concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/ recover techniques, energyconservation and natural resourceconservation has been included in thisEIA/EMP Report.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shallbe ensured as per Fly AshNotification, 2009.

Fly ash from the boiler is being/shall be takenthrough pneumatic system to be stored in siloand shall be used as manure due to high



A detailed plan of action shall beprovided.

content of potash. Details given in chapter 8,section 8.5.

ix. Action plan for the green beltdevelopment plan in 33 % areai.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Givingdetails of species, width ofplantation, planning scheduleetc. shall be included. The greenbelt shall be around the projectboundary and a scheme forgreening of the roads used forthe project shall also beincorporated.

Details regarding greenbelt& plantation along with name and number ofspecies have been incorporated in thisEIA/EMPReport at chapter 8 section 8.7

x. Action plan for rainwaterharvesting measures at plant siteshall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops andstorm water drains to rechargethe ground water and also to usefor the various activities at theproject site to conserve freshwater and reduce the waterRequirement from othersources.

Details of the same have been incorporatedrain water harvesting report at chapter 8section 8.6 in this EIA/EMP Report.

xi. Total capital cost and recurringcost/annum for environmentalpollution control measures shallbe included.

Details incorporated at chapter 2 section2.15.1 in this EIA/EMP Report.

xii. Action plan for post-projectenvironmental monitoring shallbe submitted.

Action plan for post-project environmentalmonitoring has been incorporated in thisEIA/EMP Report at Chapter 6, Table 6.1

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster(natural and Man-made)Preparedness and EmergencyManagement Plan including RiskAssessment and damage control.Disaster management planshould be linked with DistrictDisaster Management Plan.

Onsite and Off-site disaster(natural and manmade) preparedness andemergency management plan including riskassessment and damage control has beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atChapter-VII, Section no. 7.4.3,7.4.4

8. Occupational Healthi. Plan and fund allocation to Fund allocated for occupational health &



ensure the occupational health &safety of all contract and casualworkers.

safety of all contract and casual workers is hasbeen proposed. Details have beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 8section 8.8.3

ii. Details of exposure specifichealth status evaluation ofworker. If the workers' health isbeing evaluated by pre designedformat, chest x rays,Audiometry, Spirometry, Visiontesting (Far & Near vision,colour vision and any otherocular defect) ECG, during preplacement and periodicalexaminations give the details ofthe same. Details regarding lastmonth analyzed data of abovementioned parameters as perage, sex, duration of exposureand departmentwise.

Regular health checkup provision has beenmade in chapter 8.

iii. Details of existing Occupational& Safety Hazards. What are theexposure levels of hazards andwhether they are withinPermissible Exposure level(PEL).If these are not within PEL,what measures the company hasadopted to keep them withinPEL so that health of theworkers can be preserved,

The reports shall be regularly submitted toMOEF reading Occupational Health andSafety including heath checkups.

iv Annual report of heath status ofworkers with special referenceto Occupational Health andSafety.

The reports shall be regularly submitted toMOEF reading Occupational Health andSafety including heath checkups.

9. Corporate Environment Policyi. Does the company have a well

laid down Environment Policyapproved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may bedetailed in the EIA report.

Yes, the Company has laid downenvironmental policy approved by its board ofdirectors.Corporate Environment Policy of theCompany has been enclosed is given insection 8.8.1



ii. Does the Environment Policyprescribe for standard operatingprocess / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement /deviation / violation of theenvironmental or forest norms /Conditions? If so, it may bedetailed in the EIA.

Yes, the Environment Policy prescribes forstandard operating process to implement theEnvironmental standards and applicableregulation along with reporting of anynoncompliance in the system.

iii. What is the hierarchical systemor Administrative order of thecompany to deal with theenvironmental issues and forensuring compliance with theenvironmental clearanceconditions? Details of thissystem may be given.

The hierarchical system or Administrativeorder of the Company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuringcompliance with the environmental clearanceconditions is incorporated in this EIA/EMPReport.

iv. Does the company have systemof reporting of non compliances/ violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directorsof the company and / orshareholders or stakeholders atlarge?This reporting mechanism shallbe detailed in the EIA report.

The environmental management system ofthe company engages right from the seniormanagement to the implementation team onthe ground.System of reporting the performance ofenvironmental management system has beenincorporated under roles & responsibilities ofCorporate Environment Policy.

10. Details regarding infrastructurefacilities such as sanitation, fuel,restroom etc. to be provided tothe labour force duringconstruction as well as to thecasual workers including truckdrivers during operation phase.

During construction and operation phasevarious facilities shall be provided to theworkers including truck drivers such asrestrooms, canteen , sanitation , drinkingwater etc.

11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 %

of the project cost) shall beearmarked towards theEnterpriseSocial Commitment based onPublic Hearing issues and item-wise details along with timebound action plan shall beincluded. Socio-economicdevelopment activities need tobe elaborated upon.

As prescribed in MOEF OM No.F.No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 01. May.2018Corporate Environmental Responsibilityclause shall apply and item wise details alongwith time bound action plan has beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 9 section 9.4



12. Any litigation pending againstthe project and/or anydirection/order passed by anyCourt of LawAgainst the project, if so, detailsthereof shall also be included.Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 ofEnvironment (Protection) Act,1986 or relevant Sections of Airand Water Acts? If so, detailsthereof and compliance/ATR tothe notice(s) and present statusof the case.

No litigation is pending against the projectand/or any direction / order passed by anyCourt of Law against the project.

13. 'A tabular chart with index forpoint wise compliance of aboveTOR.

Point-wise compliance of the ToRs has beengiven in the tabular form.

14. The TORs prescribed shall bevalid for a period of three yearsfor submission of the EIA-EMPreports.

Point noted.

B. Specific Terms Of Reference For EIA Studies For Distilleries.1. List of existing distillery units in

the study area along with theircapacity and sourcing of rawmaterial.

Nil

2. Number of working days of thedistillery unit.

Number of working days of the distillery Unitshall be 360 days.

3. Details of raw materials such asmolasses/grains, their sourcewith availability.

Details of raw materials (molasses), its sourcewith availability have been incorporated inthis EIA/EMP Report at chapter 2, Table2.6.1

4. Details of the use of steam fromthe boiler.

Details of the use of steam from the boiler isincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 2 section 2.8.4

5. Surface and Ground waterquality around proposed spentwash storage lagoon, andcompost yard.

Surface and Ground water quality aroundproposed spent wash storage lagoon isincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 3, Table 3.24 & 3.26.

6. Plan to reduce spent washgeneration within 6-8 KL/KL ofalcohol produced.

Company ensures to maintain spent washgeneration within 5.0 KL/KL of alcohol.



7. Proposed effluent treatmentsystem for molasses/grain baseddistillery (spent wash, spentlees, condensate and utilities) aswell as domestic sewage andscheme for achieving zeroeffluent discharge (ZLD).

Molasses and grain based distillery isbeing/shall be based on “Zero EffluentDischarge”. Details regarding treatment ofspent wash, spent lees, condensate & utilitieshave been incorporated in this EIA/EMPReport.

8. Proposed action to restrict freshwater consumption within 10KL/KL of alcohol production.

Fresh water consumption is being/shall berestricted within 6 KL/KL of alcoholproduction.Details regarding the same have beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report

9. Details about capacity of spentwash holding tank, materialused, design consideration. No.ofPiezometer to be proposedaround spent wash holding tank.

The spent wash holding lagoon is duly lined asper the specifications to preventcontamination of ground water or land.2.0 piezometers shall be provided around thespent wash holding tank. Details areincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 2 .

10. Action plan to control groundwater pollution.

The new project is being/shall be based on“Zero Effluent Discharge” and effectivemeasures are being/shall be taken to preventground water pollution. Details have beenincorporated in this EIA/EMP Report.

11. Details of solid wastemanagement includingmanagement of boiler ash, yeast,etc. Details ofIncinerated spent wash ashgeneration and its disposal.

Details regarding solid waste management isprovided in table chapter 8, Table 8.5

12. Details of bio-composting yard(if applicable).

Not applicable.

13. Action plan to control odourpollution.

Action plan to control odour pollution hasbeen incorporated in this EIA/EMP Report atchapter 4, section 4.5.3.5

14. Arrangements for installation ofcontinuous online monitoringsystem (24x7 monitoringdevice).

Continuous online monitoring system forstack emissions shall be installed for theproposed boiler.



Executive Summary

1.0 Project Description1.1 IntroductionM/s Gularia Chini Mills, Unit Distillery (A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) hasproposed establishment of a new 160 KLD distillery (RS/ENA/Ethanol) based on molassesalong with 8.0 MW of Co- Generation Power Plant at Village- Rudrapur Gularia, PO-Nausar Gularia, Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Golagokarannath, District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P.262901

1.2 Project ProponentIndia is the second largest sugar producer and the largest sugar consuming country in theworld; Balrampur Chini Mills Limited is one of India’s largest integrated sugarmanufacturing companies.What makes Balrampur Chini Mills Limited (BCML) special is that it is more than a sugarcompany; it is also engaged in the ancillary businesses of ethanol manufacture and co-generation.The Company’s 10 factories in Uttar Pradesh possess: An aggregate cane crushing capacity of 76,500 tonnes per day. Distilleries possessing an aggregate capacity of 360 kilo litres per day. Saleable co-generation capacity of 163.20 Megawatts.

BCML is more than just another industrial entity; it is a rural prosperity driver.

1.2.1 Objective of the StudyAs per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 as amended from time to time; it ismandatory to have the Environmental Clearance for any new industry or the expansion ofthe industry from Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, Government ofIndia, New Delhi for which Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) is required to beconducted as per guidelines given by MoEF &CC, New Delhi.The purpose of EIA report is to provide a coherent statement of the potential impacts of theproposed installation which involves establishment of a new 160 KLD (RS/ENA/AA),molasses based distillery along with 8.0 MW of Co- Generation Power Plant.

1.3 Project CostTotal estimated cost for the project shall be Rs 20874.20 Lacs.The cost towards environmental protection measures is Rs. 1100.00 Lakhs.



The recurring cost towards environmental measure is Rs. 110.00 Lakhs.The project would be formulated a fashion and manner such that utmost care is taken forSafety Norms & Environment Protection.

1.4 Environmental SettingThe proposed Distillery plant falls at Latitude 28°13'41.32"N and Longitude 80°38'15.47"Eand at an elevation of about 89.0 m above mean sea level (MSL). The entire study area fallsin survey of India topo-sheet nos. 62D/11 & 62D/12.The Google map showing proposed project location, with proposed plant on map is shownin Figure no. 1, and topo-sheet of 10 kms radius is given figure 2.The environmental setting of the proposed project is given in Table-1.

M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery EIA & EMP REPORT


Coordinate 2:Latitude: 28°13'47.21"N

Longitude: 80°38'16.32"E

Coordinate3:Latitude: 28°13'41.17"NLongitude: 80°38'24.56"E

Coordinate 1:Latitude: 28°13'40.39"NLongitude: 80°38'8.16"E


Figure 1:Proposed project site of M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit Distillery


Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd Page 36Figure 2 Topo-sheet of project site



Table-1 Details of Environmental SettingSr. No. Attributes Details

1 Protected Area No AnyEcological sensitive areaProtected area under sensitivespecies of Flora/Fauna

No

State/National boundaries NoAny tourism/pilgrim area NoDefense area No AnyNational Park, Wild LifeSanctuary, Biosphere Reserve,Tiger / Elephant Reserve,Wildlife Corridors, ReservedForests (RF) / Protected Forests(PF) etc. falls within 15 km radiusof the plant site.

There is no National Park,no Wild Life Sanctuary,no Biosphere Reserve, no Tiger/ElephantReserve, no Wildlife Corridors, /ProtectedForests (PF) with in the 15 km radius of theproject site.Reserved Forests (RF):Following reserve forest are found in the 15km radius of the project site:

1.ChhairasiReserved Forest

13.2 km(South WestDirection)

2. RayapurReserved Forest

1.93 kms(South Direction)

3.ChandpurReserved Forest

11.1 kms(East Direction)

2. Environmentally Sensitive Places2.1 Nearest River River Sharda : 6.6 kms in East Direction2.2 Nearest railway station Gola Gokarannath Railway Station : 24.10

south west direction2.3 Nearest Airport Lucknow Airport: 164 kms

in south direction2.4 District Headquarter Lakhimpur Kheri: 33.80 kms2.5 Rehabilitation & resettlement

(R & R)No Any

2.6 Highway State Highway:90 is adjacent to existingsugar unit in North direction



1.5 Process DescriptionAlcohol is produced from carbohydrates by fermentation with yeast. Ethanol productionby fermentation comprises four steps.

1. Yeast propagation from yeast slant from the laboratory2. Fermentation to produce fermented wash containing alcohol3. Recovery, enrichment and purification of alcohol from fermented wash to

produce 95.5 V/V alcohols4. Production of absolute alcohol by dehydration of 95.5 % alcohol to produce

absolute alcohol.

Figure 3: Flow chart for molasses based operation



1.6 Project Essential Requirement:1.6.1 Land RequirementThe land requirement for the proposed project shall be met from land area of 8.747 hectare(as unit has already purchased the land). The item-wise breakup of the land required for theplant and machinery of proposed distillery is tabulated in table 2 and pie chart showing landuse breakup of the project is shown in fig 4.

Table 2: Land-Use Breakup

Land Use DetailsGrand Total(sq meter)

Green Belt Area 28800.00

Open Land 19243.40

Road/ Paved Area 15744.60

Rooftop area of building/sheds

23682.00

Total 87470.00

2.88 Hectare 33% of the total plant area has already been developed as greenbelt/plantation.

Figure 4: Pie chart showing percentage of land breakup

18%

27%







Open Land 19243.40



23682.00

Total 87470.00



33%

22%18%

27%

0%

Land Breakup

Green Belt Area

Open Land

Road/ Paved Area

Rooftop area ofbuilding/sheds







Open Land 19243.40



23682.00

Total 87470.00



Green Belt Area

Open Land

Road/ Paved Area




1.6.2 Raw material requirement for the ProjectDetails regarding quantity of raw material required their source along with mode oftransportation for new project are given in table 3.Molasses based operations:Molasses: 720.0 TPDThe main raw material required is molasses which shall be procured from own sugar units.

Table 3: Raw material and transportation mode

Sl. No Particular Requirement StorageSource andmode oftransportation

1. Molasses Molasses:720.0 TPD Molasses storagetanks

Shall be procuredfrom own sugarunits.

Table 4: Chemical requirement

S. no Particulars RequirementStorage with

capacities

Source andmode of

transportation1. Sodium hydroxide

(caustic) (kg/day) 464Solid form packed in 50kg bags stored ingodown

Nearbymarkets/ by

roads

2. Nutrients(kg/day) 518

Solid form packed in 50kg bags stored ingodown

3. Enzymes (kg/day)324

Liquid form packed incans and stored ingodown

4. Anti foam agents(kg/day) 38.2

Liquid form packed indrums and stored ingodown

5. Yeast (active dryyeast) 86.4

Solid form packed inbags & stored ingodown



1.6.3 Water Requirement & Waste Water Generation and TreatmentThe summary of water requirement and waste water treatment strategy for molasses basedoperation is tabulated in table 5:

Table 5: The summary of water requirement and waste water treatmentstrategy for molasses based operation

1. Fresh WaterRequirement

960.0 KLD (@ 6.0 KL/KL of product)( Net fresh water requirement after recycling )

Domestic Water Requirement:20.0 KLDTotal fresh water requirement =980 KLD(Fresh water shall be sourced from ground watervia bore-well after getting permission fromCGWA)

2. Source of water Tube well

3. Waste Water Generation Spent Wash 800 KLPD@ 5.0 KL/KL of ProductOther Effluents: 1100.0 KLD

4. Waste water treatmentscheme

Zero Liquid Discharge, 100% recycling andreuse shall be done.

5. Waste water treatmentstrategy

For Spent wash : 800.0 KLDMEE followed by Incineration(Slop fired Boiler) shall be installed.For Other effluent : 1100.0 KLDProcess Condensate Polishing Plant shall beinstalled for treatment of various other effluents(Condensate, Lees, Floor washing, Blow downs).

For Domestic waste septic tank and soak pit shallbe installed.

1.6.4 Man PowerThe total manpower required for the proposed project shall be 160 persons which includeunskilled, semiskilled: Local Area; skilled personnel - outside and contract labors fromnearby areas.

Employmentgeneration

Direct employment:50 personsIndirect employment: 110 persons



1.7 Baseline Environmental StatusPrimary baseline environmental monitoring studies were conducted during post Monsoon;winter seasons of (15th September 2018 to 15th December 2018) and details are as follows:

Meteorological Data Generated at SiteThe meteorological parameters were recorded on hourly basis during the study period nearplant site and comprise of parameters like wind speed, wind direction (from 0 to 360degrees), temperature, relative humidity and rainfall. The predominant wind directionsduring study period were from Northwest, west followed by East, South East.

Air QualityEight Ambient air quality monitoring stations were selected in and around project site andstudies were carried out as per BIS standards. Ambient air quality analysis reveals that theseresults are well within limits in all locations as per National Ambient Air Quality standards2009.

The results of ambient air monitoring are as follows:Particulate Matter (PM10)The maximum 98th percentile concentrations for PM10 were recorded at nearby the factorypremises having a concentration of 88.2 µg/m3. The minimum 98th percentile concentrationwas recorded at village Gondhiyina having a concentration of 67.5µg/m3. All sitesconcentration ranges from 67.5-88.2µg/m3.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)The maximum 98th percentile concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded nearby Factory sitehaving a concentration of 58.2µg/m3. The minimum 98th percentile concentration wasrecorded at village Gondhyina having a concentration of 40.8 µg/m3. All sites concentrationranges from 40.8-58.2 µg/m3.

Sulphur DioxideThe maximum 98th percentile concentrations for SO2 were recorded near Factory Sitehaving a concentration of 15.7 µg/m3. The minimum 98th percentile concentration wasrecorded at near Radha Purwa village having a concentration 13.6 µg/m3. All sitesconcentration ranges from 13.6-15.7 µg/m3.

Nitrogen OxideThe maximum 98th percentile concentrations for NO2 were recorded nearby Factory Sitehaving a concentration of 26.4 µg/m3. The minimum 98th percentile concentration was



recorded at village Rudrapur having a concentration of 21.5 µg/m3. All sites concentrationranges from 21.5-26.4 µg/m3.The data regarding Minimum, Maximum and 98th Percentile Values of PM10 , PM 2.5, SO2 &NOx are tabulated in table 6 A and 6 B.



Table 6A: Min, Max and 98th Percentile Values of PM10 & PM 2.5

Location Min Max Average 98%ile 95%ile Min Max Average 98%ile 95%ilePM10 PM 2.5

Rudrapur 56.8 75.8 67.7 75.1 74.3 40.8 52.8 47.0 52.0 52.6Gondhyina 46.6 68.2 57.1 67.5 66.6 29.4 41.4 36.0 40.8 40.1Rajagarh 52.6 69.4 61.3 69.3 69.1 32.8 46.8 39.5 45.5 44.0Mundiyana 47.6 87.8 67.1 87.3 86.8 39.6 56.2 46.0 50.0 53.2Padriyatula 53.2 82.6 63.5 82.4 81.5 34.2 54.8 41.3 53.0 54.5Radha Purwa 60.2 79.4 67.8 79.0 78.3 42.8 56.8 49.0 56.1 55.1Dundwa 50.6 78.5 63.2 76.9 75.2 32.8 55.8 43.0 54.6 55.3Factory Premises 58.2 88.8 71.1 88.2 87.4 32.6 58.2 47.4 58.1 58.2

(Standard-100µg/m3 ) (Standard-60µg/m3 )

Table 6B: Min, Max and 98th Percentile Values of SO2 & NOx

Location Min Max Average 98%ile 95%ile Min Max Average 98%ile 95%ileSO2 NOx



M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT


Noise Level SurveyThe noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of noise levels at 8 locations inthe study area. Noise monitoring results reveals that ambient noise levels in all locations arewell within the limits as per Ambient Noise standards.

Water QualityWater samples were collected from 8 sampling locations. These samples were taken as grabsamples and were analyzed for various parameters to compare with the standards. Asummary of findings is given below:

A). Ground water qualityAnalysis results of ground water reveal the following: pH varies from 7.3 to 7.7. Total hardness varies from 220.0 to 344.0 mg/l. Total dissolved solids vary from 437.4 to 753.4 mg/l

The physicochemical quality of the ground water sources at and around the project site hasbeen analyzed, which indicates that almost all the parameters analyzed are within “MaximumAcceptable Limits as per IS: 10500-2012”.The analysis of samples collected from different sampling points for various parameters alsoreveals that the quality of water is good to meet the quality requirement for human use.

B). Surface water QualityThe pH of the Sharda River and Nausar pond water sample ranges are 7.5 &7.7.The DOrecorded 4.9 mg/L in Sharda River. The total hardness of Sharda River water sample is 316and of Nausar pond water sample is 324 mg/liter. Nitrates range are22.5 & 28.4 mg/l,Sulphate range are 38.62 & 26.2 mg/l. Iron range are 0.21 to 0.23 mg/l and Zinc range are1.72 & 1.53 mg/l. Mercury, Lead, Cadmium, Aluminum, and Copper are below detectionlimit. BOD of the samples of Sharda River & Nausar Pond sample is 16.2 & 26.6 mg/l.

Soil Environment:It has been observed from Soil analysis result,

All the samples having pH in range of 7.4 to 7.8. Electrical Conductivity of the samples is in between 248 to 308 µS/ cm. Nitrate of the samples is in between 23.24 to 28.76 mg/Kg. The Moisture content of a soil is a very important characteristic which is ranging from

5.9 to 7.10 %. Available Iron in the soil is 128.60 to 144.28 mg/Kg.



Overall it is observed that the soils of the region are good for agriculture

Flora and Fauna StudiesA preliminary survey was made for determination of baseline details of flora and fauna.During field survey various plant and animal species were recorded from the study area.The study area did not record the presence of any critically threatened plant and animalspecies. The records of Botanical Survey and Zoological Survey of India did not indicatepresence of any endangered or rare and vulnerable plant and animal species in this area.

Land Environment:The 10 km area form the proposed project site shows a general slope towards NorthWest to South East in the 10 km radius. Elevation in the Project area varies between 35.0m and 143.0 m above mean sea level. The minimum elevation in the area is 35.0 mt AMSLand the maximum elevation is 143.0 m AMSL. The proposed project site is located in agently sloping area at an elevation of approximately 89 m AMSL.

1.8 Impact Assessment study1.8.1 Impact during Construction PhaseImpact on Land UseThe land use of proposed distillery land is under non agricultural category. The green beltshall be developed over 33% of total area & shall be maintained with installation of newDistillery unit.

Impact on SoilVegetation on topsoil is to be removed prior to commencement of bulk earthwork. Theconstruction activities shall result in minimum loss of vegetation and topsoil in the plantarea. Apart from localized constructional impacts at the plant site, no significant adverseimpact on the soil in the surrounding area is anticipated.

Impact on Air QualityDuring construction phase, dust generation shall be the main pollutant, which wouldgenerate from the site development activities and vehicular movement on the road. Tomitigate these impacts, regular sprinkling of water shall be done at the construction site.The approach roads shall be black carpeted and vehicles shall be kept in good order tominimize automobile exhaust. However, the impact of such activities would be temporaryand restricted to the construction phase and shall be confined to the project boundary and isexpected to be negligible outside the plant boundaries. Proper keep up and maintenance ofvehicles, sprinkling of water on roads, providing sufficient vegetation etc are some of themeasures that would greatly reduce the negative impacts during the construction phase.



Impact on Noise LevelsThe major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicular traffic, constructionequipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, generators pumps, compressors,rock drills, pneumatic tools, saws, vibrators etc. The operation of this equipment shallgenerate noise ranging between 70-85 dB (A). The noise produced during the constructionshall have significant impact on the existing ambient noise levels. The major work shall becarried out during the daytime. The construction equipment may have high noise levels,which can affect the personnel operating the machines. Use of proper personal protectiveequipment shall mitigate any significant impact of the noise, generated by such equipment.

Demography and Socio-EconomicsDuring construction phase the local labor would get opportunities for direct employment.In addition to that they shall get indirect employment opportunities in related serviceactivities like petty commercial establishments, small contracts/sub-contracts and supply ofconstruction materials for buildings and ancillary infrastructures etc. Consequently, thisshall lead to economic upliftment of the area.

1.8.2 Impacts during Operational PhaseImpact on SoilAll the solid wastes generated shall be used as manure in crops, or in ancillary activities,hence, no impact of solid waste is envisaged on soil quality of the area.

1. Solid Waste Generationand its management

Particular Quantity ManagementAshgeneration

60.03MT/Day

Ash generated shall beutilized as manure dueto high organic andpotash content.

FermenterSludge

16.0MT/DAY

Shall be used as manurealong with ash.

IN ORDER TO MANAGE SOLID WASTE UNIT SHALL INSTALLGRANULATION PLANT

Impact on Air QualityThe major sources of pollution are Particulate Matter (PM10) from proposed distillery plantbased on Molasses. The PM10 emission from stack shall be restricted below 150 mg/Nm3.Proposed stack shall be of adequate height of 72.0 meters which shall be attached to boilerthrough proposed ESP. ESP shall be used as pollution control equipment to reduce theemission of Particulate Matter.The operational phase of the project comprises of various activities each of which shall havean impact on air quality. The impact on air quality can be due to:



Stack EmissionsIn a plant, the major emission from stack is Particulate Matter (PM10) emissions from stack.The cumulative concentrations (maximum baseline concentration + predictedincremental rise in concentration) of PM10 and SO2 are shown in table 7 below:

Table 7: The cumulative concentrations (maximum baseline concentration +predicted incremental rise in concentration) of PM10 and SO2

Pollutant

MaximumBaseline

concentration in the

study area(µg/m

3)

Maximumpredicted

Incrementalrise in the

concentrationdue to

proposedproject(µg/m

3)

Direction

Concentration(µg/m3)

Net Resultantconcentration

NAAQsLimit

PM10 88.8 1.53 East 90.33 100*

SO2 16.8 4.62 South East 21.42 80*

The net resultant concentration of SO2 and PM10 during operation of the proposed projectare well within the Revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)stipulated by MOEF&CC vide notification dated 16.11.2009. Hence, there shall not be anyadverse impact on the air environment due to the proposed project.

Impact on Water Resources:The water shall be sourced from the ground water through Bore well.The details of fresh water requirement are tabulated below:

Table 8: The details of fresh water requirement

Fresh WaterRequirement

During Molasses Based Operation

960(@ 6.0 KL/KL of product)( Net fresh water requirement after recycling )

Domestic Water Requirement: 20.0 KLD

Total fresh water requirement =980KLD (Fresh water shall be sourced from groundwater via bore-well after getting permission from CGWA)

The main source of water supply for the industrial operations is bore-well and site is undersafe area as per CGWA Area categorization.



Impact on Water Quality:General water is essential for human, agriculture, industry and commercial use. Theindustrial activity shall have direct impact on the end users. The water environment broadlycovers the following points for consideration of impact.• Industrial operations, their effect on water quality and ground water potential of studyarea.• Identifying potential sources of pollutants focusing specifically zero discharge of thewastewater.There is no waste water discharge in this process. Proposed plant is based on ZeroDischarge. Domestic Waste water shall be treated in separate soak pit and septic tank.Hence there is no disposal of waste water in this process so, no adverse impact on waterquality of the area.

Impact on Noise LevelsThe proposed Distillery Plant shall not result in any significant impact on noiseenvironment. The minor increase in vehicular transportation due to increase materialhandling shall not generate any significant excessive noise. Hence, there shall not be anysignificant negative impact on noise environment of the study area. Hence there is nodisposal of waste water in this process so, no adverse impact on water quality of the area.

Impact on EcologySince the unit shall be operating on zero discharge process, no adverse impact on aquaticecology is envisaged. The plant drainage system shall be suitably designed in such a way thatthe storm water does not carry any pollutant.The identified Avi- Fauna, which were observed in the project site and in the study area, arelocal migrants only. Therefore, the proposed project operations are not likely to have anyadverse impact on the paths for avi-fauna.The impact of air pollutants on vegetation due to the proposed project is identified andquantified by using air dispersion modeling. The simulations have been done to evaluatePM10 and SOx likely to be contributed by the proposed project activities, the resultantconcentrations for study period are within the limits as per National Ambient Air QualityStandards. Hence, no impact on ecology of study area is identified.



Table 9: Anticipated Environmental ImpactSr No. Environment Facets Anticipated Impacts

1. Air Environment Probable increase in concentration of airpollutants due to process, fugitive and utilityemissions.

2. Water Environment Generation of industrial & domestic wastewater.

3. Land environment Impacts on land due to improper disposal ofhazardous solid waste.

4. EcologicalEnvironment

Positive as greenbelt of appropriate width shallbe developed and maintained by the companyin the area. No impacts are envagised onadequate flora & fauna as there shall be zeroeffluent discharge outside the plant premises.

5. Social Environment Overall development of the area in respect ofthe infrastructure development, educationalgrowth, health facilities etc.

6. Economic Environment Positive impacts on economy of the region andthe country as the alcohol shall be exportedand revenue generations

7. Noise Environment Minor increase in noise level within the projectarea.

8. Occupational Health &Safety

Major health hazards are identified in worstcase scenario (accidents, natural calamitiesetc).

1.9 Environment Management Plan19.1 During construction PhaseThe measures required to be undertaken to minimize the impact on the ecology are: No felling of trees shall occur as area is open. Proper Canteen, Sanitation and shelter facility shall be provided to worker and truck

driver during construction. To control air pollution proper sprinkling of water shall be done. The greenbelt shall be developed.



1.9.2 Environment ManagementDuring Operation PhaseAir Pollution ManagementTo reduce the emission of particulate matters, ESP with maximum efficiency shall beinstalled. ESP shall be connected with boiler through Duct. The particulate matter emissionsfrom stack shall be as per permissible standards.

Noise Pollution ManagementThe greenbelt shall be developed around the boundary of the plant which shall attenuate thenoise emitted by the various sources in the plant. Earplugs shall be provided for thepersonnel working close to the noise generating units as a part of the safety policy. Apartfrom this, some of the design features provided to ensure low noise levels are as follows:Provision of silencers shall be made wherever possible;

a. The insulation provided for prevention of loss of heat and personnel safety shall also act asnoise reducers;b. Necessary enclosures shall also be provided on the working platforms/areas to providelocal protection in high noise level areas;c. The workers shall be provided with ear plugs; andd. Plantation in the zone between plant would attenuate noise in the residential area.

Water Pollution ManagementThe proposed Molasses based distillery would be based on “Zero Liquid Discharge” (ZLD).Spent wash shall be concentrated in MEE (Multiple Effect Evaporator), and then thesemisolid waste (Slop) from MEE (Multiple Effect Evaporator) shall be sent in speciallydesigned slop fired boiler for incineration.



Figure: 5 Proposed Treatment Strategy for Spent Wash and Other EffluentUnit shall be based on zero liquid discharge

Solid Waste ManagementAsh shall be generated in the process. Dust collected from air pollution control equipmentshall be stored in ash yard. Ash shall be used as soil conditioner due to high content of potashas unit has proposed to install granulation plant..

Odor ManagementAnticipated odor generation sources shall be molasses, fermentation unit, spent wash, septictank , and yeast storage.Following control measures shall be implemented to avoid the odor in the atmosphere: Better house-keeping Whole process is work under closed conditions, close pipeline. Spent wash from evaporation would be in a closed tank and directly send to the

incineration in boiler. No bio-methanation shall be adopted.

DISTILLERY UNIT: 160 KLD

MEE CONDENSATE+

OTHER EFFLUENT: LEES,BOILER,

CT BLOW DOWN, FLOORWASHING ETC:

MULTI EFFECT EVAPORATOR

CONCENTRATED SPENT WASH:(SLOP)

CONDENSATE POLISHING UNIT

TREATED WATER FOR 100%RECYCLING IN COOLING TOWERMAKEUP, PROCESS etc.

INCINERATOR BOILER: 60 TPH

STEAM FOR USE IN PROCESS

SPENT WASH



Fermentation unit shall be provided with proper cover to avoid the spread of odor andregular steaming of all fermentation equipment’s; temperature shall be kept undercontrol during fermentation to avoid inactivation/killing of yeast; staling of fermentedwash would also be avoided.

Regular use of bleaching powder in the drains to avoid generation of putrefying micro-organisms.

Yeast sludge shall be dry in drying beds and used as manure. Steaming of major pipelines Proper operating condition shall be maintained. Proper cleaning of drains. Well planned Greenbelt shall be developed in and around the plant premises to suppress

the odor.

Biological Environment Management There is no any discharge from the project activities. No any impact on the biological

environment has been found any alteration or destruction to the biological environment. All efforts shall be put-up by the factory management to maintain the ecological balance

and improve the environment in terms of ecology and green Belt development. Industryshall follow the zero discharge norms. Hence no adverse impacts on surroundingecology.

Greenbelt DevelopmentDue care shall be taken to ensure that a greenbelt is developed around the plant. All areasdevoid of vegetation and having low density shall be systematically and scientifically planted.Distillery shall be developed greenbelt in 33% of total area of distillery plant. Unit shallfollow Protocol provided by UPPCB regarding development of green belt via letter numberH16405/220/2018/02 dated 16.02.2018.

Occupational Health All safety signs shall be placed at proper location. First aid kits shall be made available at every department Pre-employment Medical checkup and periodical medical checkup shall be undertaken

to know the occupational health hazards at the early stage. Work permit system shall be introduced to avoid the entry or un-authorized working to

avoid the incidences which can lead to the accident if proper care is not taken All arrangement required for Fire hydrant system shall made at every vulnerable location

to have the firefighting facility.



Apart from above, all required Fire Extinguishers shall be provided at appropriatelocations.

All staff and workers shall be trained in firefighting operations and emergencypreparedness plan or to tackle the accident.

Apart from all engineering control measures, if required necessary PPEs shall beprovided as last protection measures to the employees.

Good housekeeping also plays important role in avoiding the undesirable incidences /accidents, hence good housekeeping practices shall be employed.

Project Benefits The industry shall be established in the rural region of the state. The industry shall provide skilled, semi-skilled, unskilled people, direct and indirect

employment to approx 160 persons. It can be stated that by this activity employment potential is certainly increasing in all

walks of life – skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled. The importance and utility of alcohol is well known as an industrial raw material for

manufacture of a variety of organic chemicals including pharmaceuticals, cosmetics,polymers etc.

Alcohol is a potential fuel when blended with petrol. In the presence of ethanol, petrolburns with more efficiency and low toxic smoke.

Alcohol is an eco-friendly product and is a substitute to the imported petroleum.

1.10 Conclusion Proposed project does not attract rehabilitation and resettlement of people, since the

proposed site is adjacent to existing sugar mill. Proposed project does not anticipate any adverse impacts on environment. Production process is environmentally safe as ZLD is proposed with efficient mitigation

measures implemented. Air emissions through 72.0 m stack shall be controlled by ESP. Workplace/ operation hazards, which shall be minimized by providing personal

protective equipment’s, safety precautions, emergency plan & disaster managementplan. Consequently, impacts on air, water, land and ecological environments areinsignificant and the socio-economic benefits are predominantly positive. Thus, overallproject features, process, potential of pollution, pollution prevention measures andenvironmental management plan proposed by proponent illustrates that proposedproject shall not have any considerable impacts on environment as well as on socio-economic & ecological conditions of the project area. Therefore, proposed project isenvironmentally safe.



CHAPTER–IINTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the ReportThe Indian Government has approved National Policy on Biofuels -2018. The policycategorizes biofuels as “Basic Bio-Fuels” viz. first generation bio-ethanol. The policyexpands the scope of raw material for ethanol production by allowing use of molasses. Thispolicy has encouraged M/s Gularia Chini Mills, Unit Distillery (A unit ofBalrampur Chini Mills Limited) for setting up an ethanol plant to value-add the IndianGovernment’s objective of reducing import dependency and be a part of ethanol supplywhich shall result in saving of over Rs. 4000 Crores of Forex. Secondly, supporting acleaner environment.Thirdly, this investment in rural area shall have a motive for employment generation and cancontribute around 160 jobs in plant operations at the village level. And most importantadditional income to the farmers also would be a part.As per EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments thereof, it ismandatory to secure prior environmental clearance before setting up of new industry fromthe Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC), Government of India.Based on the notification, proposed activity falls under 5 (g) of category A i.e. Allmolasses based distillery. To initiate the EC process, Form I, PFR and proposed ToR weresubmitted to the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC) andministry has granted TOR.The purpose of this EIA report is to provide a coherent statement of the potential impacts ofthe proposed installation which involves establishment of a new 160 KLD(RS/ENA/Ethanol), molasses based distillery along with 8.0 MW of Co- Generation PowerPlant at village Rudrapur Gularia, Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Gola, District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P.262901.It contains essential information for: The proponent to implement the proposal in an environmentally and socially responsible

manner; The responsible authority to make an informed decision on the proposal, including the

terms and conditions that must be attached to an approval or authorization; and The public to understand the proposal and its likely impacts on people and the

environment.

This chapter provides background information of project proponent, needof the EIA study as per prevailing legislation, location and brief descriptionof the project, scope and methodology adopted for EIA study & structureof the report.



1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent1.2.1 Identification of the ProjectM/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery (A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) hasproposed to establish a 160 KLD (RS/ENA/AA), molasses based distillery along with 8.0MW of Co- Generation Power Plant at Village- Rudrapur Gularia,PO-Nausar Gularia,Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Golagokarannath, District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P. 262901

Table no - 1.1 Project ProposalUnits Product Capacity

Molasses basedDistillery

Manufacturing of Extra NeutralAlcohol (ENA), Rectified Spirit,Absolute Alcohol

160.0 KLD

Co-generationof power

Power 8.0 MW

1.2.1.1 Land details:For establishment of new distillery, unit has acquired 8.747 hectare (Khasra no. 265, 264,272, 267, 274, 266, 269, 270, 271, 273, 273, 276, 277, 278, 278, 279,01,02,03) atVillage- Rudrapur Gularia, PO-Nausar Gularia, Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Golagokarannath,District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P. 262901.

1.2.1.2 Project Proponent:India is the second largest sugar producer and the largest sugar consuming country in theworld; Balrampur Chini Mills Limited is one of India’s largest integrated sugarmanufacturing companies.Whatmakes Balrampur Chini Mills Limited (BCML) special is that it is more than a sugarcompany; it is also engaged in the ancillary businesses of ethanol manufacture and co-generation.The Company’s 10 factories in Uttar Pradesh possess:• An aggregate cane crushing capacity of 76,500 tonnes per day• Distilleries possessing an aggregate capacity of 360 kilolitres per day• Saleable co-generation capacity of 163.20 MegawattsBCML is more than just another industrial entity; it is a rural prosperity driver.

1.3 Chronology of the project activities with respect to Environment ClearanceThe chronology of the project activities undertaken so far with respect to the process ofgetting Environment Clearance are as given in Table 1.2:-



Table - 1.2 Current Status of the Project w.r.t. Environment ClearanceS.No Attributes Date1. Date of submission for TOR:

Proposal No.: IA/UP/IND2/75830/201822 July 2018

2. ToR Letter (No.IA-J-11011/236/2018-IA-II(I) was issued byMoEF & CC, New Delhi

24 August 2018

3. Date of submission for amendment in TOR 17. September. 2018

4. Applcation For Amendment in TORDetails as per theToR

To be revised/read as Justification/ reasons

M/s Gularia ChiniMills (Distillery Unit)(A unit of BalrampurChini Mills Limited)has proposed toestablish a 160 KLD(RS/ENA/AA),molasses/grain baseddistillery along with8.0MW of Co-Generation PowerPlant. Note:Proposed 160 KLDdistillery shall be runeither onMolasses or Grain butonly on one mode at atime (based onavailability of rawmaterial).

“M/s GulariaChini Mills Unit-Distillery(A unit ofBalrampur ChiniMills Limited) hasproposed toestablish a 160KLD(RS/ENA/AA),molasses baseddistillery alongwith 8.0 MW ofCo- GenerationPower Plant atvillage RudrapurGularia,Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Gola,District-Lakhimpur Kheri,U.P. 262901.”

Unit has surplus molassesfrom own existing sugar unitswhich shall be used as raw material.

4.1. Application for amendment in TOR was considered in 42nd Expert appraisalcommittee (industry-2) meeting held on 31st October 2018



1.4 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importanceto the country and region.

Table No: 1.3 Brief Descriptions of Nature, Size and Location of ProjectSr. No. Attributes Details

A. Nature & size of theproject

M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery(A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) hasproposed to establish a new 160 KLD(RS/ENA/Ethanol) molasses based distillery plantalong with 8.0 MW of Co- Generation PowerPlant.

B. Location DetailsVillage- Rudrapur Gularia,PO-Nausar Gularia,Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Golagokarannath,District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P. 262901

C. Coordinates of the Plant site

Project Site (Centre) Latitude: 28°13'41.32"NLongitude: 80°38'15.47"E

West Latitude: 28°13'40.39"NLongitude: 80°38'8.16"E

North Latitude: 28°13'47.21"NLongitude: 80°38'16.32"E

South West Latitude: 28°13'35.36"NLongitude: 80°38'15.01"E

East Latitude: 28°13'41.17"NLongitude: 80°38'24.56"E

D. Area Details

Total Plant Area

8.747 Hectare(Khasra no. 265, 264, 272, 267, 274, 266, 269,270, 271, 273, 273, 276, 277, 278, 278,279,01,02,03)

Greenbelt/PlantationArea

2.88 Hectare (33% of the total plant area shall bedeveloped as greenbelt /plantation).



Table 1.4 Environmental Setting Details(With approximate aerial distance (15.0 kms) and

Direction from the Plant Site)Sr. No. Attributes Details1 Protected Area No Any

Ecological sensitive areaProtected area under sensitivespecies of Flora/Fauna

No

State/National boundaries NoAny tourism/pilgrim area NoDefense area No AnyNational Park, Wild LifeSanctuary, Biosphere Reserve,Tiger / Elephant Reserve,Wildlife Corridors, ReservedForests (RF) / Protected Forests(PF) etc. falls within 15 km radiusof the plant site.

There is no National Park,Wild Life Sanctuary,Biosphere Reserve, Tiger/ElephantReserve, Wildlife Corridors, /ProtectedForests (PF) with in the 15 km radius of theproject site.Reserved Forests (RF):Following reserve forest are found in the 15km radius of the project site:

1.ChhairasiReserved Forest

13.2 km(South WestDirection)

2. RayapurReserved Forest

1.93 kms(South Direction)

3.ChandpurReserved Forest

11.1 kms(East Direction)

2. Environmentally Sensitive Places2.1 Nearest River River Sharda : 6.6 kms in East Direction2.2 Nearest railway station Gola Gokarannath Railway Station :

24.10 south west direction2.3 Nearest Airport Lucknow Airport: 164 kms

in south direction2.4 District Headquarter Lakhimpur Kheri: 33.80 kms2.5 Rehabilitation & resettlement

(R & R)No Any

2.6 Highway State Highway:90 is adjacent to existingsugar unit in North direction


Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd Page 60Figure 1.1 Project Site






Coordinate3:Latitude: 28°13'41.17"N



Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd Page 61Figure 1.2 Topo-sheet of project site



10 KM RADIUS ROUTE MAP Topo Sheet No. 62D/11 & 62D/12(Geological Survey of India)

SH-90

(Adjacent to the project site inEast Direction)Project Site

PROJECT NAME:M/s Gularia Chini Mills Distillery Unitvillage Rudrapur Gularia, Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Gola, District Lakhimpur Kheri,Uttar Pradesh

Project Location Coordinates:Latitude: 28°13'41.32"NLongitude: 80°38'15.47"E

Project consultanat:Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd

Figure 1.3: 10 km Route map of the study area



1.4.1 Site SelectionProposed installation shall be done adjacent to the existing sugar plant site. Following factorswere considered while selecting the site:- Easy availability of raw material. Ground water availability, As per CGWA Assessment unit falls in safe area. Markets for both products & by-products within the state Nearness to National Highway SH-90 (at distance of 200 meters in East Direction) for

easy transportation of raw material and final product. Availability of existing facilities like storage, infrastructure, transportation,

administration etc.Photographs of proposed plant site have been shown in figure1.4.


Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd Page 64Fig 1.4 Photographs of the proposed distillery unit.

East North

South West



1.5 Scope of the StudyThe disciplines covered under the work program are prerequisite information of the plantsite, and manufacturing process, effluent generation, treatment and its proper disposal,impacts and management plans. This report contains data of ambient air monitoring as wellas noise environment, biological environment, socio-economic study carried out during PostMonsoon , Winter Season (15th September to 15th December 2018).Scope of this study covers all the points given in the Terms of Reference (ToR) prescribedby MoEF & CC, New Delhi vide letter no.IA- J 11011/236/2018-IA II (I) dated 24th August2018 The data generated from various studies for EIA/EMP are presented and discussed inthis report, prepared as per Appendix-III of the EIA Notification, 2006.

Chapter 1, Introduction The chapter provides the purpose of the report, backgroundinformation of the proposed distillery project, brief description of nature, size and locationof project, objectives of the project, estimated project cost, scope and organization of thestudy. The key environmental legislation and the standards relevant to the project and themethodology adopted in preparation of this report have also been described in this chapter.

Chapter 2, Project Description The chapter deals with the need of the project, location,environmental setting of the project, details of distillery project, other technical and designdetails and sources of pollution from the proposed activity and measures proposed tocontrol pollution.

Chapter 3, Description of the Environment The chapter presents the methodology andfindings of field studies undertaken to establish the environmental baseline conditions, whichis also supplemented by secondary published literature.

Chapter 4, Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures The chapter detailsthe inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment of the proposed distilleryproject during various phases of project advancement, such as design, location of project,construction, and regular operations. It also describes the overall impacts of the proposedproject activities and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.

Chapter 5, Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) The technology and project sitealternatives are discussed in the chapter.

Chapter 6, Environmental Monitoring Program Environmental monitoring requirementsfor effective implementation of mitigatory measures during operational phase have beendelineated in this chapter.



Chapter 7, Additional Studies: The chapter describes public consultation issues & variousrisks associated during operational stage of the project such as fuel storage, chemical storage,fire etc. A disaster management plan to minimize the risks or to combat the associated risksis also discussed.

Chapter 8, Project Benefits: This chapter describes various benefits of the project to thecommunity in the vicinity and as well as to the region on the whole.

Chapter 9, Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Chapter 10 Environmental Management Plan (EMP): It also provides recommendations/Environment Management Plan (EMP) including mitigation measures for minimizing thenegative environmental impacts of the project. The assessment shall cover the baseline datageneration, predictions and evaluation of impact on various environmental components andpreparation of adequate Environmental Management Plan.



CHAPTER - IIPROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.0 Type of ProjectM/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery (A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) hasproposed to establish a new 160 KLD (RS/ENA/AA), molasses based distillery along with8.0 MW of Co- Generation Power Plant at Village- Rudrapur Gularia,PO-Nausar Gularia,Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Golagokarannath, District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P. 262901As per EIA Notification dated 14th Sep., 2006, as amended from time to time, the projectfalls under Category “A”, Project or Activity ‘’5(g)(i) [molasses based distilleries ≥60KLD]’’, and therefore, requires Environmental Clearance from MoEF & CC, New Delhi.

2.1 Importance and Benefits of ProjectThe Indian Government has approved National Policy on Biofuels: 2018. The policycategorizes biofuels as “Basic Bio-Fuels” viz. first generation bio-ethanol.This policy has encouraged M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery (A unit of BalrampurChini Mills Limited) Setting up an ethanol plant along with the other by-products to value-add the Indian Government’s objective of reducing import dependency and be a part ofethanol supply which shall result in saving of over Rs. 4000 Crores of Forex. Secondly,supporting a cleaner environment .Thirdly, this investment in rural area shall have a motivefor employment generation and can contribute around 160 jobs in plant operations at thevillage level. And most important additional income to the farmers also would be a part.The company proposes to manufacture Rectified Spirit, and Technical alcohol frommolasses. Ethanol production is short of 180 crores liters, per annum. Ethyl alcohol,alcohol, ethanol, spirit, denatured spirit, etc. these are various descriptions for thisagriculture-based product. It is a globally traded commodity, and finds its way inpharmaceutical and chemical industries, across the world. The use of ethanol is tomanufacture various industrial chemicals and due to the current government policy ofblending ethanol in petrol, there is a significant demand for ethanol, which supports thebiofuel movement.

This chapter furnishes detailed information on project type, its need, location,size/magnitude, technology and process. It also gives details on project, itsdescription, operating conditions and implementation schedule.



2.2 Industry overview:Molasses is one of by-products of sugar industry which is used to produce rectifiedspirit/alcohol for making liquor and fuel. Traditionally, molasses has been used in India toproduce rectified spirit and Alcohol of higher than 95% purity for producing liquor forhuman consumption and for producing various chemicals. However, with technologicaldevelopments in the recent past, molasses has been effectively used to produce bioethanolfor blending with petrol as a fuel.

2.3 Global scenario:Brazil is the second largest producer of ethanol globally after U.S. While U.S. producesethanol from corn, Brazil manufactures ethanol from sugarcane. Brazil has mandatoryblending ratio of ethanol in gasoline ranging from 18% to 25%. The blend rate was as highas 25% before September 2011 and was reduced to 20% due to drop in cane output henceaffecting the ethanol production. Currently, flex-fuel cars, which can use either ethanol orblended gasoline, in Brazil account for about 53% of the total car fleet and around 90% ofthe new vehicles sales. The proportion of the flex-fuel cars are expected to cross 80% by2020. Currently, the Brazilian light vehicle fleet has been increasing by 6.7% y-o-y since2003 with currently 90% of the new vehicles being flex-fuel cars. Thus, there exists anincreasing demand in Brazil for ethanol which is encouraging for the sugarcane industry.

2.3.1 Indian Scenario:India has about 330 distilleries, which produce over 4 billion liters of rectified spirit(alcohol) a year. Beyond total distilleries, about 120 distilleries have the capacity to distillate1.8 billion liters (an additional annual ethanol production capacity of 365 million liters wasbuilt up in the last three years) of conventional ethanol per year which is sufficient to meetrequirement for 5% ethanol blending with petrol.

2.3.2 Government Policy:In 2006, GoI mandated 5% ethanol blending with petrol, EBP programme to directlybenefit the sugarcane farmers by assuring the sugar industry a stable and reasonable returnfor the molasses and then passing a significant part of the same to the farmers. But since thenthe programme has been struggling to take off despite the fact that the Cabinet Committeeon Economic Affairs (CCEA) in November 2009 directed that a financial penalty be imposedon oil marketing companies for their failure to reach targets. In November 2012, the CCEAhas made it mandatory for Oil Marketing Companies (OMCs) - Bharat Petroleum,Hindustan Petroleum and Indian Oil Corporation - to blend 5% ethanol with petrol. This islikely to reduce the fuel import bill and lower India's dependence on fossil fuel as theethanol prices are lower than petrol. The OMCs have been blending ethanol with



petrol for the past two years but the policy was partially implemented in absence of anyclear directive. The committee, headed by the Prime Minister, has also approved market-based pricing of the biofuel, opening the market for ethanol producers - mostly sugarcompanies. This shall result in an increased demand for ethanol by OMCs. The NationalBio-Fuel Policy, approved by the Government of India, has plans for a 20% ethanol blendingprogramme from the current mandated 5% blending & recently increased to 10%, toreduce India’s dependence on fossil fuel imports.

2.3.3 Demand & supply gapThe gap between the availability of alcohol and the requirement by the industry has beenwidening. The existing requirement of alcohol by the industries is around 450 crore litersannually at 10% fuel ethanol blending, industrial alcohol and potable alcohol and theproduction is around 285 Crore Liters. The trend is increasing as the blending increases.Statement showing estimated production, availability and requirement of alcohol in India-Alcohol Year.Table 2.1 Estimated Productions, Availability And Requirement Of Alcohol In

India- Alcohol Year.Sl.No Particulars Unit 2014 –15 2017-18

1. Estimated Sugar Production Million Tonns 28.00 27.002. Molasses Production Million Tonn 12.60 12.153. Wastage and other uses 5% Million Tonns 0.63 0.50

4. Molasses available forproduction Million Tonns 11.97 11.64

5. Net Alcohol available frommolasses Million litres 2694 2737

6. Add: Alcohol Production Million litres 1500 1500

7. Total Alcohol Available(5+6) Million litres 4194 4237

8.Total Consumption forpotable sector I.M.F.L.+ C.L

Million litres 1910 1950

9. Balance Available(7-8) Million litres 2284 2287

10. Other uses i.e. Chemicals etc Million litres 850 850

11. Availability for EthanolBlending Million litres 1434 1437

12. Requirement for blending@10% Million litres 2800 3130

13. Shortfall for blending Million litres 1366 1693



2.4 Location of project:M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery (A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) hasproposed to establish a 160 KLD (RS/ENA/AA), molasses based distillery along with 8.0MW of Co- Generation Power Plant at Village- Rudrapur Gularia, PO-Nausar Gularia,Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Golagokarannath, District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P. 262901

Table 2.2 Location of projectArea Details

Total Plant Area8.747 Hectare(Khasra no. 265, 264, 272, 267, 274, 266, 269, 270,271, 273, 273, 276, 277, 278, 278, 279,01,02,03)

Greenbelt/PlantationArea

2.88 Hectare (33% of the total plant area shall bedeveloped as greenbelt /plantation).


Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd Page 71Figure 2.1 Maps showing location of the site







2.5 Summary of the project:The detailed summary of the project is given table 2.3.

Table 2.3. Project Summary

Sr. No. Attributes Project Details

1Name of the project M/s Gularia Chini Mills (Distillery Unit)

(A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) hasproposed to establish a new 160 KLD(RS/ENA/Ethanol), molasses based distillery alongwith 8.0 MW of Co- Generation Power Plant.

2 Location of the project Village- Rudrapur Gularia,PO-Nausar Gularia,Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Golagokarannath,District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P. 262901

3 Project Justification Revenue shall be generated for the stategovernment.

Foreign currency shall be saved. Import of foreign liquor shall reduce. Employment shall be provided to eligible people

of the state. Increase in Local Business Standard of Living of people shall increase.

4 Project Area ,Gata no.

Unit has acquired 8.747 hectare for establishmentof new distillery(Khasra no. 265, 264, 272, 267, 274, 266, 269,270, 271, 273, 273, 276, 277, 278, 278,279,01,02,03)

5 Total project cost Total project cost: 20874.20 Lacs

6 No. of working days 360 Days/Annum

7 Process Involve Dilution, Fermentation, Distillation.

8 Category of Project Category : A and Schedule : 5 (g)9 Green belt

development33 % of Total Project area

10 Cost towardsEnvironmentalprotection measures(Capital cost)

Rs. 1100.00 Lakhs

11 Recurring cost towardsEnvironmental controlmeasures.

Rs. 110.00 Lakhs



12 Cost towards CorporateSocial Responsibility(CSR)

2% of total annual Profit as per the CSR Act(By Ministry of corporate affairs)Notification GSR 129 (E).(Approximately 5.0 crores shall be allotted as5 year program.)

13 Raw MaterialRequirement Molasses: 720.0 TPD

14 Boiler 60.0 TPH slop fired boiler

15 Fuel Requirement Slop :308 KLD Bagasse / Biomass :255.0 TPD

Bagasse alongwith slop shall be used as fuel duringmolasses based operation.

16 Air Pollution ControlSystem

Electro static precipitator shall be providedwith Stack of height 72.0 meters in order to controldust emissions from 60 TPH Boiler.The emissions of particulate matters from the stackshall be limited to 150 mg/Nm3.

17 Steam Requirement 54.0 TPH

18 Power Requirement 4.5 MW

Distillery Process requirement 1375 KWSpent-wash concentration plant 1200 KWCondensate/lees polishing unit 780 KWBoiler and other utilities 1020KWLighting and Misc. 125 KWTotal (operating reqt.) 4500.00 KW

19 Fresh WaterRequirement

960.0 KLD (@ 6.0 KL/KL of product)( Net fresh water requirement after recycling )

Domestic Water Requirement:20.0 KLD

20 Source of water Tube well

21 Waste WaterGeneration

Spent Wash 800 KLPD@ 5.0 KL/KL of ProductOther Effluents: 1139 KLD

22 Waste water treatmentscheme

Zero liquid discharge, 100% recycling and reuseshall be done.



23 Waste water treatmentstrategy

For Spent wash :MEE + Incineration(Slop fired Boiler) shall be installed.For Other effluent: Process CondensatePolishing Plant shall be installed for treatment ofvarious other effluents (Condensate, Lees, Floorwashing, Blow downs).

For Domestic wasteseptic tank and soak pit shall be installed.

24 Solid Waste Generationand its management Particular Quantity Management

Ashgeneration 60.03 MT/Day

Ash generatedshall be utilized asmanure due tohigh organic andpotash content.

FermenterSludge 16.0 MT/DAY

Shall be used asmanure alongwith ash.

25 Employment generation Direct employment:50 personsIndirect employment: 110 persons

2.6 List of industries within study area:In 10 kms radius there is no any large scale industry is present, few brick kilns & khandsariare seen in study area; one own sugar mill is present in the study area.

2.7 Land requiremnt:The land requirement for the proposed project shall be met from existing land (as unit hasalready purchased the land) area of 8.747 hectare. The item-wise breakup of the landrequired for the plant and machinery of proposed distillery is tabulated in table 2.3 andlayout of the project is shown in fig 2.2.



Table 2.4: Land-Use Breakup



Open Land 19243.40



23682.00

Total 87470.00


Figure2.2: Pie chart showing land breakup

18%

27%






Open Land 19243.40



23682.00

Total 87470.00



33%

22%

0%

Land Breakup

Green Belt Area

Open Land

Road/ Paved Area







Open Land 19243.40



23682.00

Total 87470.00



Green Belt Area

Road/ Paved Area



Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd Page 76Fig 2.3 Layout of project (existing sugar +distillery area)


Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd Page 77Fig 2.4 Layout of project

(proposed distillery area layout)



2.8 Requirements for the ProjectThe requirement for the Molasses based distillery can be broadly categorized as follows:

1. Raw material (Molasses)2. Enzymes & Chemicals3. Fuel4. Steam5. Water6. Power7. Man power etc.

2.8.1 Raw Material RequirementDetails regarding quantity of raw materials required their source along with mode oftransportation for new project are given in table 2.5.Molasses: 720 TPDThe main raw material required shall be molasses which shall be procured from sugar units.

Table 2.5 Raw material and transportation mode

Sl. No Particular Requirement StorageSource andmode oftransportation

Molasses Based Operation

1. MolassesMolasses:

720.0 TPDMolasses storage

tanksThrough local

suppliers via road

2.8.2 Chemical requirement in distillery:A) Chemical requirementChemicals consumed in distillery process have following functions: Nutrients (Ammonium Sulphate and Phosphoric Acid): Provide nutrients in the

fermentation process for yeast development. Chemicals and antibiotics - Eliminate contamination in the fermenters and maintain

activity of yeast. Antifoam oil- To suppress foam generation due to evolution of carbon dioxide gas. Various laboratory grade chemicals consumed in the quality control laboratory and the

bio-chemicals laboratory operations. Alkali and other surfactants- To maintain the hygienic conditions in the fermentation

house and to clean the distillation equipment, evaporators etc.



Table 2.6 Chemical Requirement, Source and Transportation:

Sl no Particulars Requirement Storage withcapacities

Source andmode of

transportation

1.

Sodiumhydroxide(caustic)(kg/day)

464Solid form packed in50 kg bags stored ingodown

Nearbymarkets/ by

roads

2. Nutrients(kg/day) 518

Solid form packed in50 kg bags stored ingodown

3. Enzymes(kg/day) 324

Liquid form packed incans and stored ingodown

4. Anti foamagents (kg/day) 38.2

Liquid form packed indrums and stored ingodown

5. Yeast (activedry yeast) 86.4

Solid form packed inbags & stored ingodown

Raw materials shall be received at plant site by road. All the trucks for raw material andfinished product transportation shall comply with the applicable environmental norms.

2.8.3 Fuel RequirementDetails regarding quantity of fuel required, their source & mode of transportation forproposed installation of unit are given in Table -2.7

Table 2.7: Fuel RequirementBoiler 60.0 TPH slop fired boiler

FuelRequirement

Molasses Based Operation Mode ofTransportation

Slop :308 KLD Bagasse / Biomass :255.0

TPDBagasse alongwith slop shall beused as fuel during molassesbased operation.

Bagasse shall beprocured fromadjacent sugar mills.



2.8.4 Steam RequirementAfter installation the steam requirement shall be ~54.0 TPH which shall be sourced fromproposed 60.0 TPH slop fired boiler. Breakup of steam requirement is given in Table 2.8.

Table 2.8: Total steam required

Sr No. Name of particular Steam requirement

1 Distillation(wash to RS)28.75 TPHor Distillation (wash to ENA)

or Distillation (wash to AA)

2 Integrated Multi-pressureDistillation& evaporation 18.0 TPH

Boiler De-aeration 6.0 TPH

3 Turbine(Auxiliary Equipment) 1.25 TPH

Total Steam Required 54.0 TPH

2.8.5 Boiler Details:1 boiler of 60.0 TPH (slop fired) shall be installed for the proposed project. Proposed boilerdetails are mentioned in the table 2.9.

Table 2.9: Proposed Boiler DetailsSl. No. Particulars Details

1. Boiler01 No. Slop fired BoilerCapacity 60 TPH.

2. Fuel Slop :308 KLD Bagasse / Biomass :255.0 TPD

3.Air PollutionControl Device

Electro Static Precipitator shall be provided withStack of height 72.0 meters in order to control dustemissions from 60.0 TPH Boiler.The emissions of particulate matters from the stack shallbe limited to 150 mg/Nm3.

4. Nos. of Stack1 No of Stack is proposed with72.0 Meters Height.



2.8.6 Stack Height CalculationStack height is calculated using following formulaH = 14 (Q) 0.3

H is height of ChimneyQ = (Quantity of fuel (kg/hr) x sulphur content (%) x 2)

100Table - 2.10: The sulphur content (%)

Sl no Fuel typeFuel quantity in

TPDFuel quantity in

kg/hrSulphur %

1 Slop 308 12833.00 0.62 Bagasse 255 10625.00 0.05

Total 23458.00 -

Q = 23458 x 0.325 x 2100

Q=152.47H=14 X (152.47)0.3

H=14 X 4.518 metersH=63.25 meters (calculated stack height)Whereas, unit has proposed the stack height of 72.0 meters of RCC with Diameter at thetop of the stack shall be approx: 2.5 meters. Slop and bagasse shall be mixed in the ratio of 1.0:1.1 and his mixture shall be used as

fuel. The sulphur content of slop is 0.6% and that of bagasse is 0.05%. The mixturecontaining almost equal quantities of slop and bagasse shall have an average sulphurcontent of 0.325 %( 0.6+0.05/2).

2.8.7 Water Requirement:2.11 The details of water requirement are tabulated below:

Fresh WaterRequirement

During Molasses Based Operation

960 (@ 6.0 KL/KL of product)(Net fresh water requirement after recycling)

Domestic Water Requirement:20.0 KLD

Water Balance is given below Figure 2.5:


Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd Page 82Figure 2.5 Water Balance

M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery EIA & EMP REPORT

Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 83

2.8.8 Power RequirementThe total power requirement for the proposed project shall be 4.5 MW.

Table 2.12Distillery Process requirement 1375 KWSpent-wash concentration plant 1200 KWCondensate/lees polishing unit 780 KW

Boiler and other utilities 1020KWLighting and Misc. 125 KW

Total (operating reqt.) 4500.00 KW

2.8.9 Manpower RequirementThe total manpower required for the proposed project shall be 160 persons which includeunskilled, semiskilled – Local Area; skilled personnel - outside and contract labors fromnearby areas.

Employmentgeneration

Direct employment:50 personsIndirect employment: 110 persons

2.9 Technology and Process DescriptionMolasses Based OperationTechnology and Process Description Alcohol production mainly involves three mainProcesses;A. FermentationB. DistillationC. DehydrationThe process of alcohol manufacturing involve various sections are;5. Molasses Storage and Handling Section6. Fermentation Section7. Distillation for Production of rectified spirit and extra neutral alcohol molecular sieve

for production of absolute alcohol.8. RS/ENA /AA receiver and Storage Section9. Effluent treatment plant comprising Evaporation plant and incineration for Spent wash

treatment and other effluent (Condensates, Spent lees etc) shall be treated inCondensate Polishing Unit.

Alcohol is produced from carbohydrates by fermentation with yeast. Yeasts are unicellular,uninucleate fungi that can reproduce by budding, fission or both. They have been used forcenturies to brew alcoholic beverages and are the most commonly used micro organism in



the industrial production of alcohol by fermentation. Ethanol production by fermentationcomprises four steps: Yeast propagation from yeast slant from the laboratory. Fermentation to produce fermented wash containing alcohol. Recovery, enrichment and purification of alcohol from fermented wash to produce 95.5

V/V alcohol. Production of absolute alcohol by dehydration of 95.5% V/V alcohol to produce

absolute alcohol.A proper choice of appropriate technology in each of these steps governs the efficient andviable operation of fermentation alcohol plant.

A) Yeast Propagation:Yeast, for the production of alcohol is characterized by high selectivity of the yeast species,low production of by-products (side products), high ethanol yield, high fermentation rate,good tolerance towards both high ethanol concentration and high in organics in thefermenting substrate, high temperature tolerance, land high genetically stability. Althoughfinding a strain that has all these characteristics is difficult, a proper selection anddevelopment of the best possible strain is needed. Sacharomycetescervisiae andSacharomycetespombe are the commonly deployed yeast strains in alcohol fermentation ofsugars. The purity and sterility of yeast culture used as inoculums have great influence onthe alcohol yield and longevity of yeast in fermenter. Flocculating yeasts are deployed forcontinuous fermentation particularly with yeast recycle system. The selectivity of yeast isalso essential to maintain the required metabolic reaction pathways specific to conversion ofsugars to alcohol. The side products are higher alcohols, acids, etc. which naturally reducethe alcohol yields and final quality of alcohol. It is, therefore, customary to propagate yeastfrom laboratory strain in increasing volumes under sterile and aerobic conditions protectingthe same from other wild yeasts and moulds during their growth. This is done in 3 or fourstages starting from a 1lit inoculums developed in laboratory from a well preserved yeastculture slant. Yeast shall be developed in plant from fresh slant to laboratory flash cultureand then in 3 stage S.S. yeast propagation vessels which operate in series but in batch mode.When enough bio mass strength is developed, it is pitched Into Fermenter.

B) FermentationThe yeast propagation is only at the start and stabilization of the fermenter. When once thecontinuous fermentation is on, the yeast propagation is stopped and only a periodiccontinuous addition of small make up of fresh culture from yeast vessel is done to maintainthe activity of yeast in the active yeast count in the fermenter. The yeast vessels are fittedwith jacket for sterilizing and cooling the medium in situ. Sterile air is supplied to these



vessels through compressor and the sterilization-system comprising a series of fine filtersfollowed by HEPA filters. Molasses from the molasses tank in the yard are pumped totransfer pump into tipper type molasses weighing system and weighed molasses feed tankfrom where molasses feed pump it to yeast vessels (when necessary) or to fermenterthrough a static mixer type molasses diluter. Main fermenter could be one or two stagesdepending on the control system envisaged based on the final designs. The heat offermentation is extracted by circulating the fermenter contents through wort coolers.Temperature in the fermenter is to be maintained at 32 – 34°C. Carbon dioxide evolvedduring fermentation is vented out through scrubber to recover entrained alcohol vapors.Dilute molasses are fed to the fermenter continuously. The final fermented wash istransferred by wash pump to yeast separation system comprising hydrocolones andcentrifuge. The sludge and dead yeast are purged into sludge tank and yeast cream isreturned to the fermenter while clear fermented wash is collected in wash tank. Sludge fromsludge tank is fed to the bottom of Analyzer Column in the distillation section. Part of spentwash from a selected tray in the column C-01 is returned to fermenter after cooling thesame to as near to ambient temperature as possible. Anti-foam oil is added from whenevernecessary when the level in the fermenter rises beyond a limit due to foaming because ofrunaway fermentation rate. The operations in the fermenter can be controlled closelythrough automation. Process water is taken into scrubber water tank from where it is fed toscrubber and overhead water tank by water pump. All process water in the fermentationsection is supplied by gravity from this overhead tank.

C) Rectified /ENA Spirit Distillation:Fermented wash from wash holding tank is pumped by wash feed pump to the top ofdegassing column after preheating the same in beer heater and spent wash heat exchanger.The vapors along with non-condensable gases from the top of degassing column are rectifiedin Heads column, to expel the high volatiles, technically know as heads. Bottom liquid fromthe degasser flows into analyzer column where alcohol is stripped from the liquid. Theliquid from bottom of analyzer column is completely stripped of alcohol and is pumped outby spent wash discharge pump through heat exchanger where it preheats the fermentedwash before it enters degassing column. Part of spent wash from a tray, few numbers abovethe bottom tray is cooled and returned to the fermenters as a measure of water saving andreduction of effluent discharge. The dilute alcohol vapors from near the top of analyzercolumn are condensed first in beer heater while exchanging heat with wash feed and then inanalyzer condenser. Degasser and analyzer operate under vacuum. The condensate iscollected in Rectifier Feed Tank. The vapors for stripping alcohol are generated fromanalyzer column bottom liquid in the analyzer column re-boiler by using the rectifiedcolumn top vapors, as discussed subsequently. Vapors from the top of heads column arecondensed in heads column condenser and then in head column vent condenser. Part of the



condensate is returned to column as reflux while a small portion is taken out as an impurespirit cut. Liquid from bottom of column is also taken into Rectified feed tank. Dilutealcohol water mixture from rectifier feed tank are pumped by rectifier feed pump throughrectifier feed pre-heater in to rectifying column. Rectifier and its associated equipment workunder pressure so that these vapors can supply the necessary heat for generating the vapors.The condensate from Analyzer is then pumped as Reflux to rectifying column. Rich alcoholvapors at a concentration of 95.5% v/v from top of rectifying column are condensed first inAnalyzer and then in Reflux Vent Condenser. The liquid from analyzer and reflux ventcondenser are collected in Rectifier Reflux Tank. Part of the liquid from reflux ventcondenser may be drawn off as impure spirit. The impure spirit cut shall be maintained aslittle as possible to maintain aldehyde levels to meet the required limits in Absolute Alcohol.Liquid from the reflux tank is pumped by Product Pump partly as product and partly asreflux to the top of the Rectifying Column. The necessary rectifying vapors to Rectifyingcolumn are generated by boiling the bottom liquid in Rectifier Column Reboiler usingmedium pressure steam. Some side streams are drawn from rectifier column as light andheavy fractions of higher alcohols called fusel oils and cooled in fusel oil coolers and aremixed with water and allowed to separate out in fuel oil separator. All vents from Highcolumn vent condenser, analyzer condenser, rectified feed tank and reflux vent condenserare connected to Vent Gas Absorber where the vent gases are scrubbed with water torecover entrained alcohol. The scrubber water is used for washing the fusel oils in fusel oilseparator to recover alcohol from the fusel oil fractions. The absorber vent is connected tovacuum pump which is used to create vacuum in the analyzer and degasser. The productsRectified Spirit and Impure Spirit are cooled in product coolers and collected in therespective receiver tanks prior to pumping the same through respective transfer pumps intostorage tanks in the excise godown. Impure spirit, is however, returned to Ethanol plantalong with the rectified spirit feed, subject to maintaining, the Absolute Alcohol qualityrequired for blending with petrol.

D) Fuel Grade EthanolAbsolute alcohol is manufactured by dehydration of Rectified Spirit. The process adoptedhere is based on Pressure Swing Adsorption (PSA) system using Molecular Sieves. The flowscheme is shown in above referred flow diagram. Rectified spirit, after preheating by wastehot streams, is vaporized and superheated in analyser condenser and analyser by usingmedium pressure steam at 6 Kg/cm2g pressure. Hot vapors at kg/cm² g pressure and 130°C temperature pass through PSA column, where the water vapors are retained while waterfree alcohol is released as vapors. The vapors are condensed in high column vent condenserand Rectified column re-boiler and collected as Absolute Alcohol. When the molecular sievebed is saturated with water the alcohol vapors are shifted to the other tower and the firsttower is taken for regeneration. Regeneration is done first by pressure releasing and creating



vacuum and then by elutriating with dehydrated alcohol vapors from the tower indehydration operation. The vapors are condensed in Head column condenser and refluxvent condenser and the vent vapors are recovered through scrubber degassing column.Vacuum can be created vacuum by rectified feed pump. (Eductor may also be considered forthis duty). Product is cooled in fusel oil cooler and transferred to Absolute Alcohol receivingtank and then on to storage tank.Flow diagram of Molasses based distillery operation is given below Figure 2.6


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 88Figure 2.6 Flow diagram of Molasses based distillery operation

As FuelSteam

Power(Spent Wash

Evaporation &Distillery use)

Wet sludge

Steam for spent wash concentration

MOLASSES(Raw material for alcohol)

YEAST

SPENT LESS

SPENT WASH

YEAST SLUDGE WET

FERMENTATION PROCESS

EVAPORATION

DISTILLATION PROCESS

ALCOHAL

WATER

TURBOGENERATION

CONDENSATE

BAGASSE

CONCENTRATEDSPENT WASH

ASH

BOILER

SecondaryEffluent

Treatment Plant

Used asManure inFarm lands

Treated Water(RE-USE IN THE PROCESS,

GRADENING)

Steam forDistillation of

alcohol



2.10 Power Co-generation (8.0 MW)OperationsThe unit proposes to set-up boiler and power turbine. Slop fired boiler shall be 60.0 TPHcapacity and based on mixed fuel (Slop + Bagasse) available fuel options. This Boiler shalloperate mainly to feed steam to Molasses based operations and 8.0 MW power generationsfrom Turbine. Proposed 8.0 MW co-generation plant consists of a high pressure water tubesteam boiler extraction cum condensing steam turbine. Fuel in the steam boiler shall beburnt with the help of air in the boiler furnace. Water shall be circulated in the boiler drumand tubes thus getting heated by the flame burning in the boiler furnace. Water comes out ofthe boiler drum located at the top of the boiler as steam. Flue gases rise in the boiler furnaceand come in contact with the steam coming out of boiler drum. Steam after coming incontact with flue gases gets heated up further thus getting superheated. Super heated steamleaves the boiler in a pipe. Flue gases after super heating the steam pass through economizerwhere they pre-heat the boiler feed water before it enters the boiler drum. Aftereconomizer, flue gases pass through air pre-heaters where they heat the air which is fed tothe boiler furnace for burning the fuel. After air pre heaters flue gases pass through ESPwhere the dust particles are collected. The dust is collected from the bottom of the hopper.High pressure superheated steam from boiler is passed through a steam turbine, which isused for distillery process operations. While passing through the turbine, the high pressureand temperature steam rotates the turbine rotor and an electric alternator mounted on thesame shaft. Electric power is generated by the alternator. This electric power generated isconsumed in house i.e. for running the distillery and utilities like boilers auxiliaries etc.Flow diagram of Co- gen 8.0 MW is given in Figure 2.7:

Bagasse +Slop

Boiler

In houseconsumption

DistilleryDEAERATOR

Feed water tank

Turbine

Condenser

Figure 2.7: Flow diagram of

Co- gen 8.0 MW



2.11 Storage FacilitiesAlcohol shall be stored in tanks. Bagasse shall be stored in fuel yard having total area of2500.00 sq.m (only for Distillery).Capacity for spent wash holding tank shall be 6000.00 m3. To control ground watercontaminations the spent wash holding tank shall be constructed above ground level withHDPE sheet at bottom to avoid percolation of spent wash. Storage facility is given in theTable no 2.13.

Table No 2.13: Storage Facilities

1. Spent WashStorage Tank

6000.00 m3

(Storage for 7 Days as per CPCB)(Lined Lagoon)

2. Bagasse Fuel yard 2500.00 m2

3. Ash Ash Yard 5.351 AcreSource: Detailed Project Report

S.No Location Description No. ofTank

GrossCapacity ofeach tank

Size

Dia*Height

1

Absolute AlcoholStorage Tank( ReceiverSection)

AA Daily receive fromC-Molasses 3 165 KL 5.7 x 6.5

2

Absolute AlcoholStorage Tank(StorageSection)

AA bulk storage tankfrom C-molasses 2 1800 KL 12.7 x 14.25

3Absolute AlcoholStorage Tank(Issue Section)

AA issue tank fromC- Molasses 1 165 KL 5.7 x 6.5

4


AA daily receive fromB-heavy molasses 3 165 KL 5.7 x 6.5

5


AA bulk storage tankfrom B-heavy molasses 2 1800 KL 12.7 x 14.25


AA issue tank fromB-heavy Molasses 1 165 KL 5.7 x 6.5

7 Alcohol StorageSection ENA daily receiver 3 100 KL 4.5 x 6.5

8 Alcohol StorageSection TA daily receiver 3 5 KL 1.85 x 1.875

9 Alcohol StorageSection FO Tank 2 10 KL 2.6 x 2.0



2.12 Assessment of new & untested technology for the risk of technologicalfailureThe whole process shall be based on proven technology i.e. Multi Pressure distillation withintegrated evaporation followed by slop fired boiler. Thus, no new and untested technologyfor the risk of technology failure has been assessed.

2.13 Proposed Schedule and Approval for ImplementationProposed schedule and approval for implementationThe project commissioning activities shall be started after getting Environmental Clearance(EC) from the MoEF & CC, New Delhi and relevant Consents from UPPCB. Tentativeschedule for getting approvals for installation of project with the status of implementation isgiven in the table below:-

Table 2.14: Proposed schedule for approval & implementationS. No Particulars Schedule

1 NoC/ CTE (from UPPCB) After 3-6 months of obtaining ECfrom MoEFCC, New Delhi

2 Installation of plant 12-18 months3 Consent to Operate (from UPPCB) After installation of the plant4 Commencement of plant operations After obtaining Consent to Operate

Plant activities shall commence within 1 years of acquiring EnvironmentClearance.

10 Alcohol StorageSection ENA bulk storage tank 1 1800 KL 12.7 x 14.25

11 Alcohol StorageSection TA bulk storage tank 1 150 KL 5.7 x6.5

12 Alcohol StorageSection ENA issue tank 1 100 KL 4.5 x 6.5

13 Absolute AlcoholStorage Tank

Denatured AA issuetank molasses 1 165 KL 5.7 x 6.5



15 Alcohol StorageSection

Denatured chemical ATank 1 50 KL 3.6 x 5.0


Denatured chemical BTank 1 50 KL 3.6 x 5.0

17 Molasses storage tank for “C” Molasses” 1 100000 qtls. 31 x 9.6118 Molasses storage tank for “B” Molasses” 2 100000 qtls. 31 x 9.6119 Spent Wash Lagoon Capacity 1 6000 KL 7 days storage



2.14: Project Cost:The detail of the project cost is tabulated in table 2.15:

1. Total project cost Total Project Cost : 20874.20 Lacs

2.Cost towards Environmentalprotection measures(Capital cost)

Rs. 11000.00 Lakhs

3.Recurring cost towardsEnvironmental control measures.

Rs. 1100.00 Lakhs

4. Cost towards CER The proposed CER Cost is Rs.313.0 Lakhs (1.5% of additional capitalinvestment, as per office memorandumno. F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st

May 2018 as project is green field (NewDistillery Project)).

Table: 2.15.1: Environment Management CostS.No Description Proposed

Capital Cost(Lakhs)

RecurringCost/annum

(Lakhs)1. Air Pollution Control 418.0 52.02. Water Pollution Control

(Condensate Treatment Unit)85.0 5.0

3. Solid Waste Environment(Granulation plant, AshHanding Area)

100.0 2.0

4. Environment Monitoring andManagement

25.0 2.0

5. Green Belt Development 35.0 4.06. Rain Water Harvesting

Measures & others35.0 3.0

7. CO2 recovery 350.0 40.08. Miscellaneous (fire fighting

etc.) Online Stack MonitoringSystem. Online Web Camera

52.0 2.0

Total 1100.0 Lakhs 110.0 Lakhs



Table 2.16: Estimated InvestmentProject : New Molasses Distillery of Capacity 160 KLPD based on

"RSW Evaporation & Incineration" + 8000 KW Power Cogeneration

Sr. No. Section Description Amount InRs. Lacs

1 MOLASSES HANDLING & STORAGE SECTION(STORAGE & TRANSFER) ; 380.00

2

MAIN PROCESS PLANT: FERMENTATION,MULTIPRESSURE DISTILLATION, MSDHETHANOL, RSW MULTIEFFECT EVAPORATION& CONDENSATE TREATMENT (CPU)ALONGWITH AUXILIARIES, MCC ELECTRICALSAND PLC SCADA BASED INSTRUMENTATION.

7400.00

3

INCINERATION BOILER 60; 45 KG/CM2 (G) ;400°C (SWS + BAGASSE FIRED) INCLUDINGERECTION, COMMISSIONING, PACKING,FORWARDING, ALONG WITH STEAM PIPING,MULTICYCLONES, ESP, FUEL HANDLINGSYSTEM, BAGASSE SHED &CONVEYERS,ETC.

4400.00

4

TURBINE (EXTRACTION CUM CONDENSINGTYPE) (8000 KW), SYNCHRONIZATION PANEL,EOT CRANE ALONGWITH ACCESSORIES SUCHAS ALTERNATOR, SFM ETC.;WITH RELATEDSTEAM PIPING, PRDS, ITS AUXILIARIES CWRPAND INSTRUMENTATION.

720.00

5DAILY SPIRIT RECEIVERS & ALCOHOL BULKSTORAGE ALONG WITH MCC ELECTRICAL &INSTRUMENTATION.

750.00

6

BOREWELL, WATER TREATMENT PLANTCOMPRISING SOFT WATER PLANT & DMWATER PLANT ALONGWITH RESPECTIVEPIPING FOR SOFT WATER, DM WATER &PROCESS WATER PLANT, VALVES &INSTRUMENTATION.

180.00

7

PLANT ELECTRIFICATION PLANT & YARDLIGHTING & ELECTRICALS FOR SECTION SUCHAS POWER CONTROL CENTRE, MCC, CABLING, DG SET AND MISC. ELECTRICAL WORK.

180.00

8 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT, ADDL. FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT, ETC. 160.00

9 WEIGH BRIDGE (60 MT) WITH EQUIPMENTSREQUIRED IN RECORD ROOM 30.00

10 INTERCONNECTING PIPING FOR HP & LPSTEAM UPTO PROCESS SECTION,STEAM 175.00



CONDENSATE PIPING UPTO BOILER,DM,SOFT& PROCESS WTAER PIPING UPTO SECTIONS.

11MISC TREATMENT PLANT /STP, ALONG WITHITS INSTRUMENTATION, ELECTRICAL ANDREQUIRED AUXILIARIES (PROVISIONAL)

85.00

12

CIVIL WORKS COMPRISING OF ALL CIVILFOUNDATIONS, DRAINAGE, SUMPS, UGRWATER STORAGE, GREEN BELT DEVT,ROADS, BUILDINGS, OFFICES, BOILER &TURBINE, WTP, PCTP/CPU ETP, RCCCHIMNEY, ETC.

1225.00

13

MS STRUCTURAL WORK FOR PROCESS PLANTFERMENTATION, MULTI-PRESSUREDISTILLATION, MSDH, EVAPORATION PLANT& SPIRIT STORAGES, BOILER, TURBINE, WTP,WWTP/PCTP, ALONGWITH THEIRRESPECTIVE AUXILIARIES & ELECTRICALS.

825.00

14 FOAM SAFETY SYSTEM FOR ALCOHOL TANK 200.00

15INTER CONNECTIVITY OF SUGAR TODISTILLERY IN REGARD TO TRANSFER OFMOLASSES, STEAM PIPING, POWER ETC.

100.00

16LAND REQUIREMENT FOR IRRIGTION,DUMPING OF ASH AND FOR GRANULATIONPLANT.

100.00

17 LAND FILLING EXPENSES 150.00

18 CONSTRUCTION OF BOUNDARY WALL OFREMAINING AREA FOR DISTILLERY PLANT. 50.00

Total 17110.00

19 ESTIMATED TAXES & DUTIES - GST @18% APPROX. 3079.80

20 PRE OPERATIVE EXPENSES @1.0 % OF PROJECT COST 171.10

21 CONTINGENCIES @ 3% OF TOTAL FIXEDASSETS 513.30

Grand total 20874.20

2.15 Environmental pollution by distillery plant and their mitigation measures:The mitigation measures given in this section are for management of the emissions,effluents, solid and hazardous waste generation from the project to meet the environmentalstandards and environmental operating conditions.Following mitigation measures shall be adopted by M/s Gularia Chini Mills, UnitDistillery (A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) to minimize the impact ofproject on the surrounding environment:



Table 2.17: Mitigation Measure

Sl No Project activity Aspect Mitigation

1. Transportation Dust generation Paved Road Speed limit in plant premises Control for vehicular movement Water sprinkling Vehicles should be PUC

certified Greenbelt & plantation on both

sides of the internal roads &plant boundary

Increase in no. ofvehicles

Flow of vehicles to bemaintained

Maintenance of parking area2. Fermentation Generation of CO2 137.0 MT:-

CO2 shall be collected and utilizedin bottling or sold to authorizedvendors

Generation of yeastsludge

Used as manure

3. Multi PressureDistillation, MEEand coolingtower

Generation of spentwash

Spent wash shall be treated in MEEand slop shall be burnt in slop firedboiler.

Spent Lees Reused in Process

MEE condensate &cooling tower blowdown

Treated water shall be recycled

4. Boiler Operation Particulate matter& gases emission

Installation of ESP withadequate stack height

Covered storage for fuel

Generation of noise Use of earmuffs, earplugs &ear defenders

Maintenance of equipment Insulated enclosures Greenbelt development at

plant boundaryBoiler ash(Solid waste)

Fly ash shall be stored in silo bypneumatic system Ash shall be used as manure Unit will install granulation



plant for ash and sludgemanagement.

5. EffluentTreatment Plant

Spent wash lagoon Well-designed HDPE lined lagoon

6. OdourManagement

From alcoholmanufacturing

The remedial measures shall betaken such as better housekeepingby regular steaming of allfermentation equipments.Temperature shall be kept undercontrol during fermentation toavoid in-activation/killing of yeast.Staling of fermented wash wouldalso be avoided.



CHAPTER III

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.0 IntroductionThis chapter describes the existing environment quality around proposed new distilleryproject by M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery at village Rudrapur Gularia, Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Gola, District-Lakhimpur Kheri, Uttar Pradesh.The unit has proposed to establish a new 160 KLD (RS/ENA/Ethanol) molasses baseddistillery along with 8.0 MW of Co- Generation Power Plant.The main objectives of describing the environment, which may be potentially affected, are To assess present environmental quality and the environmental impacts and To identify environmentally significant factors that could preclude project development.

To achieve these objectives, various environmental parameters were monitored within thecore zone and buffer zone (10 km. radial distance) from the project site in accordance withthe Guidelines for conducting EIA (Issued by the Ministry of Environment & Forest).Attributes of the physical environment like water, soil, and noise quality in the surroundingarea and information about geology, hydrology, prevailing natural hazards like floods,earthquakes etc. have been collected from literature reviews and authenticated informationmade available by Government Departments.This includes collection and review of earlier EIA study reports and related publishedmaterials/documents available for this region. Also monitoring is done for (15th September2018 to 15th December 2018) to assess the quality of parameters like air, water, soil andnoise.Surveys were carried out to understand and record the biological environment prevailing inthe area and the same was verified against published information and literature.

This chapter describes the baseline environmental condition around the projectsite for various environmental attributes, viz. physical, biological and socio-economic within the 10.0 km radial zone which is termed as the study area.Topography, soil, water, Meteorology, air, hydrology, geology and landconstitute the physical environment, whereas flora and fauna constitute thebiological environment. Demographic details and occupational pattern in thestudy area constitute socio-economic environment.Baseline environment condition are based on the field studies carried outduring 15th September to 15th December 2018, in and around the proposeddistillery project site and through secondary data collected from authorizedsources.



The socio-economic environment has been studied through data that has been obtained fromthe latest Census of India reports.

3.1 Study PeriodThis chapter and the related discussions contain the results of field studies carried out duringthe winter season (post monsoon season). The study period is from (15th September 2018to 15th December 2018).

3.2 Establishment of baseline for valued environmental componentsBaseline data was collected by monitoring and surveying of various environmentalcomponents / parameters in the core as well as buffer zone during the period i.e. during thewinter season (post monsoon season) (15th September 2018 to 15th December 2018)details of which are given in table 3.1 below:-

Table – 3.1 Baseline Data Collection

S.No EnvironmentalComponents

Primary DataSecondaryDataParameters Frequency

Monitoring/SamplingLocations

Methodology

1. Meteorology Temperature, RelativeHumidity,Wind speed,winddirection

Hourly 1(Plant site)

-- IMD book(Climatological Table1951-1980)

2. Air PM10, PM2.5,SO2, NOX,and CO

(24hourly),twice aweek

8 Sampling:CPCBGuidelines/NAAQS/IS5182 andinstrumentsManualAnalysis:CPCBGuidelines/IS 5182

-

3. Noise Equivalentnoise levelsin dB (A)

Once in aseason (day& nighttime)

8 Sampling: IS9989Analysis:CPCBGuidelines/IS 9989

-

4. Surface water Parameters asper

Once in aseasons

2 Sampling:CPCB

-



5. Ground water IS 10500 –2012

Once in aseasons

8 Guideline &APHA 23rd

edition 2017Analysis: IS10500-2012/IS3025/APHA23rd edition2017

-

6. Soil Parameters asper IndianAgriculturalResearchInstituteHandbook

Once in aseasons

8 Sampling:USDAAnalysis:As per IS2720/USDA

-

7. Land Land use andland cover

Once in aseason

Study Area Field survey Satelliteimage fromNRSC,Hyderabad

8. Socio-EconomicEnvironment

Socio-Economicstatus

Once in aseasons

Study area Field surveythroughquestionnaire, groupdiscussionand randomsampling

Censusdata, 2011List ofprevailingdiseasesfrom publicHealthCentreList ofschoolsDetails onsocio-economicdevelopmentalactivitiesundertakenby theclient



3.3 Instrument Used For Environmental Baseline Data CollectionThe following instruments were used at the site for environmental baseline data collectionwork.1. Respirable Dust Sampler with attachment for gaseous Pollutants

3 in no. namely:a. RDS Model- APM 460 BLb. RDS Model- APM 460 BLc. RDS Model- APM 4512. Fine Particulate sampler (2 in no. namely)a. FPS Model- APM-550b. FPS Model- APM-5503. Sound Level Meter Model- MS 67084. Digital D.O. meter Model – DM -51-2E5. Weather Monitoring Station Model-WM-2716. Global Positioning System7. And others.In addition to the above samples collected, the data on land use, vegetation and agriculturalcrops were also collected by the field team by meeting with a large number of localinhabitants in the study area and different Government Department’s agencies. Thisprovided an excellent opportunity to the members of the field team for obtaining anintimate feel of the environment of the study area.



3.3.1 Location selection for Environmental baseline data collectionTable: 3.2: The details of the sampling site

Location Code

Directionw.r.tPoint

Source

Distance(Km)w.r.tPoint

Source

Latitude andLongitude

SelectionCriteria

Rudrapur SS1 West 1.17 Lat-28°13'14.36"NLon-80°37'32.69"E Up-wind

Gondhyina SS2 West 3.35 Lat- 28°13'5.26"NLon- 80°36'3.16"E Up-wind

Rajagarh SS3 North West 4.48 Lat-28°13'8.28"NLon-80°35'3.11"E Up-wind

Mundiyana SS 4 East 1.29 Lat-28°13'58.64"NLon-80°38'52.67"E Down-wind

Padriyatula SS5 South East 1.96 Lat-28°13'16.22"NLon-80°39'13.71"E Down-wind

Radha Purwa SS6 East 4.49 Lat-28°13'16.22"NLon-80°37’36.88”E Down-wind

Dundwa SS7 North 0.52 Lat-28°14'29.41"NLon-80°37'48.20"E Crosswind

FactoryPremises SS8 - - Lat-28°13'56.98"N

Lon-80°37'57.73"E -

Sharda River SW1 Lat-28°13'14.36"NLon-80°37'32.69"E -

Nausar Pond SW-2 Lat-28°13'5.26"NLon-80°36'3.16"E -

SS- Sampling SiteSW-Sampling Site Surface WaterThe sampling locations for water, noise, air, soil, demographic survey is nearly same asindicated in Table 3.2, the map showing location of the sampling in the study area is givenfigure 3.1.



10 KM RADIUS SAMPLING LOCATION TOPOSHEET MAP TOPO SHEET NO. 62D/11 & 62D/12LEGEND:

- PROJECT SITE-10 KMS RADIUS

-SAMPLING LOCATIONSMONITORING POINTS:1. SL1- Rudrapur2. SL 2- Gondhyina3. SL 3- Rajagarh4. SL 4- Mundiyana5. SL 5- Padriyatula6. SL 6- Radha Purwa7. SL 7- Dundwa8. SL 8-Factory Premises9.SW1- Sharda River10. SW2 – Nausar PondPROJECT NAME:M/s Gularia Chini Mills Distillery Unitvillage Rudrapur Gularia, Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Gola,District-Lakhimpur Kheri,Uttar Pradesh

Project Location Coordinates:Latitude 28°13'43.74"NLongitude 80°38'26.15"ESCALE: 1:50000Prepared By: Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3.1.The map showing locations of the sampling in the study area

SW2

SW 1SL 6

SL4

SL3

SL4

SL2

SL 1

SL 8

SL 5

SL 5








SW2

SW 1SL 6

SL4

SL3

SL4

SL2

SL 1

SL 8

SL 5

SL 5








SW2

SW 1SL 6

SL4

SL3

SL4

SL2

SL 1

SL 8

SL 5

SL 5



3.4 Climatology and Meteorology3.4.1 IntroductionMeteorology plays a vital role in determining the transport and diffusion pattern of airpollutants released into atmosphere. The principal variables include horizontal convectivetransport (average wind speed and direction), vertical convective transport (atmosphericstability) and topography of the area.Meteorological characteristics of an area are very much important in assessing possibleenvironmental impacts and in preparing environmental management plan.Since meteorological factors show wide fluctuations with time, meaningful interpretationcan be drawn only from long-term reliable data. Such source of data is India MeteorologicalDepartment (IMD), which maintains a network of meteorological stations at severalimportant locations. The nearest IMD station form the Plant Site is located in Kheri-Lakhimpur.The Meteorological data i.e. temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, wind speed, and winddirection, recorded at two synoptic hours i.e. 08:30 and 17:30 during winter(Post MonsoonSeason) (15th September 2018 to 15th December 2018) was obtained from this station tostudy meteorology of the study area.The meteorological parameters play a vital role in transport and diffusion of pollutants in theatmosphere. The collection and analysis of meteorological data, therefore, is an essentialcomponent of environmental impact assessment studies. The long term and short termimpact assessment could be made through utilization and interpretation of meteorologicaldata collected over long and short periods, respectively.

3.4.2 ClimatologyClimatological (long-term) data is obtained from the closest Indian MeteorologyDepartment (IMD) station or from any other nearby station, which has been collectingmeteorological data for more than ten years.

3.4.3 Climatological Data for the Kheri-Lakhimpur IMD StationClimatological data for Kheri-Lakhimpur IMD station is discussed in followingsubsections.SeasonsThe climate of area is characterized by an intensely hot summer, a cold winter and generaldryness throughout the year except during south-west monsoon season. Generally, the areaexperiences the following four seasons in a year:Summer : March to MayMonsoon : June to SeptemberPost monsoon : October to mid-DecemberWinter : Mid-December to February



A. TemperatureMay is the hottest month, the mean daily maximum temperature in that month being 39.9oC. The nights are also quite oppressive and they continue to be so even in the monsoonmonths. With the onset of the monsoon after the middle of June the day temperatureincreases by about five or six degree centigrade but the night temperatures remain low. Thiscontinues till September. In October while the day temperatures remain as warm asSeptember, the nights become cooler. From November both day and night temperaturessteadily drop. January is the coldest month, when the mean daily maximum temperature is22.6 oC and the mean daily minimum is 8.6 oC. The hot weather begins by March whentemperature rise rather rapidly with the advance of the season.

B. Relative Humidity (RH)RH is highest during August month (88% at 8:30 hr) and lowest during April month (29%at 17.30 hr). Table 3.3 gives the relative humidity (RH & temperature data) data at Kheri-Lakhimpur IMD Station.

Table 3.3: Temperature and Humidity

Month

Mean DailyMaximum

Temperature(oC)

Mean DailyMinimum

Temperature(oC)

Relative Humidity (%)

08.30 17.30

January 22.6 8.6 83 58February 25.9 10.9 76 47March 31.6 15.5 65 38April 37.7 21.3 50 29May 39.9 24.8 53 32June 37.4 26.4 71 52July 33.1 29.0 86 75August 32.4 25.9 88 77September 32.8 24.9 85 74October 32.1 20.5 81 63November 28.9 13.7 76 56December 24.2 9.4 81 59Annual 31.6 19.0 75 55

Source: IMD Station, Kheri-Lakhimpur



Graphical presentation of monthly maximum and minimum temperatures is shown inFigure 3.2.

Graphical presentation of monthly relative humidity is shown in Figure 3.3.

05

10152025303540

Mean Daily Maximum Temperature (oC)

0102030405060708090

Monthly Relative Humidity

Relative Humidity (%) 08.30





Max & Min Temperature

Mean Daily Maximum Temperature (oC) Mean Daily Minimum Temperature (oC)

Monthly Relative Humidity

Relative Humidity (%) 08.30 Relative Humidity (%) 17.30





Mean Daily Minimum Temperature (oC)

Relative Humidity (%) 17.30



C. Wind Speed

At Kheri-Lakhimpur IMD station, annual mean wind speed is 3.3 kmph. Highest meanmonthly wind speed is observed to be in May (5.2 kmph) while lowest (1.4 kmph) inNovember month. The predominant wind direction is from, West, North West followed byEast throughout the year. Table 3.4 gives the wind speeds data at Kheri-Lakhimpur IMDStation.

Table: 3.4: Showing Monthly Wind Pattern & SpeedMonths Mean Wind Speed

(Km/Hr)Pre - Dominant winddirection (Directions)

January 2.5 W, NW & EFebruary 3.5 W, NW & EMarch 4.1 W, NW & EApril 4.9 W, NW& EMay 5.2 W, NW& EJune 4.8 W, NW& EJuly 4.1 W, NW& EAugust 3.3 W, NW& ESeptember 2.8 W, NW& EOctober 1.8 W, NW& ENovember 1.4 W, NW& EDecember 1.7 W, NW& E

Mean 3.3 ----Source: IMD Station, Kheri-LakhimpurGraphical presentation of mean monthly wind speed is shown in Figure 3.4.

Fig 3.4 Graphical presentation of mean monthly wind speed

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Mean Wind Speed (Km/Hr)



C. Wind Speed











C. Wind Speed









D. RainfallThe range between the daily mean minimum and the daily mean maximum temperaturereduces progressively as the monsoon advances. The region experiences a total rainfall ofabout 1177.5 mm with 49.4 numbers of rainy days. The intensity of the rainfall in monsoonis observed much higher than the rainfall occurs in other part of the year. The rainfall detailsof Kheri-Lakhimpur IMD Station are given in Table 3.5.

Table: 3.5 Monthly Rainfall DetailsMonth Monthly Total Rainfall No. of Rainy DaysJanuary 26.8 2.0February 12.3 1.1March 14.5 1.3April 4.4 0.5May 24.6 1.6June 139.8 6.3July 342.4 14.3August 330.9 12.2September 185.0 7.3October 59.5 2.1November 0.8 0.1December 6.0 0.6Annual Total 1177.5 49.4

Fig 3.5 Graphical presentation of Monthly Rainfall Data

0200400600800

10001200






Monthly Total Rainfall

Monthly Total Rainfall








3.4.4 Micro Meteorological Data collected at SiteMeteorological station was set-up at site, to record surface meteorological data; during PostMonsoon Season (15th September 2018 to 15th December 2018). Wind speed and winddirection data recorded during the study period has enabled identifying the influence ofmeteorology on the air quality of the area. Based on the collected meteorological data,relative percentage frequencies of different wind directions were calculated and plotted aswind roses for twenty four hour duration. Maximum and minimum temperatures includingpercentage relative humidity were also recorded simultaneously.It was observed that the predominant over all wind patterns for the study period was fromWest, West North followed by East. Wind Rose Diagram showing the wind pattern duringthe study period is shown in Figure: 3.6.Summary of the micro-meteorology at site is given in Table 3.6 The wind recorded duringthe survey period at the site is more or less according to the trend indicated in IMD data.

Table 3.6: Summary of Micrometeorological Conditions at the site15th September 2018 to 15th December 2018

MonthTemp (°C)(average)

Relative Humidity(%)

Predominantwind

direction(blowing

from)Max Min 08.30 17.30

15th Septemberto 15th October 32.6 26.9 80 62 W, NW& E

15th Octoberto 15th November 27.4 13.2 74 55 W, NW& E

15th Novemberto 15th December 23.5 9.1 79 58 W, NW& E

A. TemperatureThe maximum ambient temperature recorded near project site during the study period was32.6 ˚C while minimum temperature was recorded as 9.1 ˚C.

B. Relative HumidityDuring the study period, maximum relative humidity recorded near project site was 80 %while minimum humidity was recorded as 55 %.

D. Wind PatternDuring the study period, predominant wind direction was recorded from Northwest, westtowards East throughout the study period.



3.4.5 Comparison of Primary and Secondary Data:On Comparison of the site specific data generated for study period vis-a- vis the IMD data,slight variation were observed. The observations are brought out are: The temperature was recorded on site when compared vis-a- vis the IMD data, certain

variation were found. The minimum and maximum temperatures recorded at site during study period were

9.1 °C and 32.6°C whereas the maximum and minimum values recorded at IMDObservatory Kheri-Lakhimpur – during the same period are 22.6°C and 8.6°C.

The relative humidity was observed to range from Approx 55-80%, during the studyperiod at the site, whereas according to IMD Observatory Kheri-Lakhimpur the relativehumidity was observed to in the range of 29 - 88% during the same season; and the

Wind pattern of the study area is broadly same as IMD data.


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 110Fig: 3.6: Wind Rose diagram of study period


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 111Fig: 3.7 Superimposed Wind Rose Diagram on Project Site



3.5 Air QualityThe ambient air quality with respect to the study zones of 10 km radius around the proposedinstallation of distillery unit forms the baseline information. The prime objective of thebaseline air quality study was to assess the existing air quality of the area. This shall also beuseful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during theoperation of proposed Distillery.

3.5.1 Methodology Adopted For Air Quality SurveySelection of sampling locationsThe baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a scientificallydesigned ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network in theair quality surveillance program has been based on the considerations-:Meteorological condition on synoptic scale• Topography of the study area;• Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status;• Representatives of likely impact areas.Frequency and Parameters for SamplingAmbient air quality monitoring was done at a frequency of 2 days continuous per week forthree months at all 8 monitoring stations during the winter season (post monsoon season).The duration, period and frequency of sampling is, as per the guidelines of NationalAmbient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board(CPCB), New Delhi and are as given below:Duration:The baseline study period is from 15th September 2018 to 15th December 2018.Period:A. 24 hrs for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOxB. 8 hr for COFrequency: Twice a week for the entire study period (i.e. 3 months).The baseline data of air environment was monitored for parameters mentioned below as perrevised MoEF & CC notification dated 16th November 2009.• Particulate Matter (PM10)• Particulate Matter (PM 2.5)• Sulphur dioxide (SO2)• Nitrogen Oxide (NOx)• CO (Carbon Mono-oxide)



3.5.2 Details of the Sampling LocationsAll the sampling locations are described below in Table- 3.7. The stations were selected toassess present pollution levels.

Table – 3.7 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

S.No Location Code

Directionw.r.tPoint

Source

Distance(Km)w.r.tPoint

Source


SelectionCriteria

1. Rudrapur AQ1 West 1.17 Lat-28°13'14.36"NLon80°37'32.69"E

Up-wind

2. Gondhyina AQ2 West 3.35 Lat- 28°13'5.26"NLon- 80°36'3.16"E

Up-wind

3. Rajagarh AQ3 North West 4.48 Lat-28°13'8.28"NLon-80°35'3.11"E

Up-wind

4. Mundiyana AQ 4 East 1.29 Lat-28°13'58.64"NLon-80°38'52.67"E

Down-wind

5. Padriyatula AQ5 South East 1.96 Lat-28°13'16.22"NLon-80°39'13.71"E

Down-wind

6. RadhaPurwa

AQ6 East 4.49 Lat-28°13'16.22"NLon-80°37’36.88”E

Down-wind

7. Dundwa AQ7 North 0.52 Lat-28°14'29.41"NLon-80°37'48.20"E

Cross-wind

8. FactoryPremises

AQ8 - - Lat-28°13'56.98"NLon-80°37'57.73"E

-





- SAMPLING LOCATIONSMONITORING POINTS:1. AQ1- Rudrapur2. AQ 2-Gondhyina3. AQ3- Rajagarh4. AQ4- Mundiyana5. AQ5- Padriyatula6. AQ6- Radha Purwa7. AQ 7- Dundwa8. AQ 8-Factory Premises

PROJECT NAME:M/s Gularia Chini Mills Distillery Unitvillage RudrapurGularia, Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Gola,District-Lakhimpur Kheri,Uttar Pradesh


Figure 3.8: 10 km Radius Air Sampling Location Toposheet Map

SW 1SL 6

SL4

SL3SL2

SL 1

SL 8









SW 1SL 6

SL4

SL3SL2

SL 1

SL 8









SW 1SL 6

SL4

SL3SL2

SL 1

SL 8



3.5.3 Duration of samplingThe sampling duration for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO is twenty four hourly continuoussamples per day for twice in a week for 3 months. This is to allow a comparison with thepresent revised standards mentioned in the latest gazette notification of the CentralPollution Control Board (CPCB).

3.5.4 Instrumentation for SamplingRespirable Dust Samplers of Envirotech instruments were used for monitoring of PM10 (<10microns), gaseous pollutants like SO2, NO2 and Fine Particulate sampler were used formonitoring of PM 2.5.

Methodology of Sampling and analytical techniques-The techniques used for ambient air quality monitoring and minimum detectable levels aregiven in Table-3.8

Table – 3.8 Techniques used for ambient air quality Monitoring

Parameters

Test MethodSpecification against

which test areperformed

Range of Testing/Limitsof Detection

Particulate Matter,PM10

IS 5182 (Part 23) 5.0 µg/m3 to1000 µg/m3

Particulate Matter,PM2.5

ELPL/III/SOP/23 Issue no.& Issue Date:02 &

01/07/2016CPCB Guideline for

Measurement of AmbientAir Pollutant’s,Vol, I, 2012-13

(Issue No.2, Amend. No 0)

5.0 µg/m3 to500 µg/m3

Sulphur dioxide IS 5182 (Part 2) 5.0 µg/m3 to100 µg/m3

Nitrogen dioxide IS 5182 (Part 6) 5.0 µg/m3 to750 µg/m3

CO IS 5182 (Part 10) 2.0 µg/m3 to500 µg/m3

3.5.5 Presentation of Primary DataVarious statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum and minimum valueshave been computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring stations. Theresults of monitoring carried out for three months are presented in Table 3.11 -3.18 and thesummary of these results are presented in Table 3.10 a, b. These are compared with the



standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for rural and residentialzones and industrial zone (given in table 3.9).Table 3.9: Ambient air quality standards – MoEF & CC as per the notificationdated 16th November 2009 for industrial, residential & rural areas.

Air quality parameter Concentration24 hrs Annual

Particulate matter (size lessthan 10 μm), PM10, μg/m3

100 60

Particulate matter (size lessthan 2.5 μm), PM2.5,μg/m3

60 40

Sulfur-di-oxide, μg/m3 80 50Nitrogen dioxide, μg/m3 80 40Hydrocarbons - -

Note:Wherever monitoring results on two constitutive days of monitoring exceedthe limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be consideredadequate reason to institute regular or continuous monitoring and furtherinvestigation.

3.5.5.1 Particulate Matter (PM10)The maximum 98th percentile concentrations for PM10 were recorded at nearby the factorypremises having a concentration of 88.2 µg/m3. The minimum 98th percentile concentrationwas recorded at village Gondhiyina having a concentration of 67.5 µg/m3. All sitesconcentration ranges from 67.5-88.246.6-88.8 µg/m3.

3.5.5.2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5)The maximum 98th percentile concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded nearby Factory sitehaving a concentration of 58.2 µg/m3. The minimum 98th percentile concentration wasrecorded at village Gondhyina having a concentration of 40.8 µg/m3. All sites concentrationranges from 40.8-58.2 µg/m3.

3.5.5.3 Sulphur DioxideThe maximum 98th percentile concentrations for SO2 were recorded near Factory Sitehaving a concentration of 15.7 µg/m3. The minimum 98th percentile concentration wasrecorded at near Radha Purwa village having a concentration 13.6 µg/m3. All sitesconcentration ranges from 13.6-15.7 µg/m3.



3.5.5.4 Nitrogen OxideThe maximum 98th percentile concentrations for NO2 were recorded nearby Factory Sitehaving a concentration of 26.4 µg/m3. The minimum 98th percentile concentration wasrecorded at village Rudrapur having a concentration of 21.5 µg/m3. All sites concentrationranges from 21.5-26.4 µg/m3.

3.5.5.5 COCO is Not detected (DL < 2µg/m3) at sampling sites.



Table 3.10 (a): Min, Max and 98th Percentile Values of PM10 & PM 2.5

Location Min Max Average 95%ile 98%ile Min Max Average 95%ile 98%ilePM10 PM 2.5

Rudrapur 56.8 75.8 67.7 74.35 75.1 39.6 56.2 46.0 50.05 53.2Gondhyina 46.6 68.2 57.17 66.65 67.5 29.4 41.4 36.0 40.1 40.8Rajagarh 52.6 69.4 68.8 69.1 69.3 32.8 46.8 46.8 44.0 45.5Mundiyana 47.6 87.8 67.1 86.8 87.35 42.8 56.8 49.0 55.1 56.1Padriyatula 53.2 82.6 63.5 81.5 82.4 34.2 54.8 41.3 53.0 54.5Radha Purwa 60.2 79.4 67.8 78.3 79.0 40.8 52.8 47.0 52.0 52.6Dundwa 50.6 78.5 63.2 75.2 76.9 32.8 55.8 43.0 54.6 55.3FactoryPremises 58.2 88.8 71.7 87.5 88.2 32.6 58.2 47.4 58.1 58.2


Table 3.10(b): Min, Max and 98th Percentile Values of SO2 & NOx

Location Min Max Average 95%ile 98%ile Min Max Average 95%ile 98%ileSO2 NOx





Graphical presentation of Min, Max and 98th percentile values is given fromFigure 3.9-3.12.

Figure 3.9: Showing PM 10 Min, Max and 98%tile Value

Figure 3.10: Showing PM 2.5 Min, Max and 98%tile Value

0

20

40

60

80

100

0

10

20

30

40

50

60






PM10

Min Max 98%ile

PM2.5

Min Max 98%ile








Figure 3.11: Showing SO2 Min, Max and 98%tile Value

Figure 3.12: Showing NOx Min, Max and 98%tile Value

0

5

10

15

20

0

5

10

15

20

25

30





SO2

Min Max 98%ile

NO2

Min Max 98%ile







Table: 3.11AQ1 Rudrapur

Sr. No. DATE PM10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx COUNIT µg/ m3 µg/m3 µg/ m3 µg/ m3 µg/m3

1. 17.09.2018 62.4 49.8 12.8 18.2 0.1662. 18.09.2018 65.2 48.2 10.2 18.4 0.1733. 23.09.2018 63.6 46.8 12.6 19.2 0.1924. 24.09.2018 68.8 47.4 11.9 17.6 0.1835. 01.10.2018 65.2 47.2 13.8 18.2 0.2116. 02.10.2018 69.8 48.4 12.1 19.6 0.2067. 07.10.2018 64.6 42.4 13.4 18.8 0.1858. 08.10.2018 65.2 49.8 12.6 18.4 0.1919. 13.10.2018 63.4 47.4 10.8 17.2 0.19910. 14.10.2018 66.8 48.2 10.4 16.8 0.18711. 19.10.2018 67.4 49.0 12.8 17.2 0.18112. 20.10.2018 69.6 48.4 12.4 19.8 0.19613. 25.10.2018 73.4 40.8 11.2 21.4 0.20914. 26.10.2018 67.8 43.0 12.8 19.2 0.19715. 01.11.2018 65.9 42.0 11.4 20.8 0.21116. 02.11.2018 59.4 40.8 12.2 19.0 0.20117. 07.11.2018 56.8 42.2 13.0 17.8 0.23818. 08.11.2018 71.8 51.0 12.6 16.2 0.22719. 13.11.2018 68.4 49.8 9.8 17.2 0.21120. 14.11.2018 66.8 46.4 14.2 18.6 0.20621. 19.11.2018 68.2 49.8 12.6 15.2 0.22922. 20.11.2018 74.4 45.0 11.9 18.6 0.21623. 25.11.2018 72.2 52.8 12.6 21.2 0.23424. 26.11.2018 73.4 50.4 11.6 21.7 0.22725. 01.12 2018 75.8 45.0 14.2 20.6 0.21026. 02.12 2018 74.2 52.4 13.8 19.8 0.218

Parameters PM 10 PM 2.5 SO 2 NOx COMinimum Value 56.8 40.8 9.8 15.2 0.166Maximum Value 75.8 52.8 14.2 21.7 0.238

Average 67.7 47.0 12.2 18.7 0.20495percentile 74.35 52.0 14.1 21.3 0.23298percentile 75.1 52.6 14.2 21.5 0.236



Table: 3.12AQ2: Gondhyina


1. 19.09.2018 55.2 39.2 11.2 19.2 0.1342. 20.09.2018 51.4 33.8 11.8 19.4 0.1163. 25.09.2018 53.4 30.6 10.6 20.6 0.1214. 26.09.2018 47.8 36.2 10.8 20.4 0.1395. 03.10.2018 54.2 30.8 10.8 21.8 0.1436. 04.10.2018 48.8 29.4 10.6 22.4 0.1277. 09.10.2018 46.6 37.2 10.8 22.2 0.1188. 10.10.2018 53.2 30.2 10.4 20.8 0.1219. 15.10.2018 49.8 32.8 10.6 21.0 0.11410. 16.10.2018 52.4 38.4 10.4 19.4 0.12311. 21.10.2018 48.2 36.2 10.8 18.8 0.13812. 22.10.2018 51.8 39.6 11.2 19.6 0.13313. 27.10.2018 55.2 32.4 13.6 20.2 0.13914. 28.10.2018 58.8 34.4 12.8 20.8 0.12215. 03.11.2018 64.6 36.8 14.2 22.6 0.13716. 04.11.2018 61.8 35.2 11.8 22.2 0.14917. 09.11.2018 65.6 33.6 10.8 20.2 0.15318. 10.11.2018 66.2 37.4 12.6 21.6 0.20719. 15.11.2018 58.4 39.2 14.3 22.4 0.19620. 16.11.2018 55.4 38.4 13.0 23.8 0.18421. 21.11.2018 68.2 36.6 11.2 23.0 0.17322. 22.11.2018 62.8 38.2 10.6 19.6 0.15223. 27.11.2018 64.7 39.8 13.6 18.2 0.16824. 28.11.2018 63.4 40.2 14.8 19.4 0.21925. 06.12.2018 61.2 39.8 15.6 20.0 0.20726. 07.12.2018 66.8 41.4 13.8 20.6 0.127





Table: 3.13AQ3: Rajagarh


1. 19.09.2018 52.6 38.4 12.8 20.0 0.2392. 20.09.2018 54.8 39.6 10.2 21.6 0.2473. 25.09.2018 58.4 37.2 11.2 20.2 0.2484. 26.09.2018 57.2 39.4 9.8 20.4 0.2645. 03.10.2018 58.2 40.6 10.2 23.8 0.2686. 04.10.2018 59.2 38.8 10.6 22.4 0.2817. 09.10.2018 53.6 32.8 9.9 21.4 0.3428. 10.10.2018 55.2 39.2 12.6 22.4 0.3279. 15.10.2018 59.8 33.8 10.4 20.8 0.29910. 16.10.2018 60.4 37.6 10.0 24.4 0.31411. 21.10.2018 57.2 39.4 12.8 23.0 0.34212. 22.10.2018 59.4 36.8 11.4 22.8 0.34813. 27.10.2018 63.8 39.2 12.6 24.4 0.31314. 28.10.2018 56.2 41.4 11.0 20.2 0.29815. 03.11.2018 64.4 40.4 13.8 23.2 0.32716. 04.11.2018 67.2 42.2 12.2 24.4 0.31817. 09.11.2018 59.8 38.6 13.8 23.4 0.39118. 10.11.2018 64.8 40.4 12.4 22.8 0.38619. 15.11.2018 66.6 37.2 10.9 24.8 0.36720. 16.11.2018 62.6 36.8 11.4 22.0 0.37921. 21.11.2018 65.2 39.2 12.7 24.4 0.32822. 22.11.2018 69.4 42.4 14.7 19.2 0.32423. 27.11.2018 63.6 44.2 13.2 19.8 0.35224. 28.11.2018 66.4 41.8 14.6 18.2 0.36125. 06.12.2018 69.2 43.4 12.9 18.2 0.35926. 07.12.2018 68.8 46.8 12.2 18.8 0.337


Average 61.3 39.5 11.9 21.8 0.32195percentile 69.1 44 14.4 24.4 0.38498percentile 69.3 45.5 14.65 24.6 0.388



Table: 3.14AQ4: Mundiyana


1. 21.09.2018 58.2 39.6 11.2 22.6 0.2712. 22.09.2018 56.4 43.4 11.8 21.4 0.2683. 27.09.2018 54.2 42.8 12.2 23.6 0.2084. 28.09.2018 68.4 48.6 12.6 24.8 0.2175. 05.10.2018 63.2 41.4 10.8 23.4 0.1966. 06.10.2018 60.8 46.2 11.6 22.8 0.1887. 11.10.2018 47.6 48.2 11.4 21.2 0.1428. 12.10.2018 53.2 41.3 10.2 24.6 0.1579. 17.10.2018 57.8 46.8 11.2 25.2 0.26810. 18.10.2018 58.4 44.4 11.2 22.3 0.26111. 23.10.2018 58.2 47.2 12.6 20.8 0.24212. 24.10.2018 55.6 49.6 12.6 23.5 0.24813. 29.10.2018 57.8 41.2 13.8 19.4 0.23314. 30.10.2018 60.8 48.4 10.6 17.8 0.22915. 05.11.2018 52.4 45.2 13.4 18.2 0.21216. 06.11.2018 56.2 42.8 11.8 16.2 0.20917. 11.11.2018 73.2 44.4 16.2 19.8 0.24118. 12.11.2018 77.2 50.2 12.4 16.6 0.23819. 17.11.2018 84.2 56.2 12.8 24.8 0.19620. 18.11.2018 86.9 48.8 11.2 18.6 0.18221. 23.11.2018 81.2 42.2 13.8 17.2 0.23822. 24.11.2018 85.4 48.6 10.2 21.6 0.24623. 29.11.2018 83.6 48.2 12.8 22.2 0.25224. 30.11.2018 87.8 47.6 11.6 23.8 0.27725. 11.12.2018 79.5 44.8 14.0 20.2 0.29626. 12.12.2018 86.6 49.2 12.4 20.6 0.238





Table: 3.15AQ5: - Padriyatula


1. 17.09. 2018 53.2 39.2 11.0 19.6 0.1762. 18.09. 2018 54.8 36.6 12.6 18.4 0.1633. 23.09. 2018 58.4 36.8 12.2 22.6 0.1824. 24.09. 2018 57.2 39.2 13.0 23.8 0.1935. 01.10. 2018 58.2 41.8 10.2 18.2 0.2016. 02.10.2018 59.2 38.4 12.0 19.8 0.2167. 07.10.2018 53.6 37.8 10.8 17.2 0.1958. 08.10.2018 55.2 38.2 10.4 16.6 0.1819. 13.10.2018 59.8 36.0 10.4 17.2 0.18910. 14.10.2018 60.4 40.4 10.2 17.6 0.19711. 19.10.2018 57.2 36.6 11.4 14.8 0.19112. 20.10.2018 59.4 38.8 10.2 16.2 0.18613. 25.10.2018 63.8 34.2 10.2 19.4 0.19914. 26.10.2018 56.2 37.4 11.0 18.8 0.20715. 01.11.2018 64.4 36.8 10.2 15.2 0.20116. 02.11.2018 67.2 38.2 10.6 17.2 0.21917. 07.11.2018 59.8 35.4 11.4 15.8 0.22718. 08.11.2018 64.8 42.4 10.8 16.6 0.23819. 13.11.2018 66.6 44.5 10.8 17.8 0.20220. 14.11.2018 82.6 46.8 11.6 20.6 0.21121. 19.11.2018 82.2 47.2 13.2 21.2 0.21922. 20.11.2018 79.4 49.6 10.8 22.6 0.22623. 25.11.2018 63.6 46.8 10.8 20.2 0.23424. 26.11.2018 72.4 54.2 15.8 21.8 0.22925. 01.12 2018 71.2 54.8 12.0 19.2 0.21826. 02.12 2018 71.8 47.6 13.4 18.6 0.210





Table: 3.16AQ6: Radha Purwa


1. 21.09.2018 60.2 49.2 12.8 18.4 0.2712. 22.09.2018 62.8 49.6 12.6 19.0 0.2683. 27.09.2018 60.4 49.2 11.2 19.4 0.2084. 28.09.2018 66.8 47.6 11.8 18.8 0.2175. 05.10.2018 60.2 48.8 11.4 19.2 0.1966. 06.10.2018 69.8 46.6 12.8 20.6 0.1887. 11.10.2018 66.6 42.8 12.0 20.8 0.1428. 12.10.2018 61.2 50.2 12.4 20.2 0.1579. 17.10.2018 60.8 49.8 10.8 21.2 0.26810. 18.10.2018 61.4 51.6 11.2 19.8 0.26111. 23.10.2018 68.2 47.2 10.2 19.4 0.24212. 24.10.2018 60.4 47.8 10.0 18.2 0.24813. 29.10.2018 64.8 43.2 11.6 18.8 0.23314. 30.10.2018 67.2 44.4 11.8 21.6 0.22915. 05.11.2018 65.4 43.4 11.8 21.6 0.21216. 06.11.2018 68.2 44.2 11.2 20.8 0.20917. 11.11.2018 65.8 44.6 10.6 20.8 0.24118. 12.11.2018 72.8 54.4 11.6 21.2 0.23819. 17.11.2018 77.6 54.2 14.4 22.2 0.19620. 18.11.2018 73.6 56.8 12.6 19.4 0.18221. 23.11.2018 76.2 52.2 11.4 20.6 0.23822. 24.11.2018 70.4 49.4 12.0 19.6 0.34623. 29.11.2018 78.6 52.2 10.4 19.8 0.35224. 30.11.2018 79.4 53.8 11.6 18.2 0.37725. 11.12.2018 71.2 55.4 11.8 19.6 0.39626. 12.12.2018 72.8 46.8 12.2 18.4 0.372





Table: 3.17AQ7: Dundwa


1. 17.09.2018 58.2 38.4 12.8 20.0 0.2712. 18.09.2018 55.4 39.6 13.4 21.6 0.2683. 23.09.2018 57.2 37.2 12.6 20.2 0.2084. 24.09.2018 59.4 39.4 12.4 20.4 0.2175. 01.10.2018 54.2 40.6 10.9 23.8 0.1966. 02.10.2018 56.8 38.8 14.6 22.4 0.1887. 07.10.2018 50.6 32.8 11.6 21.4 0.1428. 08.10.2018 56.2 39.2 10.8 22.4 0.1579. 13.10.2018 58.8 33.8 12.2 20.8 0.26810. 14.10.2018 56.4 37.6 14.8 24.4 0.26111. 19.10.2018 59.2 39.4 13.8 23.0 0.24212. 20.10.2018 61.6 36.8 12.6 22.8 0.24813. 25.10.2018 64.8 39.2 11.2 24.4 0.23314. 26.10.2018 66.8 41.4 11.4 23.2 0.22915. 01.11.2018 63.4 40.4 10.4 23.2 0.21216. 02.11.2018 65.2 42.2 13.6 24.4 0.20917. 07.11.2018 66.2 38.6 12.8 23.4 0.24118. 08.11.2018 58.2 40.4 16.2 22.8 0.23819. 13.11.2018 62.2 47.2 11.0 24.8 0.19620. 14.11.2018 67.9 55.8 10.4 22.0 0.18221. 19.11.2018 72.2 54.2 10.2 24.4 0.23822. 20.11.2018 75.4 52.4 10.8 19.2 0.24623. 25.11.2018 71.6 54.2 11.5 19.8 0.25224. 26.11.2018 74.8 51.8 11.0 18.2 0.27725. 01.12 2018 78.5 53.4 10.2 18.2 0.29626. 02.12 2018 72.6 54.8 10.8 18.8 0.372





Table: 3.18AQ8: Project Site


1. 19.09.2018 63.2 45.2 11.2 20.6 0.1342. 20.09.2018 60.8 37.6 11.8 22.2 0.1163. 25.09.2018 67.4 38.8 10.6 23.8 0.1214. 26.09.2018 66.2 44.2 10.8 24.2 0.1395. 03.10.2018 65.2 45.8 10.8 21.2 0.1436. 04.10.2018 59.2 46.4 10.6 23.8 0.1277. 09.10.2018 62.6 38.8 10.8 25.4 0.1188. 10.10.2018 58.2 43.2 10.4 24.0 0.1219. 15.10.2018 59.8 39.0 10.6 22.6 0.11410. 16.10.2018 62.4 39.4 10.4 20.2 0.12311. 21.10.2018 64.2 32.6 10.8 23.2 0.13812. 22.10.2018 66.4 47.8 11.2 26.4 0.13313. 27.10.2018 60.8 46.2 13.6 25.2 0.13914. 28.10.2018 64.2 48.4 12.8 24.2 0.12215. 03.11.2018 68.4 44.8 14.2 23.4 0.13716. 04.11.2018 62.2 40.2 11.8 26.4 0.14917. 09.11.2018 75.8 53.6 10.8 24.8 0.15318. 10.11.2018 88.8 51.4 12.6 17.4 0.20719. 15.11.2018 85.6 56.2 14.3 18.2 0.19620. 16.11.2018 83.6 55.8 13.0 16.2 0.18421. 21.11.2018 81.2 58.2 11.2 17.4 0.17322. 22.11.2018 84.4 56.6 10.6 15.8 0.15223. 27.11.2018 87.6 57.8 13.6 24.6 0.16824. 28.11.2018 85.4 58.2 14.8 22.2 0.21925. 06.12.2018 80.2 54.8 15.6 23.4 0.20726. 07.12.2018 86.8 52.6 13.8 19.8 0.127





3.6 Noise EnvironmentA reconnaissance (preliminary survey) survey was conducted in order to establish thebaseline status of the environment with respect to noise levels in the study area. Theobjective of the present study is to assess the impacts of noise generated proposed unitsinside the plant premises and its impact on the human settlements within 10.0 km radius.

3.6.1 Noise Level SurveyThe physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise ingeneral is sound which is composed of many frequency components of various types ofloudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have beenintroduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complexsound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common anduniversally accepted scale is the A weighted Scale which is measured as dB (A). This is moresuitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 Hz. The scale has been designed to weigh variouscomponents of noise according to the response of a human ear.The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on: Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It

can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as one which is continuously varyingin loudness;

The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in residentialareas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance; and

The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, whichdetermines the loudness and period of exposure.

The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise InducedHearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise. The environmentalimpact assessment of noise, construction activity, and vehicular traffic can be undertakenby taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing,physiological responses, and annoyance and general community responses.

The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noiselevels, and assess the impact of the total noise generated by the cement plant operationsaround it.

3.6.2 Identification of Sampling LocationsA preliminary reconnaissance survey has been undertaken to identify the major noisegenerating sources in the area. Noise at different noise generating sources has been identifiedbased on the activities in the village area, ambient noise due to traffic and the noise atsensitive areas like hospitals and schools. The noise monitoring has been conducted fordetermination of noise levels at 8 locations in the study area. The noise levels at each



location were recorded for 24 hours. The environment setting of each noise monitoringlocation is given in Table-3.19 and fig 3.13.A sound level meter was used for measuring the noise level at one hour intervalcontinuously for 24 hrs at 1.5 m above ground level, about 3 m from walls, buildings orother sound reflecting sources.

Table no.3.19Noise Sampling Location:

S.No Location Code

Directionw.r.tPoint

Source

Distance(Km) w.r.t

PointSource


1. Rudrapur NQ1 West 1.17 Lat-28°13'14.36"NLon-80°37'32.69"E

2. Gondhyina NQ 2 West 3.35 Lat- 28°13'5.26"NLon- 80°36'3.16"E

3. Rajagarh NQ 3 North West 4.48 Lat-28°13'8.28"NLon-80°35'3.11"E

4. Mundiyana NQ 4 East 1.29 Lat-28°13'58.64"NLon-80°38'52.67"E

5. Padriyatula NQ 5 South East 1.96 Lat-28°13'16.22"NLon-80°39'13.71"E

6. Radha Purwa NQ 6 East 4.49 Lat-28°13'16.22"NLon-80°37’36.88”E

7. Dundwa NQ 7 North 0.52 Lat-28°14'29.41"NLon-80°37'48.20"E

8. Factory Premises NQ 8 - - Lat-28°13'56.98"NLon-80°37'57.73"E

The measurements were carried out in such a way that the monitoring locations were 1maway from the sources and 1 m away from the edge of the roads. The lowest and highestnoise levels are presented in table 3.21 and the limits as per Environmental ProtectionRules, 1986 for industrial, commercial & residential areas are presented in table 3.20 asunder:

Table 3.20 Limits as per Environmental Protection RulesLimits as per Env. Protection Rules, 1986 in dB(A)Leq

Industrial area Commercial area Residential area

Day Night Day Night Day Night

75 70 65 55 55 45



Note:1. Day Time is from 6:.00 AM to 10:00 PM2. Night Time is reckoned between 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM3. Silence Zone is defined as an area up to 100m around premises of Hospitals,Educational Institutions and Courts. Use of vehicle horn, loudspeaker and bursting ofcrackers is banned in these zones.Note: Mixed categories of areas be declared as one of the four above mentionedcategories by the competent Authority and the corresponding standards shall apply





- SAMPLING LOCATIONSMONITORING POINTS:1. NQ1- Rudrapur2. NQ 2-Gondhyina3. NQ3- Rajagarh4. NQ4- Mundiyana5. NQ5- Padriyatula6. NQ6- Radha Purwa7. NQ 7- Dundwa8. NQ 8-Factory Premises



Figure 3.13 Showing 10 km Radius Noise Sampling Location on Toposheet Map

NQ6

NQ4

NQ3

NQ7

NQ2

NQ1

NQ8

NQ5









NQ6

NQ4

NQ3

NQ7

NQ2

NQ1

NQ8

NQ5









NQ6

NQ4

NQ3

NQ7

NQ2

NQ1

NQ8

NQ5



Table 3.21 Noise level Monitoring DataTIME

INHRS

N 1 N 2 N 3 N 4 N 5 N 6 N 7 N 8

7 46.4 49.7 47.8 48.6 47.0 48.6 49.6 60.38 48.5 51.6 49.4 50.2 49.8 50.9 50.9 61.99 49.9 50.7 50.5 51.7 50.9 52.4 51.8 63.410 49.7 52.3 51.8 52.8 51.4 53.1 52.6 62.511 50.9 53.4 53.2 51.7 53.5 54.5 53.7 64.112 51.8 54.3 51.7 52.2 50.2 54.7 52.9 56.813 51.4 52.9 53.2 52.9 52.4 51.2 53.4 57.914 52.3 52.7 51.3 51.6 51.4 54.7 54.9 56.815 53.2 54.0 54.2 53.1 53.8 52.9 53.8 65.716 50.5 52.1 53.2 53.2 53.1 53.4 52.7 63.517 53.6 51.5 52.8 51.8 51.9 52.3 51.2 63.418 51.8 51.7 50.7 52.3 50.8 51.7 50.6 61.919 49.9 50.4 49.3 50.9 48.7 49.2 49.8 60.420 48.1 49.6 49.0 48.3 47.4 48.0 47.9 68.521 47.3 48.9 47.8 46.8 46.8 47.2 46.5 66.922 46.2 47.5 46.5 46.1 45.2 45.8 44.3 55.023 44.4 45.7 46.9 45.7 44.1 44.7 43.9 54.724 44.6 45.5 44.7 44.9 43.8 43.2 42.8 54.11 43.9 44.6 44.2 43.8 42.7 42.0 41.4 53.82 43.4 43.2 42.8 40.9 41..3 40.9 40.8 52.93 42.9 41.7 40.9 42.3 41.9 42.4 41.9 51.44 43.7 42.5 41.4 44.9 43.8 44.7 43.0 53.35 44.5 43.7 44.8 45.2 45.9 46.0 45.5 56.16 45.1 44.6 46.5 47.5 46.7 47.8 47.7 5 8.4

OBSERVATIONLeqMin 42.9 41.7 40.9 40.9 41.9 40.9 40.8 51.4LeqMax 53.6 54.3 54.2 53.2 53.8 54.7 54.9 68.5Leqday 50.0 51.4 50.7 50.88 50.2 51.2 51.0 61.8Leqnight 44.0 43.9 44.5 44.4 44.1 43.9 43.3 53.7



3.6.3 Existing Noise EnvironmentNoise levels were measured once at various locations during study period), in order toevaluate the ambient Noise level in the study area. Noise monitoring was carried out at 08locations on hourly basis. The hourly values are given in table- 3.21.The equivalent noise levels in locations are summarized as below in Table 3.22

Table 3.22 Equivalent Noise Levels in the Study AreaEquivalent Noise Levels dB(A)

S No. StationCode

Locations LMin LMax Ld Ln

1. NQ1 Rudrapur 42.9 53.6 50.0 44.02. NQ 2 Gondhyina 41.7 54.3 51.4 43.93. NQ 3 Rajagarh 40.9 54.2 40.7 44.54. NQ 4 Mundiyana 40.9 53.2 50.8 44.45. NQ 5 Padriyatula 41.9 53.8 50.0 44.16. NQ 6 Radha Purwa 40.9 54.7 51.2 43.97. NQ 7 Dundwa 40.8 54.9 51.0 43.38. NQ 8 Factory Premises 51.4 68.5 61.8 53.7

Source : Ambient Noise Quality MonitoringCPCB Noise Standards

Category ofzones

Leq in Db (A)

DAY NIGHTIndustrial 75 70

Commercial 65 55Residential 55 45

Silence zone 50 40Silence zone is defined as an area upto 100 m around premises of hospitals, educational

institutes and courts. Use of vehicle horn, loudspeaker and bursting of crackers is banned inthese zones.

The Noise Levels were within the prescribed limits when compared with Ambient NoiseLevel standards in respect of noise vide rule-3 of Environmental (protection) Rule 1986.From the above study and discussions, it can be concluded that noise levels in the study areaare well within the prescribed limits as prescribed by the Noise Pollution (Regulation andControl) Rules, 2000.



3.7 Ground waterThe Quality of ground water was studied by collecting eight water samples fromrepresentative hand pumps, tube wells. Sampling points were decided using toposheet &field survey. Standard procedures were followed for the sampling and analysis of physico–chemical parameters of water.The details of sampling location are given in table 3.23.

Table: 3.23 Water sampling stations

S.No Location Code

Directionw.r.tPoint

Source

Distance(Km) w.r.t

PointSource


1. Rudrapur GW1 West 1.17 Lat-28°13'14.36"NLon-80°37'32.69"E

2. Gondhyina GW 2 West 3.35 Lat-28°13'5.26"NLon- 80°36'3.16"E

3. Rajagarh GW 3 North West 4.48 Lat-28°13'8.28"NLon-80°35'3.11"E

4. Mundiyana GW 4 East 1.29 Lat-28°13'58.64"NLon-80°38'52.67"E

5. Padriyatula GW 5 South East 1.96 Lat-28°13'16.22"NLon-80°39'13.71"E

6. Radha Purwa GW 6 East 4.49 Lat-28°13'16.22"NLon-80°37’36.88”E

7. Dundwa GW 7 North 0.52 Lat-28°14'29.41"NLon-80°37'48.20"E

8. Factory Premises GW 8 - - Lat-28°13'56.98"NLon-80°37'57.73"E



10 KM RADIUS SAMPLING LOCATION TOPOSHEET MAP TOPO SHEET NO.62D/11 & 62D/12LEGEND:


- SAMPLING LOCATIONSMONITORING POINTS:1. GWQ1- Rudrapur2. GWQ 2-Gondhyina3. GWQ3- Rajagarh4. GWQ4- Mundiyana5. GWQ5- Padriyatula6. GWQ6- Radha Purwa7. GWQ 7- Dundwa8. GWQ 8-Factory PremisesProject Name:M/s Gularia Chini MillsDistillery Unitvillage Rudrapur Gularia,Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Gola,District-Lakhimpur Kheri,Uttar Pradesh

Project Location Coordinates:Latitude 28°13'43.74"NLongitude 80°38'26.15"ESCALE: 1:50000Prepared By:Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd.

Fig 3.14: Ground water monitoring locations within 10 km radius Toposheet map

GW6

GW4

GW3

GW7

GW2

GW1

GW 8

GW5








GW6

GW4

GW3

GW7

GW2

GW1

GW 8

GW5








GW6

GW4

GW3

GW7

GW2

GW1

GW 8

GW5



Table: 3.24 GROUND WATER ANALYSIS STUDY PERIOD: POST MONSOON & WINTER SEASON

Sr.No.

Test Parameter Unit Rudrapur Gondhyina Rajagarh Mundiyana

Padriyatula

RadhaPurwa

Dundwa FactoryPremises

Indian Standard10500 : 2012

Desirable Permissible

Chemical Parameters1. Colour Hazen <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 5 152. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable3. pH - 7.5 7.3 7.7 7.6 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.3 6.5-8.5 No

relaxation4. Turbidity NTU BDL

(2-40)BDL

(2-40)BDL

(2-40)BDL

(2-40)BDL

(2-40)BDL

(2-40)BDL

(2-40)BDL

(2-40) 1 5

5. TDS mg/l 543.0 526.0 753.4 528.6 654.2 534.2 538.0 437.4 500 20006. Ammonia (as

totalammonia-N)

mg/l BDL(0.005)

BDL(0.005)

BDL(0.005)

BDL(0.005)

BDL(0.005)

BDL(0.005)

BDL(0.005)

BDL(0.005) 0.5 No

relaxation

7. AnionicDetergents(as MBAS)

mg/l BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05) 0.2 1.0

8. Calcium asCa

mg/l 59.2 38.4 68.8 36.87 61.68 32.06 44.8 40.8 75 200

9. Chloride asCl-

mg/l 42.04 64.07 80.08 36.03 56.0 36.04 36.04 14.11 250 1000

10. Fluoride as F mg/l 0.27 0.20 0.42 0.21 0.17 0.22 0.23 0.23 1.0 1.511. Free

ResidualChlorine

mg/l BDL(0.1)

BDL(0.1)

BDL(0.1)

BDL(0.1)

BDL(0.1)

BDL(0.1)

BDL(0.1)

BDL(0.1) 0.2 1.0

12. Nitrate asNO3

mg/l 13.63 12.67 9.76 16.24 14.21 12.24 11.62 8.36 45 Norelaxation



13. PhenolicCompound(as C6H5OH)

mg/l BDL(0.001)

BDL(0.001)

BDL(0.001)

BDL(0.001)

BDL(0.001)

BDL(0.001)

BDL(0.001)

BDL(0.001)

BDL0.001 0.002

14. Sulphate asSO4

mg/l 32.04 39.64 46.20 42.31 36.82 39.08 37.52 36.85 200 400

15. Alkalinity asCaCO3

mg/l 320.0 296.0 376.0 336.0 276.0 272.0 324.0 240.0 200 600

16. Totalhardness as

CaCO3

mg/l308.0 288.0 344.0 220.0 264.0 220.0 220.0 232.0 200 600

17. Aluminum asAl

mg/l BDL(1.0)

BDL(1.0)

BDL(1.0)

BDL(1.0)

BDL(1.0)

BDL(1.0)

BDL(1.0)

BDL(1.0) 0.03 0.2

18. Boron as B mg/l BDL(0.2)

BDL(0.2)

BDL(0.2)

BDL(0.2)

BDL(0.2)

BDL(0.2)

BDL(0.2)

BDL(0.2) 0.5 1.0

19. Copper asCu

mg/l BDL(0.06)

BDL(0.06)

BDL(0.06)

BDL(0.06)

BDL(0.06)

BDL(0.06)

BDL(0.06)

BDL(0.06) 0.05 1.5

20. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.24 0.19 0.21 0.17 0.11 0.14 BDL 0.16 0.3 NoRelaxation

21. Magnesiumas Mg

mg/l 38.88 46.65 41.79 31.10 38.88 34.02 26.24 32.07 30 100

22. Manganeseas Mn

mg/l 0.18 0.12 BDL 0.12 0.14 BDL BDL BDL 0.1 0.3

23. Zinc as Zn mg/l 1.34 0.75 0.44 0.34 0.23 0.19 2.19 0.75 5 1524. Cadmium as

Cdmg/l BDL

(0.08)BDL

(0.08)BDL

(0.08)BDL

(0.08)BDL

(0.08)BDL

(0.08)BDL

(0.08)BDL

(0.08) 0.003 Norelaxation

25. Lead as Pb mg/l BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01) 0.01 No

relaxation26. Mercury as µg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.0 No



Hg (0.3) (0.3) (0.3) (0.3) (0.3) (0.3) (0.3) (0.3) relaxation27. Nickel as Ni mg/l BDL

(0.09)BDL

(0.09)BDL

(0.09)BDL

(0.09)BDL

(0.09)BDL

(0.09)BDL

(0.09)BDL

(0.09) 0.02 Norelaxation

28. Arsenic as As mg/l BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01) 0.01 0.05

29. TotalChromium

mg/l BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05)

BDL(0.05) 0.05 No

relaxationMicrobiological Parameters

30. E. coli MPN/

100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Shall not be detected inany 100 ml sample

31. T. coli MPN/

100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Absent/100ml

Shall not be detected inany 100 ml sample

Source: Ground Water Analysis



3.7.1 Summary:The analysis of samples collected from different sampling points for various parameters alsoreveals that the quality of water is good to meet the quality requirement for human use.A review of the above mentioned chemical analysis of ground water samples reveals thatthere is not much variation in chemical composition of water samples from hand pump andbore wells from nearby villages. Analysis results of ground water reveal the following: pH varies from 7.3 to 7.7. Total hardness varies from 220.0 to 344.0 mg/l. Total dissolved solids vary from 437.4 to 753.4 mg/lDoubtless for fulfilling the guidelines requirements these parameters were monitoredhowever, in the present project no groundwater is being harnessed thus, having no effect onthe groundwater scenario.

3.7.2 ObservationThe physicochemical quality of the ground water sources at and around the project site hasbeen analyzed, which indicates that almost all the parameters analyzed are within “MaximumAcceptable Limits as per IS: 10500-2012”.

3.8 Surface Water QualityName of the locations, orientation with respect to the project site are listed in the table 3.25along with the type of source. The analytical data for surface water quality has beentabulated in table 3.26

Table: 3.25 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Stations:

S.No Code Name of SamplingStation

Sourceof Water

Distance From FactoryUnit along with

direction

1 SW-1 Sharda River SurfaceWater 8.42 Kms (North)

2 SW-2 Nausar Pond SurfaceWater 2.42 Kms (North)





- SAMPLING LOCATIONSMONITORING POINTS:1. SW1- Sharda River2. SW 2-Nausar Pond

PROJECT NAME:M/s Gularia Chini Mills Distillery Unitat Village- Rudrapur Gularia,PO-NausarGularia, Block -Bijua,Tehsil-Golagokarannath, District-Lakhimpur Kheri,U.P. 262901


Figure 3.15: 10 KM RADIUS MAP OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS

SW1-Sharda River

SW2-Nausar Pond









SW1-Sharda River

SW2-Nausar Pond









SW1-Sharda River

SW2-Nausar Pond



Table: 3.26: Surface Water Quality

Sr. No. Test Parameter Unit Sharda River Nausar Pond

1. pH (at 25°C) -- 7.5 7.72. Color Hazen <5.0 10.03. Turbidity NTU 4.0 6.04. Odor -- Agreeable Agreeable5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 316.0 324.06. Calcium as ca mg/L 65.6 62.47. Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L 328.0 436.08. Chloride as Cl mg/L 42.0 68.09. Residual free Chloride mg/L BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1)10. Magnesium as Mg mg/L 36.96 40.8211. Total dissolved solids mg/L 612.6 636.212. Sulphate as SO4 mg/L 38.62 26.213. Fluoride as F mg/L 0.46 0.4214. Nitrate as NO3 mg/L 22.5 28.415. Iron as Fe mg/L 0.21 0.2316. Aluminum as Al mg/L BDL

(1.00)BDL

(1.00)17. Boron mg/L 0.62 0.6418. Phenolic Compounds mg/L BDL

(0.01)BDL

(0.01)19. Anionic detergents as MBAS mg/L BDL

(0.05)BDL

(0.05)20. Hexa-Chromium as Cr+6 mg/L BDL BDL21. Zinc as Zn mg/L 1.72 1.5322. Copper as Cu mg/L BDL

(0.06)BDL

(0.06)23. Manganese as Mn mg/L BDL

(0.1)BDL(0.1)

24. Cadmium as Cd mg/L BDL(0.08)

BDL(0.08)

25. Lead as Pb mg/L BDL(0.06)

BDL(0.06)

26. Arsenic as As mg/L BDL(0.01)

BDL(0.01)

27. Mercury as Hg mg/L BDL(0.3)

BDL(0.3)

28. Sodium as Na mg/L 46.2 48.829. Potassium as k mg/L 6.4 5.830. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L 64.0 82.2



31. Total Suspended solids mg/L 58.6 72.332. Biochemical Oxygen demand mg/L 16.2 26.633. Phosphate as PO4 mg/L 6.16 7.6434. Dissolve Oxygen mg/L 4.9 4.7

3.9 Soil EnvironmentThe information on soil quality has been arrived at by collecting data from various secondarysources and supplemented by collection and analysis of soil samples from representativelocations. In order to assess the baseline characteristics of soil profile of the plant arearepresenting project and nearby areas, the samples were analyzed for key and chemicalparameters.The sampling locations were finalized with the following considerations: To enable information on baseline characteristics and, To determine the impact of installation project on soil characteristics.

3.9.1 IntroductionSoil is the unconsolidated material on the earth surface that serves as a natural medium forplant growth. It is a product of a rock weathering and paedogenesis and on human timescaleis a non-renewable natural resource.From the available litholog data, it can be deduced that the productive aquifers arerepresented by sandy layers occurring in the depth range of 30 m to 105 meters belowground level. The granular zones consist of medium to coarse grained sand and associatedwith kankar of varying proportions.

Table 27: Litholog DataDepth in Meters Formation

0 – 2 m Top Soil2 – 30 m Sand

30 – 55 m Saturated sand,medium grained

55 – 70 m Clay70 – 105 m Coarse sand

105 – 110 m Clay

3.9.2 MethodologySelection of the sampling stations was based on the reconnaissance survey of the entire studyarea. The following standard method is used for the collection of soil samples Sample was taken from the surface to plough depth 0-22 cm from 15 spots in the field of

uniform nature.



Recently fertilized, old bunds, marshy spots, near trees, compost heaps and farm shedsetc. these locations are avoided at the time of sampling.

Each Sample collected was a uniformly thick 2 cm slice of soil from the exposed soil face Vin shaped hole.Collected soil samples were subjected to the physical and chemical analysis for variousparameters.

3.9.3 Sampling LocationsSoil samples were collected within the radius of 10 Km in the study area. The detailedsampling locations and analysis results are given in Table No.3.28 & 3.29 respectively.

Table: 3.28 Soil Sampling Stations

Location Code

Directionw.r.tPoint

Source

Distance(Km) w.r.t

PointSource


Rudrapur SS1 West 1.17 Lat-28°13'14.36"NLon-80°37'32.69"E

Gondhyina SS2 West 3.35 Lat- 28°13'5.26"NLon- 80°36'3.16"E

Rajagarh SS3 North West 4.48 Lat-28°13'8.28"NLon-80°35'3.11"E

Mundiyana SS 4 East 1.29 Lat-28°13'58.64"NLon-80°38'52.67"E

Padriyatula SS5 South East 1.96 Lat-28°13'16.22"NLon-80°39'13.71"E

Radha Purwa SS6 East 4.49 Lat-28°13'16.22"NLon-80°37’36.88”E

Dundwa SS7 North 0.52 Lat-28°14'29.41"NLon-80°37'48.20"E

Factory Premises SS8 - - Lat-28°13'56.98"NLon-80°37'57.73"E



10 KM RADIUS SAMPLING LOCATION TOPOSHEET MAP TOPO SHEET NO. 62D/11 & 62D/12

LEGEND:- PROJECT SITE-10 KMS RADIUS

- SAMPLING LOCATIONS

MONITORING POINTS:1. SQ1- Rudrapur2. SQ 2-Gondhyina3. SQ3- Rajagarh4. SQ4- Mundiyana5. SQ5- Padriyatula6. SQ6- Radha Purwa7. SQ 7- Dundwa8. SQ 8-Factory Premises

PROJECT NAME:M/s Gularia Chini Mills Distillery Unitvillage RudrapurGularia, Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Gola,District-Lakhimpur Kheri,Uttar PradeshProject Location Coordinates:Latitude 28°13'43.74"NLongitude 80°38'26.15"ESCALE: 1:50000Prepared By: Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd.

Figure 3.16: Soil sampling location on Topo-sheet

SQ6

SQ4

SQ3

SQ7

SQ2

SQ1

SQ8

SQ5









SQ6

SQ4

SQ3

SQ7

SQ2

SQ1

SQ8

SQ5









SQ6

SQ4

SQ3

SQ7

SQ2

SQ1

SQ8

SQ5



Table No.3.29 Soil Analysis Results

S. No. Parameters UNIT RESULTSSS 1 SS 2 SS 3 SS 4 SS 5 SS 6 SS7 SS8

1. pH 7.8 7.5 7.8 7.4 7.6 7.6 7.7 7.8

2. Electrical Conductivity(µs/cm) µS/ cm 282 252 250 248 258 268 308 284

3. Moisture % 6.42 6.28 6.58 7.10 5.9 6.0 6.2 6.294. Nitrate as N mg/Kg 27.38 23.24 25.48 26.74 28.76 26.80 26.33 27.825. Phosphorus as P2O5 mg/Kg 140.2 124.4 130.3 154.0 128.4 109.9 122.7 117.86. Potash as K2O mg/Kg 89.3 68.2 86.5 78.4 55.2 69.6 72.7 82.77. Copper mg/Kg 4.19 4.20 3.81 4.10 4.22 4.78 5.79 4.198. Zinc as Zn mg/Kg 17.27 18.41 18.91 15.82 18.82 17.41 18.02 17.429. Iron mg/Kg 136.24 134.4 135.45 128.60 144.28 143.88 141.20 131.61

10. Manganese as Mn mg/Kg 19.8 26.15 26.10 28.13 36.10 35.46 16.42 19.8611. Nickel as Ni mg/Kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL12. Boron mg/Kg 5.03 5.81 5.19 5.70 5.26 5.18 5.34 5.0313. Sulphur mg/Kg 18.2 14.6 14.8 18.6 14.7 23.9 25.7 25.2



3.9.4 Result & Discussion: All the samples having pH in range of 7.4 to 7.8. Electrical Conductivity of the samples is in between 248 to 308 µS/ cm. Nitrate of the samples is in between 23.24 to 28.76 mg/Kg. The Moisture content of a soil is a very important characteristic which is ranging from

5.9 to 7.10 %. Available Iron in the soil is 128.60 to 144.28 mg/Kg. Overall it is observed that the soils of the region are good for agriculture.

3.10 Land Use/Land Cover StudyObjective: To develop land use & land cover map using land coordinates of the plant area. To identify and mark important basic features according to primary and secondary data. To evaluate the plant's impact on existing land use of the plant area. To suggest measures for conservation and sustainable use of land.

3.10.1 Data UsedData of Indian Remote Sensing Satellite Multi Spectral Satellite Image has been used forpreparation of Land use/ Land cover thematic map of study area.Technical details of Data Satellite Image - RESOURCESAT-2 Software Used - Earth Resources Data Analysis System (ERDAS) Imagine 9.2 Satellite Data Source - NRSC, Hyderabad



10 KM RADIUS LISS-III IMAGE

LEGEND:- 10 KMS RADIUS

LISS-III IMAGE

PROJECT NAME:M/s Gularia Chini Mills DistilleryUnitvillage RudrapurGularia, Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Gola,District-Lakhimpur Kheri,Uttar Pradesh

Project Location Coordinates:Latitude 28°13'43.74"NLongitude 80°38'26.15"ESCALE: 1:50000Prepared By: Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd

Source: India WRIS | NationalRemote Sensing Centre

Prepared By: Ascenso Enviro Pvt

Figure 3.17: 10 Km Radius LISS-III Image





LISS-III IMAGE










LISS-III IMAGE








3.10.2 Methodology

Preliminary / primary data collection of the study area.

Satellite data from NRSC Hyderabad

Secondary data collection from authorized bodies

Google Map Plant Layout Cadastral / Khasra map GPS Coordinates of Plant Boundary Processing of satellite data using ERDAS Imagine 9.2 and to prepare the Land use &

Land cover maps (e.g. Forest, agriculture, settlements, wasteland, water bodies etc.)by digital image processing (DIP) technique.

Enhancement of the Satellite Imagery Base Map layer creation (Roads, Railway, Village Names and others Secondary data

etc.) Data analysis and Classification using Digital interpretation techniques. Ground truth studies or field verification. Error fixing / Reclassification Final Map Generation

3.10.3 Details of LULC3.10.3.1 Land Use & Land Cover ClassesThese are the following LULC Classes:-Water Bodies, Crop land, Fallow Land, Human Settlement, Industrial Area, Scrub Land,Plantation, Stony Area, open Land etc. as per NRSC Guide Line.

Definitions of LULC Classes(Reference- National Remote Sensing Center Guideline)

1. Agriculture Land: These are the lands primarily used for farming and forproduction of food, fiber, and other commercial and horticultural crops. It includesland under crops (Irrigated and non-irrigated, Fallow, Plantation etc.)

2. Crop Land: These are the areas with standing crop as on date of satellite overpass.Cropped areas appear in bright red to red in color with varying shape and size in acontiguous to noncontiguous pattern. Three cropping seasons exist in India viz.,Kharif (June/July- September/October), Rabi (November-December-February-march) and Zaid (April-May).



3. Fallow Land: These are the lands, which are taken up for cultivation but aretemporarily allowed to rest, un-cropped for one or more seasons. Fallow land iscategorized in two classes, Current Fallow and Long Fallow.

4. Current Fallow Land: These are the cropland areas, which are un-cropped duringthe agriculture year under consideration as on the date of satellite overpass.

5. Long Fallow Land: These are the croplands areas, which are un-cropped for Twoto Four agriculture Years from the base year.

3.10.3.2 Generation & Analysis of Data Enhancement of Satellite ImageSatellite data is composed of substantial noise and haze errors due to various environmentalfactors, which affect the amount of reflectance (information) that can be deciphered. Sincemapping of satellite images is based on spectral signatures, it is necessary to normalize theredundant values into near true values. This process of deriving true reflectance values isknown as normalization. This enhances interpretability of the satellite image therebyfacilitating better identification of land features viewed on satellite imagery. Histogramequalization and radiometric correction has been used for satellite image enhancement. Base Map Layer CreationBase map has been prepared using Google map as a reference map on 1:50000 scale. In baselayer linear and point feature like road, rail, canal, village location and other secondaryinformation have been created in vector data format with the help of ArcGIS Software. Data analysis and classification using digital interpretation techniqueImage interpretation is the process of identifying objects or conditions in images anddetermining their meaning or significance. Satellite imagery are composed of array of grid,each grid have a numeric value that is known as digital number. Smallest unit of this grid isknown as a pixel that captures reflectance of ground features represented in terms of Digitalnumber, which represent a specific land features.Using image classification technique, the satellite data is converted into thematic informationmap based on the user’s knowledge about the ground area. Hybrid technique has been used i.e. visual interpretation and digital image processing for

identification of different land use and vegetation cover classes based on spectralsignature of geographic feature. Spectral signature represents various land use classes.

Image interpretation keys are developed for better Interpretation /Classification schemewhich are Shape, Size, Color, Tone, Texture Pattern, Association etc. Based on theInterpretation key and Spectral signature Entire satellite imagery is classified in differentclasses like Water Bodies, Crop land, Fallow Land, Human Settlement,

Industrial Area, Scrub Land, Plantation, Railway Line, Road Network, Forest Land,Stony Waste Land, Open Land etc.



Ground Data Collection And VerificationGround truth/ field verification is an important component in mapping and its validationexercise. Utmost care and planning is required for collecting ground data and verification.To facilitate a good ground truthing exercise the following steps were followed: Identifying and listing all the doubtful areas for the ground verification and referring all

such areas with respect to the toposheet to know their geographical location andaccessibility on the ground.

Field traverse plan was prepared to cover maximum doubtful areas in the field in such away that each traverse covers, as many land use and land cover classes as possible, apartfrom the doubtful areas

The sufficient number of points was covered for each Land Use Class as required forquality checking as well as accuracy assessment.

Error Fixing / ReclassificationReclassification of Land Use classes was done on the basis of data collected / verified duringground truthing. Final Map GenerationFinal maps are generated for the core area as well as Buffer area. 3 Pixels is Filtered usingClump and Eliminate Process after ensuring to maintain crucial classes of importance. Basemap layers is overlaid on the classified raster data and then thematic maps is generated onthe layout consisting of Project name, legend, source of data, Index map, scale bar andNorth arrow.

3.10.3.3 Land Use /Land Cover Classification SystemThe present land use/land cover maps were prepared based on the classification system ofNational standards. Breakup of the land use pattern of the study area is given in Table –3.30.

Table 3.30 Breakup of the land use pattern of the study area

Sr. No. Description Area (Sq Km) % Area

1 Cultivated Land 229.3 73.032 Forest 34.41 10.963 Grass Land 2.198 0.704 Plantation 1.31 0.425 River Sand 13.816 4.406 Settlement 26.815 8.547 Water Body 5.30 1.6

Total 314.0 100.0


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 152Figure – 3.18: 10 km radius Land Use Map



3.10.4 Interpretation and Conclusion The project area of 8.747 ha. & hence no impact on land beyond the plant boundary is

envisaged. The core zone infrastructure shall be improved and commercial land use utilization shall

be enhanced as the new installation shall increase the productivity. The study area mainly comprises of Cultivated Land which constitutes 73.03 % of the

total area. The second largest area falls under forest Area which constitutes 10.96 % oftotal study area.

There is 1 major river (Sharda River) existing within 10 Km radius of study area. The land majorly occupying the buffer zone is crop land; as such the area shall not be

affected primarily due to plant activities. The activity shall increase the inward and outward movement of traffic, as such the

temporary parking arrangements, service shops shall indirectly affect the land usepattern.

The human settlement is approx 8.54 %, increase in value of the area due to industrialgrowth with increased infrastructure facilities due to corporate social responsibilitymight affect the immigration count.

3.10.5 Identification of Impacts on Land Use Pattern Due to Project Activity Impact on Core Zone:

Total plant area is 8.747 ha and proposed installation shall be done hence there shall beno change in the land use.In addition, some infrastructure activities shall also be dwelt wherever required.

Impact on Buffer Zone:Particulate matter definitely has some environmental hazards for the flora and fauna ofthe vicinity of the project site. It is predicted that there shall be increase in the vehicularmovement due to the proposed installation activity which may cause incremental dustdeposition on the nearby area.

3.10.6 Recommendations Air Pollution Control Equipment’s shall be installed to maintain the pollution level

within limits. New infrastructure shall be developed without affecting the crop lands (public

awareness and consultation to local villagers). Already developed thick Greenbelt/Plantation in plant area & same shall be maintained

& made denser in the plant area and along the roads to reduce the dust emission impacton surrounding crop lands.



The following practices shall be carried out to increase the productivity of the studyarea:

Awareness for new methodologies of the agricultural practices viz. mixed farming, croprotation and agricultural cropping pattern suitable for the lease area.

Providing seeds, manure and fertilizers from different sources. Rainwater harvesting practices via pond shall be encouraged which shall lead to ground

water recharge and ultimately increased productivity in the study area.

3.10.7 ConclusionRemote Sensing data provides real time information pertaining to aspects of Land use &Land cover. Precise quantitative information could be extracted about existing land use &land cover in context to spatial dimension. Integration of various data layers gives properunderstanding of the problems.

3.11 Digital Elevation Model (DEM)A digital elevation model (DEM) is a -digital representation of ground surface topography orterrain. It is also widely known as a digital terrain model (DTM). A DEM (Digital ElevationModel) is simply a digital map of elevation data. These maps, a type of DTM (DigitalTerrain Model), are raster data meaning that they are made up of equally sized griddedcells each with a unique elevation or as a triangular irregular network or more technicallywe can present it as digital elevation model (DEM) data files are digital representations ofcartographic information in a raster form. DEMs consist of a sampled array of elevations fora number of ground positions at regularly spaced intervals.Methods for obtaining elevation data used to create DEMs include Real Time KinematicGPS, Stereoscopic pairs of satellite image, Stereo photo-grammetry , LIDAR, Topographicmaps, Theodolite or Total Station, Doppler radar, Focus variation and Inertial surveys.DEMs are used often in geographic information systems, and are the most common basis fordigitally-produced relief maps, extracting terrain parameters, modeling water flow or massmovement, rendering 3D visualization, rectification of aerial photography or satelliteimagery, reduction of gravity measurements, flight simulation etc.The present DEM generation process consist of interpolating the elevation values betweenthe elevation contour lines and spot height extracted from digitized topographic maps.

DEM from Topographic MapsThe methodology of generating DEM from topographic maps using ILWIS is detailed in thefallowing parts: Contour line and spot height extraction from the topographic maps assegment and point maps; Combining elevations from contour line and spot heights in asingle map.



The resulting map is converted to raster defining pixel value of 30. The raster map resultingfrom the segment to raster conversion contains values for those pixels covered by a contourline and spot heights. All other pixels in the map remain undefined.A linear interpolation is made between the pixels with altitude values, to obtain theelevations of the undefined values in between the rasterized contour lines and spot heights.The output of the interpolation is a raster map showing the Digital Elevation Model in whichevery pixel has a value.DEM of the Study Area within 10 km is shown in Figure 3.18.


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 156Figure 3.19: Contour of the 10 km Radius study area


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 157Figure 3.20: DEM of the 10 km Radius study area



3.11.1 Observation:The district largely consists of irregular uplands with outcrops of rocks intermingling mostlywith lowlands, frequently under water during rainy season.The 10 km area form the proposed project site shows a general slope towards NorthWest / South East in the 10 km radius. Elevation in the Project area varies between 35.0 mand 143.0 m above mean sea level. The minimum elevation in the area is 35.0 m AMSL andthe maximum elevation is 143.0 m AMSL. The proposed project site is located in a gentlysloping area at an elevation of approximately 89 m AMSL.

3.12 Seismicity of the AreaMany parts of India subcontinent have historically high seismicity. Seven catastrophicearthquakes of magnitude greater than 8 (Richter scale) have occurred in the western,northern and eastern part of India and adjacent countries in the past 100 years. By contrast,peninsular India is relatively less seismic, having suffered only infrequent earthquakes ofmoderate strength. The main seismo-genic belts are associated with the collision plateboundary between the India and Eurasian Plates.Approx. 59 % of the land area of India is liable to seismic hazard damage. In India, seismiczones are divided into four zones i.e. V, IV, III and II.Details of the seismic zone are given in table below:

Table 3.31: Seismic Zones in Uttar PradeshSl no Seismic zone Risk Intensity of

Earthquake1 Zone - V Very High Risk

ZoneIX & above

2 Zone - IV High Risk Zone VIII3 Zone - III Moderate Risk

ZoneVII

4 Zone - II Low Risk Zone VI & below

Most of the state of Uttar Pradesh lies in the Gangetic Plain. This is a fore-deep, adownward of the Himalayan foreland, of variable depth, converted into flat plains by long-vigorous sedimentation. This is known as a geosyncline and the Gangetic Plain is the Indo-Gangetic Geosyncline. This has shown considerable amounts of flexure and dislocation atthe northern end and is bounded on the north by the Himalayan Frontal Thrust. The floor ofthe Gangetic trough (if see without all the sediments) is not an even plain, but showscorrugated inequalities and buried ridges (shelf faults). Beneath Uttar Pradesh, run theDelhi-Haridwar Ridge (DHR), trending NNE-SSW along New Delhi to the Gharwal region.The Delhi-Muzaffarnagar Ridge (DMR), which trends east to west, running from NewDelhi to Kathgodam, in Nepal. The last ridge is the Faizabad ridge (FR), which runs in acurved manner, first east to west from Allahabad to Kanpur and then starts to bend towards



the north-east towards Lucknow and carries on in this direction towards the Himalayas inNepal. The depression that forms between the DMR and the FR, forms the West UttarPradesh shelf in the west and the Sharda Depression in the east. The region to the south ofthe FR, forms the East Uttar Pradesh shelf. There are several faults in the region, amongthem the Moradabad Fault which trends NE-SW and the Bhairwan Fault in the vicinity ofAllahabad. Apart from these there are east-west running tear faults in the region that controlthe courses of the main rivers. Earthquakes have occurred in mostly all parts of UttarPradesh. Major earthquakes in the neighbouring states of New Delhi, Uttaranchal, Bihar andfrom across the Indo-Nepal border have also shaken many parts of Uttar Pradesh. However,it must be stated that proximity to faults does not necessarily translate into a higher hazardas compared to areas located further away, as damage from earthquakes depends onnumerous factors such as subsurface geology as well as adherence to the building codes.



Figure 3.18: Showing Project Site in the Seismic Zone of the Uttar Pradesh

Figure 3.21: Earthquake Zone map of the Uttar Pradesh

Project site



3.13: Geological features: General Profile of District Kheri-Lakhimpur:Lakhimpur Kheri is a District of Uttar Pradesh in Lucknow division. It borders with Nepal.The headquarters of the District is situated in the city of Lakhimpur. The District is thelargest in terms of area in the state (Total area=7592.0 Sqr. Km). It is famous for DudhwaNational Park, the only national park in Uttar Pradesh. This park is a home to a largenumber of rare and endangered species including Tiger, Leopard, Swamp deer, HispidHare, Bengal Florican etc. Being a Low Land (Terai) district it is rich in natural resourceswith lush green scenery and many rivers.District Lakhimpur Kheri is a Northern District of Uttar Pradesh in Lucknow Division.Headquarter of the District is situated in Lakhimpur. Total area of the District is 7592.0Sqr. Mt. The Latitude of Lakhimpur Kheri is 27.6 to 28.6 (North) and longitude ofLakhimpur Kheri is 80.34 to 81.30 (East). It is surrounded by District Bahraich in east,District Sahjahnpur & Pilibhit in west and District Hardoi & Sitapur in South.

3.13.1 Geomorphology & SoilGeomorphologically the area of Lakhimpur district is a vast alluvial plain traversed bynumerous streams flowing in a south-easterly direction. The surface of the land isinterrupted by low river beds and the high banks which flank the streams on either side. Themain river frequently changes their course leaving behind old channels in which wateraccumulates to form lakes and swamps. The master slope of the country is towards south-east. Loam or Dumat soil occupies the level upland where as clay or matiyar are found in thedepressions. The tarai tract, in the northern part of the district, has soils varying from clayeyloam to loam and just below often gravels is encountered.

3.13.2 Soils of the study areaThe types of soils are generally those found commonly in the surrounding districts. Sandybhur in the more elevated portions and along the high banks of the rivers, loam or domat inthe level uplands, and matiyar or clay in the depressions are found all over the region.According to the survey of soils conducted in the district, it has two types of well-definedand distinct soils, differing from one another, in their geological formations. These are theTarai tract in the north and the alluvium Tract in the south.

3.13.3 PhysiographyThe district is a vast alluvial plain. The general slope is from north-west to south-east. Thealtitude above the mean sea level ranges from 182 metres in the extreme north to 114metres in the south – east corner. On the basis of geology, soils, topography, climate andnatural vegetation the district has been divided into the following four regions.



Ganga Khadar:The region is situated along the Ganga River covering parts of Shafipur, Unnao and Purwatahsil. It is formed of rocks of Alluvium and Dun gravels of recent age. Its approximatewidth is 6 kms. The Ganga River flows in the boundary line of the district from north-westto south-east direction following the direction of slope of the area. There are number ofsmall rivulets, which are mostly the left out course of the Ganga River. A few to be namedare Kalyan, Khar, Paira and Morahi etc. Unlike other khadar tract, there is an abrupt changein the land surface away from the Ganga River. There is a chain of mounds along the riverupto Safipur, the natural levees situated in this belt indicate the extent of the old course ofthe Ganga. A patch of Bhur is also located near Balbadar village along the railway tract.Kheri Tarai:It is situated in the northern part of the district covering major portion of Nighasan tahsiland part of Gola Gokaran Nath tahsil. All the streams in the region drain parallel to eachother in south-east side. The entire tarai is a flood prone tract. The geology of the regionbelongs to Alluvium (recent). Ghaghra – Sarda Flood Plain The region is situated in theeastern part of the district covering Nighasan, Gola Gokaran Nath and Dhaurehra tahsils.This belt is ridden by the offshoots of Sarda and Ghaghra rivers. These rivers are notoriousfor flood havoc and shifting course. Soil erosion is a common physical feature in this belt.Besides, there is a belt of marshy land along the above rivers. The geology of the regionbelongs to Alluvium, Dun gravels (recent).Lakhimpur PlainIt is flat plain situated in the south of Sharda River. The general slope is towards south eastdirection. The surface height decrease towards slope. Soil erosion along Sarayan andJamwari rivers is a notable physical feature. The geology of the region belongs to Alluvium,Dun gravels (recent). Marha reserved forest covers large area in northern part. GomtiBasinThe region is situated in south-western part of the district occupying the major portion ofMohammdi tahsil and part of Gola Gokaran Nath. The general slope is towards south andthe surface height gradually decreases to this direction. The main physical features arecontinuous belt of soil erosion along the river course and bhurs. The geology of the regionbelongs to Alluvium, Dun gravels (Recent).

3.13.4 TopographyTopography of District Lakhimpur comprises mainly four types of soil- sandy, alluvial soil,smooth & Domat. Geographically District can be divided in to two parts-(i) Low land(Tarai) and (ii) Upper Land (uparhar). Sandy soil is available in the bank of rivers and nearbyareas. Soil of Tarai areas is clay & in dark color which is vary suitable for growing of Rice &Sugar cane. Soil of Bankeganj, Mohammadi, Kumbhi (Gola), Mitauli, Behjam & LakhimpurBlocks is normally Domat. Important rivers flowing in the District are Ghaghara, Saryu,



Sharda, Kodiyala,Ull, Gomti, Kathina, & Mohan. Length of main rivers flowing in theDistrict is 1033 Km. The highest recorded elevation is 147m. above sea level at LakhimpurKheri.

3.13.5 Drainage system:The Rivers of this district belong to two main systems, those of the Gomti and the Ghaghra(or Kauriyala). The Sukheta, stands apart as it belongs to a third system, that of the Ganga.A brief description of major and minor rivers of the district is given below:Sukheta: It is the most important river of the district and forms the south-west boundary ofthe district separating it from district Shahjahanpur and flowing through it, enters in thenorth of Hardoi district, where it ultimately falls into the Garra. Gomti It is the mostimportant river of the district and rises in the Pilibhit district. It forms the boundarybetween the Hardoi and Sitapur districts. The bed of the river is well defined being flankedby high sandy uplands. Kathna On the east of the Gomti is the Kathna which rises in theMoti Jhil in Shahjahanpur and touches this district near Mailani. It then flows towards thesouth and enters into the Sitapur district, finally meeting the Gomti, after a course of about160 Km. UL This river is of considerable size and flows from north-west to south-eastthrough the centre of the district. In the winter the river shrinks but in the rainy season itswells to a large volume causing floods and damage to the cultivation in its valley.Chauka: This River is also known as the Sarda and contains the combined streams of theKali and Sarju. It enters this district from Pilibhit and flows southeast. It leaves the district inthe extreme south-west corner of tahsil Nighasan and enter the Sitapur district.Dahawar: The Dahawar is a small river, which flows along the southern boundary of tahsilNighasan from the northwest to the south-east and discharges its water into the riverGhaghra. Suheli the Suheli or Sarju River enters the district from Nepal. It is fed by severalsmall streams. Its course is liable to change and its bed, varies from year to year.Mohan: It enters the district from Nepal and flows south-east to join the Kauriyala a shortdistance above Ram nagar. Kauriyala (or Ghaghra), the Kauriyala flows along the easternboundary of the district. It has its origin in Nepal hills and is known by this name till itsjunction with the Chauka, after which it becomes the Ghaghra. It flows in wide and sandybed and its channel is liable to undergo constant changes. The floods of this riveroccasionally do much damage. In the district the frequent changes of its courses by therivers, leaves behind old channels in which water collects to form lakes or swamps. LakesThere are few regular lakes. The largest is at Simri in Paila.The other big lake is at Dharmapur. In Khairigarh there are many lakes and swamps namely:the Rohia, Patehri, Jabda, Bhadi, Jharela, Khagna and Mujhela.



10 KMS RADIUS DRAINGE MAP OF THE STUDY AREA TOPO SHEET NO. 22D/11 & 22D/12LEGEND:

-SITE- 10 KMS RADIUS

Legend

Sharda River

Project Name:M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-DistilleryAt village Rudrapur Gularia,Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Gola,District-Lakhimpur Kheri, Uttar Pradesh.

SOURCE- INDIA WRISPrepared By: Ascenso Enviro Pvt Ltd

Fig: 3.22 10 km Radius Drainage Map of the Project Site

SH-90





Legend

Sharda River




SH-90





Legend

Sharda River




SH-90



3.13.6 Ground Water Level:As per depth to water level data of CGWB of the year 2015-16, Pre-monsoon water level ofthe study area varies from 3.0 to 5.0 mbgl. In post-monsoon period depth to water level ofthe study area varies from 2.0 mbgl 3.0.The water level nearby proposed site is below 2.8 mbgl.As per Categorization of Assessment Units by CGWA, the unit is in the safearea.Maps showing water level of the block are given in Figs 3.21, 3.22, 3.23:



GROUND WATER LEVEL MAP (POST MONSOON 2016) GROUND WATER LEVEL MAP STUDYAREA: BLOCK BIJUA

PROJECT NAME:M/s Gularia Chini MillsUnit-DistilleryAt village Rudrapur Gularia,Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Gola,District-Lakhimpur Kheri,Uttar Pradesh.SOURCE- INDIA WRISPrepared By: Ascenso Enviro Pvt Ltd

Figs 3.23, Maps showing water level of the block Bijua



GROUND WATER LEVEL MAP (PRE MONSOON -2016) GROUND WATER LEVEL MAP STUDYAREA: BLOCK BIJUA

PROJECT NAME:M/s Gularia Chini MillsUnit- DistilleryAt village Rudrapur Gularia,Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Gola,District-Lakhimpur Kheri,Uttar Pradesh.SOURCE- INDIA WRISPrepared By: Ascenso Enviro Pvt Ltd

Figs 3.24, Maps showing water level of the block Bijua



GROUND WATER LEVEL MAP (POST MONSOON 2015) GROUND WATER LEVEL MAP STUDYAREA: BLOCK BIJUA

PROJECT NAME:M/s Gularia Chini MillsUnit- DistilleryAt village Rudrapur Gularia,Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Gola,District-Lakhimpur Kheri, Uttar Pradesh.SOURCE- INDIA WRISPrepared By: Ascenso Enviro Pvt Ltd

Figs 3.25: Maps showing water level of the block Bijua



3.14 Biological EnvironmentBiological environment of any area constitute all living beings of that area, it is an integralpart of the environment. Hence, any change in the surrounding environment could causeloss of species or decrease in biodiversity of the area. Therefore, the present study isproposed to assess the impact of the proposed projects on biological environment of theproject site and surrounding area within 10 km radius. Accordingly, mitigation measures areevolved to sustain the biological diversity. In general biological environment is representedby flora and fauna. Flora constitutes the herbs, shrubs and trees and fauna constitutes themammals, birds, reptiles, arthropods, amphibians, fishes etc.

Anthropogenic activities tend to bring instability in the species composition and functioningof ecosystem. The first component to be affected directly as well as indirectly and in a short,medium and long time span would be the biotic component of the area. This sets a cyclicprocess, which may aggravate the situation unless corrective measures are adopted.Generation of base-line data and knowing the type and extent of pollutants would be the firststep of the environmental study report. The biological assessment is trustworthy andacceptable method to understand the impact of surroundings. This leads to suggestingremedial measures for minimizing impact.

Biological Impact Assessment (BIA) has gained importance in Environmental ImpactAssessment (EIA) after the Earth Summit of 1992. As a consequence of the Convention onBiological Diversity (CBD), BIA has become an integral and important component ofenvironmental impact assessment (EIA). Growing concerns among the people, planners,natural resource managers and academics across the globe for the biodiversity conservationhave provided added impetus to BIA.

BIA requires an inventory of the biological resources as base line data. These biologicalresources may be at stake once the proposed project is executed and also provides a broadunderstanding about the status of other components of the environment that are likely to beimpacted. Soil, water and biological communities are interdependent and therefore the BIAprovides clues regarding the health and conservation status of soil and water as well. BIAdocuments and collates the baseline data and information on the status of biodiversity andbiotic resources likely to be impacted by the proposed activity and suggests measures formitigation of the impact. Thus the fundamental objective of the BIA is to conserve thebiodiversity and ensure its sustainable utilization. In India BIA comes under the purview ofEnvironmental Protection Act 1986, Environmental Impact Assessment Notification of2006, Wildlife Act of 1972, Forest Conservation Act 1980 amended in 1988 and theBiodiversity Act of 2002. The National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC)document prepared by the Prime Minister’s Council on Climate Change has constituted a



National Mission for a Green India with an ambitious programme of increasing the forestcover from 23% to 33% with an initial corpus of Rs.6000 crores for aforestation of 6 millionhectares.

The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), the Ramsar Convention, and theConvention on Migratory Species (CMS) recognize Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)as an important decision making tool to help plan and implement development withbiodiversity “in mind.” The Conventions require Signatories (“Parties”) to apply EIA toproposals with potential negative impacts on biodiversity to help meet their objectives, sothat development proposals respect mechanisms for the conservation ofbiodiversity, result in sustainable use of biodiversity resources, and ensure fair and equitablesharing of the benefits arising from use of biodiversity. According to the InternationalAssociation for Impact Assessment (IAIA), Impact Assessment provides opportunities toensure that biodiversity values are recognized and taken into account in decision-making.Importantly, this involves a participatory approach with people who might be affected by aproposal.The main Aim of Conservation of Biodiversity is to ensure “No Net Loss”.The biodiversity-related Conventions are based on the premise that further loss ofbiodiversity is unacceptable. Biodiversity must be conserved to ensure it survives, continuingto provide services, values and benefits for current and future generations.The following approach has been chosen by the IAIA to help achieve “no net loss” ofbiodiversity: Avoidance of irreversible loss of biodiversity. Seeking alternative solutions to minimize biodiversity losses. Use of mitigation to restore

biodiversity resources. Compensation for unavoidable loss by providing substitutes of at least similar biodiversity

value. Looking for opportunities for enhancement. This approach can be called “positive planning for biodiversity.” It helps to achieve “no net

loss” by ensuring the safety and survival of rare or endangered or endemic or threatened(REET) species.

3.14.1 Ecology Natural flora and fauna are important features of the environment. They are organized

into natural communities with mutual dependencies among their member and showvarious responses and sensitivities to physical innocence. The integrated ecologicalthinking and planning process is an urgent need in the context of natural environment'sdeterioration which has a direct bearing on socio- economic development.



Ecology of the study area includes the flora and fauna studies within the study zone.The investigation included field observations, discussions with local people, forest officials& Zoological Survey of India.

Anthropogenic activities tend to bring instability in the species composition andfunctioning of ecosystem. The first component to be affected directly as well as indirectlyand in a short, medium and long time span would be the biotic component of the area.This sets a cyclic process, which may aggravate the situation unless corrective measuresare adopted.

Generation of base-line data and knowing the type and extent of pollutants would be thefirst step of the environmental study report. The biological assessment is trustworthy andacceptable method to understand the impact of surroundings. This leads to suggestingremedial measures for minimizing impact. The aim of environment management plan isto manage the ecosystems with least alterations because only this can make ecosystemstable.

3.14.2 Objectives and purpose of the study:The basic objectives of the study is to evaluate the status of the flora and fauna of the corearea (area identified for the proposed project) and the buffer areas with specific reference tothe rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species. Documentation and evaluation of the status of the terrestrial flora of the core and

surrounding areas (buffer area). Inventorization of the terrestrial fauna of the core and buffer areas. Development of a management / mitigation plan to minimize the impacts the proposed

project activity on the biotic environment so that there is no net loss of biodiversity.The ecological study of the area has been conducted in order to understand the existingstatus of the flora and fauna to generate baseline information and evaluate the possibleimpacts on biological environment. The present study highlights the various issues pertainingto floristic diversity and faunal wealth in the surrounding area up to 10km radius of theproposed project sites.

3.14.3 Study Approach & Methodology adoptedThe baseline study for existing ecological environment was carried out during month of 15th

September to 15 December 2018. A participatory and consultative approach was followed.Field visits were undertaken for survey of the vegetation and animals in the study area. Thestudy area has been divided in to two parts as core area consisting of project site and thebuffer area as the 10 km radius of the project site. The list of Flora and Fauna given in thischapter is collected from both Primary and Secondary sources.



3.14.4 Flora:The data regarding flora was collected based on

actual sighting, inputs from locals and perused from Secondary Data

Status of RET Species: FLORAAccording to Botanical Survey of India, no Endemic, Rare, Endangered and Threatened(RET) species of flora were found in the study area.Details of flora found in the area are given in Table 3.32 below:Table 3.32: Inventory of floral diversity in the core & buffer zone of plant site

S.No Scientific Name CommonName

Family CoreArea

Bufferarea

1. Eucalyptus globulus Nilgiri Myrtaceae + +2. Ficus benghalensis Wad Moraceae - +3. Ficus racemosa Umber Moraceae - +4. Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae - +5. Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae + +6. Holoptelea integrifolia Papdi Ulmaceae - +7. Tectona grandis Sagwan Verbenaceae + +8. Mitragyna parvifolia Kadam Rubiaceae - +9. Murraya exotica Madhukamini Rutaceae + +10. Musa acuminata Banana Plant Musaceae + +11. Datura wrightii Datura Solanaceae - +12. Calotropis procera Aak Asclepiadaceae + +13. Adhatoda vasica Adusa Acanthaceae + +14. Cassia tora Tarota Ceasalpinoideae + +15. Acacia catechu Khair Mimosoideae + +16. Datura metel Datura Solanaceae + +17. Euphorbia neriifolia Dandathor Euphorbiaceae - +18. Ipomoea carnea Besharm bel Convolvulaceae - +19. Jatropha gossypifolia Ratanjot Euphorbiaceae + +20. Limonia acidissima Kaith Rutaceae - +21. Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae + +22. Albizzia lebbeck Sirish Mimosoideae + +23. Albizzia procera Sirish

(pandra)Mimosoideae + +

24. Aegle marmelos Bel Rutaceae - +25. Anogeissus latifolia Tendu Combretaceae - +26. Annona squamosa Sitaphal Annonaceae - +27. Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae - +28. Shorea robusta Sal Dipterocarpaceae - +29. Tamarindus indica Imli Fabaceae - +



30. Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae + +31. Dalbergia sisso Sisam Papilionoideae - +32. Acacia nilotica Babul Mimosoideae + +33. Butea monosperma Palas Papilionoideae + +34. Butea superb Palas vel Papilionoideae - +35. Bombax ceiba Samal Malvaceae - +36. Cordia dichotoma Lashoda Boraginaceae - +37. Phoenix sylvestris Khajoor Arecaceae - +38. Cassia fistula Bahawa Ceasalpinoideae - +39. Cassia siamea Kashid Mimosoideae + +40. Carica papaya Papaya Caricaceae - +41. Lantana camara Raimunia Verbenaceae + +42. Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Lamiaceae - +43. Opuntia vulgaris Nagphani Cactaceae - +44. Bougainvillea glabra Bougainvillea Nyctaginaceae + +45. Prosopis juliflora Bilayati

BaboolFabaceae - +

46. Punica granatum Anar Puniacaceae - +47. Ricinus communis Arandi Euphorbiaceae - +48. Ziziphus mauritiana Ber Rhamnaceae + +49. Rosa chinensis Gulab Rosaceae - +50. Sida cordifolia Bala Malvaceae - +51. Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Gudhal Malvaceae + +52. Ziziphus oenoplia Ber Rhamnaceae - +53. Tagetes erecta Marigold Asteraceae - +54. Tinospora cordifolia Guduchi Menispermaceae - +55. Cleome viscosa Pivili tilwan Rananculaceae + +56. Tridax procumbence Khal muriya Asteraceae - +57. Xanthium strumarium Chota

GokhruAsteraceae - +

58. Achyranthes aspera Chirchita Amaranthaceae + +59. Argemone mexicana Pivla dhotra Papaveraceae + +60. Physalis minima Rasbhari Solanaceae - +61. Cynodon dactylon Durva/doob Cyperaceae - +62. Chloris barbata Gondvel Poaceae - +

Source: Field Survey3.14.5 FaunaA faunal survey was carried out in the core as well as buffer zone of the plant site.Status of FaunaNo Schedule- I fauna as per (IWPA) Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 was recorded inthe study area during field survey. Details of faunal species found in the area are given inTable 3.33 based on actual sighting, based on inputs from locals and Perused fromSecondary Data.



Table 3.33: Inventory of faunal diversity in the core & buffer zone of plant site

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name

StatusAccordingto IWPA-

1972

CoreZone

BufferCore

Mammalian diversity1. Suncus murinus Asian house shrew Sch. V - +2. Presbytis entellus Common Langur Sch. II + +3. Macaca radiata Bonnet macaque Sch. II - +4. Lepus nigricollis Indian hare Sch. IV - +5. Pteropus giganteus Indian fly fox Sch. V + +

6. Mus booduga Little Indian FieldMouse Sch. V + +

7. Funambulus pennantii Northern palmsquirrel Sch. IV + +

8. Herpestes edwardsii Common Mongoose Sch. II - +9. Canis aureus indicus Jackal Sch. II - +10. Rattus rattus House Rat Sch. V + +

Herpeto- faunal (Amphibians and Reptiles)

1. Calotes versicolor Common GardenLizard Sch. IV + +

2. Mabuya carinata Brahminy Skink Sch. IV - +3. Naja naja Cobra Sch. II - +4. Ptyas mucosa Common Rat snake Sch. II - +5. Rana hexadactyla Indian Pond Frog Sch. IV + +6. Rana tigerinus Indian Bull Frog Sch. IV + +

7. Hemidactylusflaviviridis

HouseGecko/Chhipkali Sch. IV + +

Butterflies1. Papilio polytes Common Mormon Sch. IV - +2. Euploea core Common Crow Sch. IV + +3. Papilio demoleus Lime butterfly Sch. IV + +4. Cyrestis thyodamas Common Map Sch. IV - +5. Ixias marianne White Orange Tip Sch. IV + +6. Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger Sch. IV - +

Ichthyofauna (Fishes)1. Clarias batrachus Walking catfish Cyprinidae - +2. Channa punctatus Snakehead fish Channidae - +3. Gambusia affinis Mosquito fish Poeciliidae - +4. Labeo rohita Rohu Cyprinidae - +5. Catla catla Katla Cyprinidae - +6. Labeo calbasu Calbasu Cyprinidae - +7. Cirrhinus mrigala Naren Cyprinidae - +

Source: Field Survey



3.14.6 Avifaunal DiversityAvifaunal Diversity in the Core & Buffer Zone of plant site is evident based on ActualSighting, based on inputs from locals and Perused from Secondary Data:

Table3.34: Inventory of Avifaunal Diversity in the Core &Buffer Zone of plant site

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Statusaccording

toIWPA-1972

CoreArea

BufferArea

1. Lanius excubitor Great grey shrike Sch. IV - +2. Vanellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing Sch. IV + +3. Columba livia Blue Rock pigeon Sch. IV + +4. Centropus bengalensis Lesser coucal Sch. IV + +5. Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird Sch. IV + +6. Acridotheres tristis Common myna Sch. IV + +7. Upupa epops Common Hoopoe Sch. IV + +8. Apus affinis House swift Sch. IV - +9. Merops orientalis Green bee-eater Sch. IV + +10. Sterna aurantia River Tern Sch. IV - +

11. Psittacula krameri Rose-ringedparakeet

Sch. IV + +

12. Anas poecilorhyncha Spot-billed duck Sch. IV - +13. Esacus recurvirostris Great thick-knee Sch. IV - +

14. Threskiornismelanocephalus

Black-headed Ibis Sch. IV - +

15. Fulica atra Common Coot Sch. IV - +16. Streptopelia capicola Ring necked dove Sch. IV + +17. Microcarbo niger Little cormorant Sch. IV - +18. Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant Sch. IV - +19. Mycteria leucocephala Painted stork Sch. IV - +20. Anastomus oscitans Asian Openbill stork Sch. IV - +21. Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Sch. IV - +22. Saxicola caprata Pied Bush chat Sch. IV - +23. Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Sch. IV + +24. Passer domesticus House sparrow Sch. IV + +25. Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Sch. IV - +26. Himantopus himantopus Black wing Stilt Sch. IV - +

27. Motacillamaderaspatensis

White-browedwagtail

Sch. IV - +

28. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Sch. IV - +

29. Halcyon smyrnensis White-throatedkingfisher

Sch. IV - +

30. Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Sch. IV - +



31. Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin Sch. IV + +

32. Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie -Robin

Sch. IV + +

33. Corvus splendens House crow Sch. V + +34. Egretta garzetta Little Egret Sch. IV - +

Source: Field Survey

3.15 ConclusionMajority of the land in the study area is being used for agricultural activities followed bymixed forest and scrubland. None of the species of Flora and Fauna in the study area areunder the IUCN REDS list. Also, the proposed project would not alter the inter-dependence of biodiversity in its vicinity and shall have minimal impact on the ecology of thestudy area.

3.16 Socio-Economic Environment:The baseline data referring to the socio-economic environment is collected by way ofsecondary sources such as census records, statistical hand book and relevant official recordswith the government agencies and primary sources such as the socio-economic surveysconducted by different Govt. & Non Govt. Agencies. The growth of industrial sectors andinfrastructure development in and around the agricultural area i.e. villages and semi-urbansettings and towns is bound to create certain socio-economic impacts on the local populace.The impacts may be either positive or negative depending on the nature of development. Toassess such impact, it is necessary to know the existing socio-economic order of the studyarea, which shall be helpful in improving the overall quality of life.

3.16.1 Objectives of the StudyThe objectives of this socio-economic report consist of: To conduct socio-economic assessment study in Study Area. To know the current socio-economic situation in the region to cover the sub

sectors of education, health, sanitation, and water and food security. To recommend practical strategic interventions in the sector. To help in providing better living standards. To provide employment opportunities.

3.16.2 Scope of Work To study the Socio-economic Environment of area from the secondary sources. Data Collection and Analysis. Prediction of new project impact.



Mitigation Measures.

3.16.3 Background Information of the AreaUttar Pradesh is a state located in northern India. It was created on 1st April 1937 as theUnited Provinces, and was renamed Uttar Pradesh in 1950. Lucknow is theadministrative capital of Uttar Pradesh. Ghaziabad, Kanpur, Moradabad, Bijnor, andVaranasi are known for their industrial importance in the state as well as in India.

Table: 3.35Socio Economic Profile of the Study Area

Particular Uttar PradeshState

Lakhimpur Kheridistrict

Study AreaArea (in sq. kms.) 233,365.71 7,592.0 314.0No. of Households 233,365.71 741,584 20187Population 155,317,278 11,60,089 109567Male 80,992,995 6,12,033 57420Female 74,324,283 5,48,056 52147Scheduled Castes 41,357,608 2,96,195 36885Scheduled Tribes 1,134,273 2,313 760Literacy rate 73.65 55.57 50.76Sex Ratio (Females per1000 Males)

902 921 908

3.17 Demographic structureThe information collected from the secondary sources are from the district census statisticalhand books and the records of the national informatics centre, New Delhi in respect of thepopulation, infrastructure facilities available and the occupational structures of the studyarea. The socio-ecological aspect of the study includes the agro based economy, industrybased economy and occupational structure of the worker. The study has been divided in tothree zones which include the core and buffer zones which are presented as Table: 3.36

Table 3.36: Break-up of the study areaStudyArea

Zones Considered For TheStudy

Distance From The Unit

ZONE-I Gularia 1.26 kmZONE-II Bastauli 4.35 kmZONE-III Munda Buzurg 8.02 km



Table 3.37: Demographic Profile of Gularia Village –IVillage Name

Gularia

Total Number of House Hold : 421Person Male Female

Total 2,140 1,156 984In the age group 0-6 years 381 211 170Scheduled Castes (SC) 669 349 320Scheduled Tribes (ST) 0 0 0Literates 1,060 667 393Illiterate 1,080 489 591Total Worker 565 521 44Main Worker 469 451 18Main Worker - Cultivator 267 260 7Main Worker - AgriculturalLabourers

183 178 5

Main Worker - Household Industries 4 3 1Main Worker - Other 15 10 5Marginal Worker 96 70 26Marginal Worker - Cultivator 11 10 1Marginal Worker - AgricultureLabourers

69 51 18

Marginal Worker - HouseholdIndustries

1 1 0

Marginal Workers - Other 15 8 7Marginal Worker (3-6 Months) 85 62 23Marginal Worker - Cultivator(3-6 Months)

11 10 1

Marginal Worker - AgricultureLabourers (3-6 Months)

60 45 15

Marginal Worker - HouseholdIndustries (3-6 Months)

0 0 0

Marginal Worker - Other(3-6 Months)

14 7 7

Marginal Worker (0-3 Months) 11 8 3Marginal Worker - Cultivator(0-3 Months)

0 0 0


9 6 3


1 1 0

Marginal Worker - Other Workers(0-3 Months)

1 1 0



Table 3.38: Demographic Profile of Bastauli –IIVillage

Bastauli

Total Number of House Hold :403Person Male Female

Total 2,385 1,263 1,122In the age group 0-6 years 436 236 200Scheduled Castes (SC) 573 312 261Scheduled Tribes (ST) 0 0 0Literates 1,464 865 599Illiterate 921 398 523Total Worker 670 632 38Main Worker 609 582 27Main Worker - Cultivator 396 382 14Main Worker - AgriculturalLabourers 160 158 2

Main Worker - Household Industries 4 3 1Main Worker - Other 49 39 10Marginal Worker 61 50 11Marginal Worker - Cultivator 14 12 2Marginal Worker - AgricultureLabourers 34 31 3

Marginal Worker - HouseholdIndustries 0 0 0

Marginal Workers - Other 13 7 6Marginal Worker (3-6 Months) 49 41 8Marginal Worker - Cultivator (3-6Months) 12 11 1

Marginal Worker - AgricultureLabourers (3-6 Months) 27 25 2

Marginal Worker - HouseholdIndustries (3-6 Months) 0 0 0

Marginal Worker - Other(3-6 Months) 10 5 5

Marginal Worker (0-3 Months) 12 9 3Marginal Worker - Cultivator(0-3 Months) 2 1 1



Marginal Worker - Other Workers(0-3 Months) 3 2 1

Non Worker 1,715 631 1,084



Table 3.39: Demographic Profile of Munda Buzurg –IIIVillage_Name

Munda BuzurgTotal Number of House Hold : 320

Person Male FemaleTotal 1,668 858 810In the age group 0-6 years 244 116 128Scheduled Castes (SC) 681 360 321Scheduled Tribes (ST) 0 0 0Literates 896 526 370Illiterate 772 332 440Total Worker 409 346 63Main Worker 284 258 26Main Worker - Cultivator 134 130 4Main Worker - AgriculturalLabourers 117 105 12

Main Worker - Household 9 5 4Main Worker - Other 24 18 6Marginal Worker 125 88 37Marginal Worker - Cultivator 10 7 3Marginal Worker - AgricultureLabourers 85 76 9

Marginal Worker - HouseholdIndustries 20 1 19

Marginal Workers - Other 10 4 6Marginal Worker (3-6 Months) 115 81 34Marginal Worker - Cultivator(3-6 Months) 10 7 3



Marginal Worker - Other(3-6 Months) 9 3 6

Marginal Worker (0-3 Months) 10 7 3Marginal Worker - Cultivator(0-3 Months) 0 0 0



Marginal Worker - OtherWorkers (0-3 Months) 1 1 0

Non Worker 1,259 512 747



3.17.1 Socio-Economic Profile of Lakhimpur Kheri districtTable no. Table 3.40: Socio-Economic Profile of Lakhimpur Kheri district

State Name DistrictName

Sub-District Name

Uttar Pradesh Kheri Lakhimpur Lakhimpur

Total Number of House Hold : 214080Population Persons Males FemalesTotal 11,60,089 6,12,033 5,48,056In the age group 0-6 years 1,88,124 98,632 89,492Scheduled Castes (SC) 2,96,195 1,55,002 1,41,193Scheduled Tribes (ST) 2,313 1,201 1,112Literates 6,44,702 3,84,350 2,60,352Illiterate 5,15,387 2,27,683 2,87,704Total Worker 3,53,715 3,01,236 52,479Main Worker 2,75,723 2,47,194 28,529Main Worker - Cultivator 1,27,742 1,21,199 6,543Main Worker - AgriculturalLabourers

57,813 52,707 5,106

Main Worker - HouseholdIndustries

9,974 6,866 3,108

Main Worker - Other 80,194 66,422 13,772Marginal Worker 77,992 54,042 23,950Marginal Worker - Cultivator 11,564 7,707 3,857Marginal Worker - AgricultureLabourers

33,780 26,447 7,333

Marginal Worker - HouseholdIndustries

5,016 2,397 2,619

Marginal Workers - Other 27,632 17,491 10,141Marginal Worker (3-6 Months) 64,083 45,271 18,812Marginal Worker - Cultivator(3-6 Months)

8,860 6,202 2,658


28,023 22,556 5,467


3,751 1,822 1,929

Marginal Worker - Other (3-6Months)

23,449 14,691 8,758

Marginal Worker (0-3 Months) 13,909 8,771 5,138Marginal Worker - Cultivator(0-3 Months)

2,704 1,505 1,199


5,757 3,891 1,866




1,265 575 690

Marginal Worker - OtherWorkers (0-3 Months)

4,183 2,800 1,383

Non Worker 8,06,374 3,10,797 4,95,577Source: Census of India, 2011

Health FacilitiesGovernment hospitals, PHC, CHC are the major hospitals in the study area. Several primaryhealth centers operated by government are functioning. Besides this many nursing homesand register medical practitioners are operating in the study area.

Transport Facilities: The study area is served by rail and road transport facilities. About06 villages have bus facilities and good rail facilities, while other villages are havingapproaches only with mud roads. As a whole, the study area has moderate level ofcommunication network.

Post and Telegraphs:The study area has 10 Post office services are available.Electrification Almost all villages in the study were electrified. Electricity was supplied fordomestic, agricultural and public lighting purposes. Subsequently the electric connectionshave been given to many other villages.Drinking Water Facility Water supply in the study area is mainly from Hand pump, Tapwater, Tube well water, Tank water and canals followed by Well water and river water.



Table-3.41 Demographic Profile of Study Area

Name of VillageNo. ofHousehold

TotalPopulation

TotalMale

TotalFemale

Total SCPop.

TotalSTPop.

LiteracyRate

MaleLiteracy

Rate

FemaleLiteracy

Rate

TotalWorkingPop.

TotalMainWorker

TotalNonWorker

Within 0.0 – 3.0 km radiusGularia Raingawan 421 2140 1156 984 669 0 1060 667 393 565 469 1575Muriya,Hemsingh 486 3024 1529 1495 1083 0 1432 833 599 885 554 2139Paharapur 519 3091 1628 1463 443 0 1818 1070 748 946 663 2145Rudra Pur 133 728 366 362 554 0 344 201 143 198 126 530Bastauli 403 2385 1263 1122 573 0 1464 865 599 670 609 1715Dundawa 83 519 279 240 319 0 313 191 122 133 120 386Gadiyana 232 1346 697 649 924 0 771 459 312 442 387 904Harraiya 90 430 227 203 371 0 198 124 74 115 58 315Padariya Tula 618 3427 1799 1628 1302 4 1722 1055 667 1337 793 2090Tikhara 308 1628 841 787 1253 0 920 551 369 481 352 1147

Sub Total 3293 18718 9785 8933 7491 4 10042 6016 4026 5772 4131 12946Within 3.0 – 7.0 km radius

Baibahmunnusingh 267 1388 737 651 443 0 703 430 273 380 359 1008Belwa 707 3317 1753 1564 746 0 2226 1339 887 960 862 2357Bijuwa 1834 9802 5136 4666 3250 8 5195 3069 2126 3027 2259 6775Chand Purava 463 2142 1070 1072 159 0 1134 663 471 942 738 1200Chokhania 116 681 353 328 296 0 360 199 161 188 178 493Dariyabad 639 3491 1827 1664 1917 14 1701 994 707 1070 971 2421Daulat Pur 1680 8699 4610 4089 2778 0 3176 2125 1051 2686 2367 6013Devariya,Aliganj 223 1146 596 550 839 0 586 350 236 540 315 606Gogawan 842 4775 2485 2290 1897 0 2613 1525 1088 1646 1109 3129Gondhia 383 2334 1230 1104 526 0 1134 717 417 848 544 1486



Govind Pur 636 3550 1848 1702 1805 0 1986 1180 806 1282 829 2268Govinda Pur 89 558 305 253 90 0 394 237 157 155 153 403Hariharpur 80 419 225 194 209 0 288 178 110 85 69 334Husenpur 97 525 285 240 44 0 274 168 106 183 149 342Munda Buzurg 353 1683 896 787 725 0 1118 657 461 651 400 1032Nauranga Bad 1247 6458 3377 3081 1673 19 2793 1719 1074 2193 1903 4265Nawa Gaon 433 2287 1285 1002 976 4 1059 702 357 752 649 1535Paharapur 519 3091 1628 1463 443 0 1818 1070 748 946 663 2145Pakariya 220 1232 665 567 0 0 753 474 279 354 306 878Pipariapur Dhani 180 970 504 466 99 0 611 371 240 256 221 714Puran Purwa 122 799 435 364 246 0 356 222 134 547 538 252Rajgarh 241 1452 764 688 881 0 631 389 242 475 337 977Ram Nagar 123 908 433 475 16 711 451 244 207 228 131 680Ramalachhana 103 577 300 277 26 0 357 193 164 179 153 398Ranjeet Nagar 28 255 131 124 0 0 103 74 29 65 65 190Surjanpur 354 1675 934 741 636 0 543 359 184 698 683 977

Sub Total 11979 64214 33812 30402 20720 756 32363 19648 12715 21336 16951 42878Within 7.0 – 10.0 Km radius

Ambara 512 2605 1364 1241 709 0 1241 744 497 1022 647 1583Bahadur Nagar 68 350 182 168 40 0 240 137 103 100 0 250Baireya 986 5131 2695 2436 1348 0 1678 1034 644 1695 1286 3436Bhadera 75 378 193 185 84 0 171 110 61 96 86 282Devaria 287 1452 748 704 875 0 862 496 366 410 352 1042Itkuti 551 2903 1518 1385 527 0 1137 735 402 1365 1051 1538Kanchanpur 253 1213 615 598 388 0 667 402 265 356 176 857Kowakhera 137 704 371 333 409 0 386 245 141 223 121 481Lakharawa 559 3183 1637 1546 1082 0 1532 953 579 974 565 2209

Majhigawan 216 1288 674 614 188 0 950 528 422 401 393 887



Malepur 438 2573 1329 1244 1010 0 1557 910 647 825 574 1748Pipariyaganga 179 1226 610 616 443 0 665 384 281 430 268 796

Ratanapur 141 765 410 355 316 0 456 271 185 257 205 508Shankarpur 349 2083 1054 1029 944 0 1223 727 496 526 480 1557Sonakhurd 164 781 423 358 311 0 449 270 179 248 245 533Sub-Total 4915 26635 13823 12812 8674 0 13214 7946 5268 8928 6449 17707

Grand Total of(10 km radius) 20187 109567 57420 52147 36885 760 55619 33610 22009 36036 27531 73531

Source: Census 2011



0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Zone I

3.17.2 Literacy RateLiteracy Rate is the amount of people in a country with the ability to read and write.The analysis of the literacy levels is done in the study area. The 10 km radius studyarea demonstrates a literacy rate of 50.76 % as per 2011 Census data. The male literacyrate in the study area works out to be 58.00 % whereas the female literacy rate, which is animportant indicator for social change, is observed to be 42.00 % in the study area out oftotal literates in study area. There is about 49.24 % illiteracy in the study area. Thisindicates that there is a need to focus in sociological aspect in the region and enhancefurther development. In the present study, the literacy rate is quiet moderate in thestudy area. Male and Female literacy rate of villages are varying from place to place.Although Female literacy rate in the region is coming out low as compared to male.

Fig: 3.26 Graphical Presentation of Male / Female Literacy Rate in Study area

3.17.3 Economic ActivitiesThe economy of an area is defined by the occupational pattern and income level of thepeople in the area. The occupational structure of residents in the study area is studied withreference to work category. The population is divided occupation wise into threecategories, viz., main workers, marginal workers and non-workers. The main workersinclude cultivators, agricultural laborers, those engaged in household industry and otherservices.The marginal workers are those engaged in some work for a period of less than 180 daysduring the reference year. The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid householdduties like, students, retired persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc. besidesinstitutional inmates or all other non-workers who do not fall under the above categories.



Zone II Zone III

Male & Female Litracy

Male Female











0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Zone I

Working & Non-Working Population

0

10

20

30

40

50

Zone I

The percentage of total working population and non-working population is 32.88 % and67.12 % respectively of whole population of observed villages. As per the analysis of allthe villages the ratio of non-working population is more than working population.

Fig: 3.27, Graphical Presentation of working and Non-Working Population3.17.4 Vulnerable GroupWhile developing an Action Plan, it is very important to identify the population who fallunder the marginalized and vulnerable groups and special attention has to be given towardsthese groups while making action plans. Special provisions should be made for them. In theobserved villages schedule caste (S.C.) population is 33.66 % and Schedule Tribe population1.0 % in study area 65.34 % population observed as others.

Fig: 3.28 Graphical presentations of SC / ST Population in Study area



Zone I Zone II Zone III

Working & Non-Working Population

Working Non-Working

Zone I Zone II Zone III

SC & ST Population

SC ST











Table 3.41: Socio Economic Scenerio in the study area (10 KM)As per census data from census of India 2011, socio-economic status of 52 villages wasstudied.

Particular Details

Area (in sq. kms ) 314

No. of Household 20187

Population 109567

Male 57420

Female 52147

Scheduled tribes 760

Schedule castes 36885

Literacy(%) 50.76

Sex ratio (Female per 1000 Male) 908

3.17.5 Agriculture and cropping patternMost of the villagers are involved in agricultural activities. Apart from agricultural activitiesthey also work as wage labour to earn livelihood. In these areas cropping pattern is basedon the two season crops-Rabi and Kharif. But mostly villagers start their agricultureactivities in rainy season. Some villagers sow their crops in both seasons. These farmers sowcrops like wheat, rice etc.

3.17.6 Basic AmenitiesA better network of physical infrastructure facilities (well-built roads, rail links, irrigation,power and telecommunication, information technology, market-network and socialinfrastructure support, viz. health and education, water and sanitation, veterinary servicesand co-operative) is essential for the development of the rural economic.A review of infrastructure facilities available in the area has been done based on theinformation from base line survey of the study area. In this review, the villages which fallwithin 10 Km radius round the site has been considered. Infrastructure facilities available inthe area have been described in the subsequent sections as below:



3.17.8 Educational FacilitiesMost of the villages have primary, middle and senior secondary schools. Middle, Secondaryand Senior Secondary Schools, Degree College (depending on population size) are alsoavailable in densely populated villages. For higher education people have to commute to theKheri-Lakhimpur and other densely populated Villages.

3.17.9 Health FacilitiesHealth facilities are available but not adequate. People have to go to block headquarters andKheri-Lakhimpur for treatment. In some villages primary health sub- centre and primaryhealth centre are available. Maternity home is also available in the study area and some ofthe villages are having Aanganbari centers. Other health centers i.e. Ayurvedic center,homeopathic dispensary and private clinic and medical stores also available in the studyarea. Some population is suffering from disease like Tuberculosis etc and affected fromseasonal disease. Disease affected persons are not in huge quantity but they need medicalfacilities.Basic facilities are available in study area as educational facilities, health, transportation,electricity, drinking water, market, bank, post office, petrol pump; Administrative office,Anganbari Centers, Community hall, Co-operative bank and Commercial Bank etc. areavailable.

3.17.10 Health & DiseasesDetails were collected regarding health status of the study area & it was found that thoughcommon diseases like Malaria, Viral Fever, Typhoid, Pneumonia, fungal infections, choleraare found to occur but no major disease / endemic diseases were noticed with the studyarea.

ConclusionThe socio economic study of the study area on behalf of observed villages gives clearpicture of its population, average household size, literacy rate, sex ratio, schedule tribe andschedule castes etc. A major part of population is suffering from the lack of permanent jobto run their day to day life and get basic facility.

3.18 Traffic Survey Study3.18.1 IntroductionThe Industrial Unit is M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery at village Rudrapur Gularia,Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Gola, District-Lakhimpur Kheri, Uttar Pradesh, abutting to SH 90 of8.0 m Wide Road. No other industry on the road aprt from existing own sugar mill.



We are intended to do “Traffic Analysis” for the said project explaining TrafficManagement System for proposed new project Such Industrial Traffic Management requirescomprehensive Planning majorly for Goods vehicles Ingress & Egress its parking provisionsand also partially for Buses, LMVs & 2 Wheelers.

Figure 3.29: Site Location Map

SH-90SH-25

Project Site

SH-90 is adjacent to the projectSiteAnd SH-25 connected to NH-90Distance SH-25 from theproject site is 8.24 KM



3.18.2 ObjectivesThe purpose of this Analysis is to analyse the effect of generated traffic due to the proposeddevelopment on to the external roads around the proposed new project site. The studieshave been carried out on the following: Current external traffic on adjacent road Evaluation of traffic for the proposed land uses within the proposed project premises. Carrying out Classified Traffic Volume Count on External Road.This study is helpful in suggesting possibilities for: Linking proposed project traffic to external roads with minimum interruption.

3.18.3 External Traffic ScenarioNew project is abutting to proposed 8.0 m (SH 90).Classified Traffic Volume Counts (CTVC) was carried out at this Mid-Block in bothdirections. All vehicle classes including Car, Tractor, Motorcycle, Public Bus, and Goodscarrier are captured by direction wise.Traffic Survey was carried out on:1. On abutting 8.0 m Wide SH:90.

Summary of the Classified Traffic Volume Count analysis is in the following tables:Table 3.42: Vehicular Volume on 8.0 M State Highway

Hours 2-Wheelers 3 & 4Wheelers

MediumWheelers

Heavywheelers

Total

No. 0.5PCU

No. 1.0PCU

No. 1.5PCU

No. 3.0PCU

No. PCU/hr

07.00-8.00 17 8.5 23 23 8 12.0 5 15 53 58.58.00-09.00 21 10.5 20 20 6 9.0 4 12 51 51.59.00-10.00 25 12.5 16 16 3 4.5 7 21 51 54.010.0-11.00 36 18.0 17 17 8 12.0 5 15 66 62.011.0-12.00 40 20.0 23 23 6 9.0 5 15 74 67.012.0-13.00 33 16.5 20 20 8 12.0 8 24 69 72.513.0-14.00 35 17.5 23 23 5 7.5 6 18 69 66.014.0-15.00 34 17.0 26 26 4 6.0 6 18 70 67.015.0-16.00 29 14.5 27 27 7 10.5 4 12 67 64.016.0-17.00 24 12.0 24 24 7 10.5 7 21 59 66.517.0-18.00 26 13.0 31 31 6 9.0 6 18 69 71.018.0-19.00 21 10.5 34 34 4 6.0 6 18 65 68.519.0-20.00 24 12.0 25 25 8 12.0 5 15 62 64.020.0-21.00 22 11.0 21 21 6 9.0 4 12 53 53.021.0-22.00 18 9.0 20 20 9 13.5 3 9 50 51.5



Total PCU/Day 937Worst Case Baseline PCU/hr 72.5Total width of the road in meters (Arterial Road) 8.0Carrying Capacity of the road (the road is 2 lane 2 way road)As per IRC: 64-1990(PCU’s per day)PCU: Passenger car unit

15000

The above Traffic scenario observations found that Traffic through this 8.00 m Wide SH-90is mix type which includes thorough traffic of Villagers and also Distillery vehicles shallcontribute.Factory shall use from SH-90 as shown in following figure.

Figure 3.30: Road Network3.18.4 Parking ProvisionsBeing a Industrial Project, parking is divided in 3 types goods vehicles: Tractor with Trolleys, Trucks and Bullock Carts and LMVs & Staff Parking of 2 and 4 Wheelers.

Parking demand worked out on the basis of product, its raw material and finished goodsvehicles daily influx. However, parking provision is made in Project boundary is about 3.0Acres for all types of Vehicles.

SH-90M/S GULARIA CHINI MILLS



3.18.5 Traffic DispersionsAs per current traffic scenario we observed that the traffic on 8.0 m is mixed trafficindustrial heavy vehicles and the traffic from villages, majorly 2 and 3 wheelers are mostpreferable public transport by the surrounding villagers for to & fro from their homes. Italso observed that out of total traffic on 8.0 m wide SH-90 main road is 10-20% traffic isfrom north Duduawa village, west side Rudrapur & Paharpur village, east & south east sideTikhara & Padrytala Village.

3.31. Figure showing traffic dispersions by the nearby Village on SH -90

3.18.6 Additional Generation of Trips by Staff & VisitorsTo work out the trip generations we shall consider General Shift Staff Enter between 8 amto 9 am. And Contract Staff in morning 6am to 7am, and managerial staff between 10am to12pm hence it shall assume that 60-70% of occupancy shall rich Project Premises inMorning & leave in the Evening. Visitors such Industries are arrived majorly in Non-PeakHours they may visit within whole day.

Table 3.43: Shift Details

Shift Details Nos of WorkersA. Administration Staff

From 10:30 AM to 05:30 PM20

B. General Shift08:30 AM to 05:30 PM

50

C. First Shift 30

Tikhara Village

Dudawa Village

Rudrapur Village

Paharapur Village

Padriyatala Village



04:00 AM to 12:00 PMD. Second Shift

12:00 PM to 08:00 PM30

E. Third Shift08:00 PM to 12:00 PM

30

We shall consider General Shift & Second Shift to worked out Traffic Impact TotalPopulation = 20 Admin Staff + Gen Shift Workers 50 + 90 1st, 1st 2nd 3rd ShiftFollowing table explains distribution of occupants.Total Number of staff = 160

Table 3.44: Traffic by the StaffS.No Mode Number of

PeopleNo. ofTrip

Equivalencyfactor

PCU/Day

1. Car 20 5 1.0 5.02. Auto

Rickshaw 60 10 1.0 10

3. TwoWheelers 30 15 0.5 7.5

4. Bus 30 1 3.0 3.05. Walk trips 20 -- --- --

Total PUC/Day 30.0Total PCU/Hr 1.25



Additional Traffic during operation of Plant (due to material transportation):Table No3.45: Additional Traffic Due To the Project

Sl. No Material Quantity perday

Mode oftransportation

Capacity ofvehicle

No. of tripsper day

Equivalencyfactor PCU

1. Molasses Molasses:720 TPD Tanker 15.0 KL 48 3.0 144

2. Alcohol 160 KLD Tanker 15.0 KL 11 3.0 333. Bagasse 164 TPD Lorry/Trolly 10.0 Ton 16 1.50 24

4.

Enzymes Anti foam Yeast (Active Dry)

Yeast

448.6 KLD Tanker 15.0 KL 30 3.0 90

5.

Chemical requirement(Sodium HydroxideNutrient) &Miscellaneous Item

0.982 Ton(Chemicals)

1.0 ton approx.Lorry/Trolly 10 Ton 1 1.5 1.5

Total PCU/Day 292.5Total PCU/Hr 12.18

Total traffic per hour scnerio after proposed establishment:Name of

RoadRecommended

PCU/Hr as per IRC:64-1990 guidelines

for capacity of Road

MaximumPCU/Hr observedduring peak hour

(Currentsituation)

Expectedfrom

proposedproject

PCU/Hr

ExpectedTraffic by theStaff PCU/Hr

After proposedestablishment

SH-9015000 PCU/Day

(625/hr) 72.5 12.18 1.25 85.93 PCU/Hr



Actual Volume ScenarioNameofRoad

Actual VolumePCU/Day

CarryCapacityPCU/Day

V/C PCU forRoad

SH-90 937+292.5+30=1259.5

15000 0.08 A

V= volume of vehicles in PCU’s/day & C= capacity of highway in PCU’s/Day theexisting level of service (ios) is “A” i.e Excellent.

V/C LOS Performance0.0-0.2 A Excellent0.2-0.4 B Very good0.4-0.6 C Good/Average/Fair0.6-0.8 D Poor0.8-1.0 E Very Poor

Reference: ENVIS Technical report, IISc, Bangalore

While, performing the traffic survey per day vehicle PCU is 937 (existing) and due tothe project and Staff per day total no of vehicle rise which shall be about 30 PCU. Anddue to material transportation of new project the rise in PCU will be by 292.5PCU/day.So, actual volume shall be equal to the 1259.5 PCU/Day due to proposed project alongwith existing traffic situations.There shall not be any adverse impact on vehicular traffic due to proposed distillery plantactivities as values are well within the limits. The road network is capable of handlingthis increase in vehicular traffic due to the proposed distillery plant activities.



CHAPTER - IVANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENT IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 IntroductionThis chapter deals with the prediction and evaluation of impacts resulting from the variousactivities during construction and operation phase of the proposed project. “EnvironmentalImpact” refers to the alteration of environmental conditions or creation of a new set ofenvironmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set ofactions under consideration. Both the beneficial (positive) and adverse (negative) impacts onvarious components of environment are identified based on the nature of the variousactivities associated with proposed project. Predictions are superimposed over baselineenvironmental status to derive ultimate environmental scenario.For identifying the impact due to proposed project, baseline monitoring has been carried outin the month of 15 Septemeber 2018 to 15 Decemeber 2018. The existing environmentalconditions have been described in the Chapter 3 Impacts on various environmental attributesduring construction as well as operation and mitigation measures have been discussed in thischapter.

4.2 Identification of the ImpactThe proposed project shall create impacts on the environment in two distinct phases: Before Operation i.e. during the Construction Phase which may be regarded as

temporary or short-term. The other during the Operation Stage which would have long-term effects.Below mentioned environmental parameters are considered while identifying the impact.1. Air EnvironmentSources, ambient air quality, emission control, environment and health effects2. Water EnvironmentSources, water & wastewater quality, environment and health effects3. Noise EnvironmentSources, control measures, environment and health effects4. Soil/ Land EnvironmentLand use, change in land use pattern, pollution sources, soil quality change, environmentand health effects5. Biological EnvironmentFlora and fauna of the study area, vegetation and habitat change and control measures

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the Environmental ImpactAssessment of the proposed project. It describes the overall impacts of the projectactivities and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.



6. Socioeconomic Environment Demographical details, economic status, employment status, infrastructure

availability, environment and health effects.7. Occupational health and Safety Environment Identification of health hazard due to operation, material handling, exposure of

hazardous chemical, health and safety plan and disaster management.Above mentioned parameters can be broadly classified into three groups.1. Physical Environment2. Biological Environment3. Human EnvironmentThe parameters selected for impact identification are site and project specific.

Physiography

PhysicalEnvironment

HydrologyWater qualityAir qualityNoise andOdour

Forest &Vegetation

BiologicalEnvironment

FaunaAquatic BiologyAgriculture

Occupation

HumanEnvironment

DisplacementHealthServicesImmigration

For each of the above components of environment the impacts have been identified throughcause relation network to predict environmental impact enabling evaluation of efficiency ofmitigation measures. The impacts on different environmental parameters due to this projectare discussed in this chapter.



4.2.1 Identification of impact during construction phaseActivities like leveling of site, construction and erection of main plant structures andequipment. Impact matrix for different environmental components for construction phase isgiven in below mentioned table.

Table4.1: Construction phase impact matrix

Environmentcomponents Construction Phase

Project activity

Impacts On

Site

cle

arin

g

Site

pre

para

tion

Tran

spor

tati

onof

mat

eria

l

Civ

il/co

nstr

ucti

on w

ork

Influ

x of

Con

trcu

tion

Wor

kers

ResourceUtilization

Fuel ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓Electricity ✓ ✓Water ✓ ✓Construction Matrial ✓

Air Air Quality ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓Soil/Land Soil Erosion ✓ ✓

Soil Contamination ✓ ✓Alteration of SoilProperties/Soil Quality ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Land Topography ✓ ✓ ✓Noise Noise Pollution ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓Ecology Effects on Trees , Grasses,

Herbs and Shurbs ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

OccupationHealth AndHazards

Health ✓ ✓Sanitation ✓ ✓Generation of temporaryand permanent jobs ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓



4.2.2 Impacts on LandActivities Excavation, land clearance Waste water and solid waste from construction activity Waste generation from labor force Sewage generation

4.2.2.1 ImpactsSite preparation activities shall change land use and land cover which shall result in loss offertility of top soil and shall change the natural terrain of the land. Fertile soil and nature ofterrain supports associated living of organisms. Change in land cover affects the specificniche of the organism. During site preparation change in land cover and land use was envisaged. Excavated top

soil shall be reused for backfilling and in green belt development. Proposed land is vacant land; hence there shall be no tree cutting is envisaged. Construction debris leads to ground water pollution, surrounding aesthetics & human

health. Spillage & leakage of fuel as well as contamination of land due to spill of construction

material may impact the land to some extent. There shall be generation of garbage and sewage by the worker and other staff involved

during construction phase. Untreated sewage and garbage disposal on land mightpollute the land which may change physical and chemical properties of soil. Change insoil properties ultimately affects the living organisms present in the soil. Open dumpingor improper disposal of sewage and garbage provides breeding ground for pathogenicbacteria and other creatures which may spread diseases like Diarrhea, Infections withintestinal helminthes (worms), Malaria, Typhoid and other infectious diseases.

4.2.2.2 Proposed mitigation measures The construction activities like excavation for foundation, site preparation and vehicular

movements shall definitely bring the changes in the landscape. However, these changesshall be of short duration with no much impact. Excavated soil shall be stored properlyto avoid the spread of wind-blown dust and shall be reused for backfilling and landscapedevelopment.

Spillage & leakage of fuel shall be prevented by providing well lined/ paved area for theworks having potential of leakage/ spillage of fuel or material. Hence contamination ofland due to spillage/ leakage of fuel or construction material with soil would not arise.

Disposal of untreated sewage & garbage generated by workers & other staff shall berequired in a systematic manner otherwise it shall add into the contamination of land.



The sewage shall be treated properly and garbage if any shall be disposed utilized tomake composts to avoid the impact of these pollutants on the land.

The packaging materials like wooden boxes and jute wrappers shall be stored anddisposed of properly.

4.2.3 Impacts on Air Quality The impacts on the ambient air quality during construction phase shall be temporary

and restricted to project site. However, necessary mitigation measures like shutdown ofmachineries when not in use, sprinkling of water, cover excavated/ constructionmaterials by sheets, etc. shall be taken. Thus no adverse impacts on the surroundingenvironment are anticipated due to proposed project.Activities

Dust shall be emitted during the leveling, grading, earthworks, foundation works and other construction related activities Dust emission due to transportation

4.2.3.1 Impacts Marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOx, PM10 within the plant area Dust accumulation on leaf retard the photosynthesis rate of plant which affect growth of

plants Health problems to construction workers Ex. eye irritation, coughing & sneezing

4.2.3.2 Proposed mitigation measures: Excavation activity strictly restricted to in windy days PUC holder trucks shall be allowed at site during construction phase. Frequently water sprinkling shall be carried out in dust emission area. Use of Tarpaulin on the trucks to suppress the dust emission during transportation of

raw material. Internal tarred roads shall be available; hence there shall be no major dust emission. To avoid health hazards during construction phase, personal protective equipment’s

shall be provided to workers as and when required.

4.2.4 Impacts on Noise QualityActivity Digging and excavation etc. Construction material loading and unloading, fabrication and Handling of equipment and materials



4.2.4.1 ImpactsPredicted noise pollution sources and its impacts during the construction phase:Operation of construction machineries, equipment and associated mechanical works shallgenerate the noise. Noise from Vehicular movement. Noise level shall be in the range of 70 - 85 dB (A) at receptor point from the associated

work of construction. This generation shall be of temporary nature and limited up toproject boundary.

The exposure of workers to noise of high decibel may cause headache or otheroccupational health hazards.

Noise pollution during construction phase is temporary and restricted to projectboundary only.

4.2.4.2 Proposed mitigation Measures Noise from Vehicular movement shall be within the limit by implementing the policy of

maintenance of Vehicles and PUC. Transportation of construction machinery or raw material shall be allowed only during

daytime to reduce the impacts of increased noise The construction equipment / machineries shall be turned off when not in use Loud horn of vehicles shall not be allowed at project area. Regular maintenance &

lubrication of construction equipment & machineries shall be undertaken to reduce thenoise generation.

All rotating parts of construction machinery shall be well lubricated Adequate Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs) like ear muff, ear plug, hand gloves,

gum boots etc. shall be provided to worker which helps to prevent occupation healthproblems.

Overall, the impact of noise generated on the environment is likely to be insignificant,reversible and restricted to plant boundary.

4.2.5.1 Impacts on water qualityDuring construction water requirement shall be met from water storage tank build inpremises. Impact on water quality during construction phase may be due to sewagegenerated from the construction work force stationed at the site.Further, the construction activities are more related to mechanical fabrication, assembly anderection, the need of water requirement shall be small.Activity Runoff from construction activity during rainy season Stagnation of sewage and construction waste water if any



4.2.5.2 Impacts Disposal of untreated sewage shall lead to ground pollution & foul odor in the area. Surface run-off during rainy season may contain more of eroded soil and other loose

matter. Stagnant water attracts flies, mosquitoes, and growth of water hyacinth.

4.2.5.3 Proposed mitigation Measures Generated sewage shall be treated through septic tank followed soak pit Temporary of toilet arrangement shall be make available The earth work shall be avoided during rainy season and shall be completed during the

winter and summer seasons only. Strengthening of the green belt in and around plant shall be undertaken during the

monsoon season which helps to avoid soil erosion.

4.2.6 Impacts on Biological environmentThe project area does not encroach into any wildlife sanctuary/national park/eco-sensitivearea/protected area. Hence project would not have adverse impact on the wildlife.Proposed site is flat with some hilly terrene, however there is very little ground vegetationwith some grasses and herby vegetation. It could, therefore, be concluded that the projectwould not have major. The construction of the plant is not likely to have any impact onaquatic eco-system.Activity Clearance of site Impacts Loss of grass species Soil erosion Proposed mitigation measures: Development of thick green belt and in a course of time Emphasized on indigenous, local, nesting, tress while development of green belt

4.2.7 Impacts on Socio-economics There are no any rehabilitation problems. Construction phase shall be increase in floating population. Additional stress on road, transport, communication, drinking water, sanitation and

other facilities shall take place. The project shall provide temporary employment of skilled and highly skilled

manpower. Most of the people shall be employees of contractors/sub-contractors. Most of the manpower during the construction period shall be from local area. During the construction phase there shall be increased demand of services The influx of population is very limited it is anticipated hence, there shall be no social

conflicts between the visitor and present communities.



The movement of labor and the movement of vehicles carrying equipment/constructionmaterial are expected to increase the stress on the local transport and road network.

However, considering the number of people required the impact on road/traffic ismarginaland temporary.

4.2.8 Occupational Health and safetyConstruction activities involved many health & safety issues.Activity Working at height Storage of hazardous material/ chemicals ex. diesel, petrol etc. Work without protective equipment and/or safety belt Site sanitation

4.2.8.1 Impact Loss of life due to accident such as falling, improper safety Fire & explosion due to hazardous material Foul odor due to degradation of food waste, other bio-degradable wasteProposed mitigation measures: All personal protective equipment’s shall be provided. Mask, helmet, hand gloze etc. safety trainings shall be conducted Helmet shall be compulsory while working on construction site Safety instructions shall be placed at construction area Emergency preparedness plan shall be implemented from construction phase Sign boards such as safety, isolated area, risk prone area shall be placed.

4.3 Identification of impact during Operation phaseDuring operation phase emission from manufacturing processes shall cause considerableimpacts on air, water and soil environment. Gaseous emission deteriorates the air quality,which ultimately shall affect other environmental parameters. The impacts may be direct orindirect, short or long term and reversible or irreversible.



Table: 4.2 Direct or Indirect, Short or Long Term and Reversible orIrreversible ImpactEnvironmentcomponents Construction Phase

Project Activity

Impacts On

Man

ufac

turi

ng

Boi

ler

oper

atio

nSt

orag

e of

raw

mat

eria

l and

prod

ucts

Fugi

tive

and

stac

k em

issi

ons

Efflu

ent

gene

rati

onSo

lid d

ispo

sal

Traf

fic

Run

off

Gre

en b

elt

deve

lopm

ent

ResourceUtilization

Fuel ✓ ✓Electricity ✓ ✓ ✓Water ✓ ✓

Air Air Quality ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓Soil/Land Soil Contamination ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Alteration of SoilProperties/Soil Quality ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Noise Noise Pollution ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓Ecology Effects on Trees , Grasses,

Herbs and Shurbs ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Occupation HealthAndHazards

Health ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓Sanitation ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓Generation of temporaryand permananent jobs ✓ ✓ ✓

On the basis of the above mentioned impact prediction, the anticipated considerable impactson the environment are, Ambient Air Quality Water Quality Noise Levels Water Resources

4.3.1 Impacts on AirDuring operation phase emission from manufacturing processes shall cause considerableimpacts on air, water and soil environment. Gaseous emission deteriorates the air quality,which ultimately shall affect other environmental parameters.

Activity Main sources of air emission shall be from the boiler stack Air pollutants like PM10, SO2 shall be emitted from manufacturing process. Types of

pollutant emission from distillery unit is given in below,



Pollutant Potential:Sr. No. Source Pollutant

1. Flue gases from 60 TPHslop fired boiler PM10 Emission, SO2

Dust generation is predicted from conveyors of bagasse, press mud, boiler ashgeneration and handling shall be suitably covered with hood or enclosures to controlfugitive emissions.

Emission from vehicular movement.Particulate emissions in the project area envisaged primarily due to emissions fromtraffic. During the operation phase of the proposed project, movement of goodsvehicles, loading and unloading operations may contribute to air emission.

Other Air emissions like VOC from distillation columns, CO2 and ethanol fromfermentation process.

4.3.2 Impacts Marginal increase in the levels of PM10, SO2 (in order to control emissions Electrostatic

Precipitator shall be installed as the Air Pollution Control Equipment). Emission from vehicular movement leads to increase in PM level. Dust inhalation by workers shall results in eye irritation , coughing & sneezing Dust accumulation affects growth of plants.

4.4 Introduction: AERMODAir Emission Dispersion modelling uses mathematical formulations to characterize theatmospheric processes that disperse a pollutant emitted by a source. Based on emissions andmeteorological inputs, a dispersion model can be used to predict concentrations at selecteddownwind receptor locations. These air quality models are used to determine compliancewith National and international Ambient Air Quality Standards.

It orders to estimate the pollutant concentration from a point source emission, USEPAAERMOD view 8.2 model have been used. AERMOD view is a Gaussian plume model thatincorporates source-related factors, meteorological factors, receptors, terrain and buildingdownwash factors to estimate pollutant concentration from continuous point sourceemission. The following report describes the prediction of emission of PM10 & SOx from theSlop Fired Boiler and its impact on ambient air quality within 10.0 Km radius.

4.4.1 MethodologyAbout AERMOD ViewAERMOD View is a complete and powerful air dispersion modelling package thatseamlessly incorporates the popular U.S. EPA models, AERMOD, ISCST3, and ISC-PRIME



into one interface without any modifications to the model. These models are usedextensively to assess pollution concentration and deposition from a wide variety of sources.FeaturesCreate impressive presentations of the model results with the easy and intuitive graphicalinterface of AERMOD View. We can customize the project using display options such astransparent contour shading, annotation tools, various font options, and specify compassdirections.Specify model objects such as sources, receptors and buildings graphically.Automatically eliminate receptors within the facility property line.Import base maps in a variety of formats for easy visualization and source identification.Use the major digital elevation terrain formats - USGS DEM, UK DTM, UK NTF, XYZFiles, CDED 1-degree, AutoCAD DXF.Interpret the effects of topography by displaying the model results with 3D terrain using thepowerful 3D visualization built right into the interface.Complete building downwash analysis effectively and quickly using the necessary tools thatAERMOD View provides.Prepare meteorological data quickly and accurately using AERMET view by the step by-stepmeteorological pre-processing interface.Take advantage of AERMOD View is integrated post-processing with automatic contouringof results, automatic gridding, blanking, shaded contour plotting and posting of results.The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level concentration during theoperation of proposed plant and its impact on ambient air quality of the area. The impact onair quality due to emissions from single source or group of sources is evaluated by use ofmathematical models. When air pollutants are emitted into the atmosphere, they areimmediately diffused into surrounding atmosphere, transported and diluted due to winds.The air quality models are designed to simulate these processes mathematically and to relateemissions of primary pollutants to the resulting downwind air quality. The inputs includeemissions, meteorology and surrounding topographic details to predict the impacts ofconservative pollutants. The impacts of air pollutants were predicted using Gaussian airdispersion model, which is selected on the basis of existence of multiple point sources withinthe industrial complex and the plain terrain at the project site.The Gaussian air dispersion model has been developed to simulate the effect of emissionsfrom point sources on air quality. Gaussian model is extensively used for predicting theGround Level Concentrations (GLCs) of conservative pollutants from point, area andvolume sources. The impacts of primary air pollutants are predicted using this air qualitymodel keeping in view the plain terrain at the project site. The micrometeorological datamonitored at project site during study period have been used in this model. The Gaussianmodel provides estimates of pollutant concentrations at various receptor locations. It is, anhour-by-hour steady state. Gaussian model which takes into account the following:



Terrain adjustments Stack-tip downwash Gradual plume rise Buoyancy-induced dispersion, and Complex terrain treatment and consideration of partial reflection Plume reflection off elevated terrain Building down washPartial penetration of elevated inversions is accounted for hourly source emission rates, exitvelocity and stack gas temperature. Gaussian air dispersion models were used to estimatethe ambient air quality levels at different monitoring stations due to stack emissions. Onlytwo stability conditions based on the meteorology aspects were used to calculate thetheoretical maximum ground level concentration. Comparing the actual data and datagenerated from mathematical modeling, it highlights that the stabilitycondition E & A, B were predominant in the region. Using the estimated stackemission data and wind speed directions, a mathematical model was prepared to establishthe ground level concentration in the region.

The dispersion modelling was conducted to appraise environmental impact assessment (EIA)for the proposed distillery unit. In the study, the PM & SO2 emissions for the slop firedboiler through stack was modelled to obtain maximum possible concentration. This modelwas also tested in case of area source and showed good correlation with the measured dataunder site specific condition.

Information required for the model includes:a) Pollutant emission rateb) Stack exhaust exist temperaturec) Stack exhaust exist velocity flowd) Stack diametere) Meteorological dataAll the required information was obtained from manufacturer specification. Dischargeconcentration was estimated at 500m increments from the plant up to 5 km radius.

4.4.2 Gaussian Plume ModelThe AERMOD version 8.2 model is based on a numerical integration over the area in theupwind and cross wind directions of Gaussian plume formula.This can be applied to the Point, Area, Line, Volume sources (& other forms of areasources) simultaneously and their resultant incremental concentration of the pollutant canbe predicted.



The Gaussian model assumes that the air pollutant dispersion “PLUME SPREAD” hasa Gaussian distribution, meaning that the pollutant distribution has a normal probabilitydistribution in both horizontal and vertical planes.The standard deviation of the plume concentration distribution in horizontal (crosswind) isdenoted by sigma y and the corresponding concentration distribution in the vertical isdenoted by sigma z, these are frequently referred as dispersion coefficients. The value forthe diffusion coefficients are normally determined based on the stability of the atmosphere.In order to have a usable system the atmospheric stability classes have been divided into 6stability classes.

Pasquill atmospheric stability classes –the most commonly used method ofcategorizing the amount of atmospheric turbulence present was the method developedby Pasquill in 1961. He categorized the atmospheric turbulence into six stabilityclasses named A, B, C, D, E and F with class A being the most unstable or most turbulentclass, and class F the most stable or least turbulent class.

Atmospheric stability is defined in terms of the tendency of a parcel of air to moveupward or downward after it has been displaced vertically by a small amount.In the present case, “Pasquill Gifford Stability Classification” divided atmosphere stability into six classes as given in Table 4.3

Table 4.3: classes

Extrapolation of Wind SpeedWind speed at stack level is calculated by power law as given below.Ustack = U10 (Stack height/10)pWhere U10 is the wind speed at 10 meter level and p is the power law coefficient(0.07,0.07, 0.10, 0.15, 0.35 and 0.55 for stability classes A,B,C,D,E and F respectively) asper Irwin for rural areas (USEPA, 1987).

Dispersion ParametersDispersion parameters ay and az for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are used as theplant is located on a flat terrain in a rural area. Atmospheric dispersion coefficients vary withdownwind distance (x) from emission sources for different atmospheric stability conditions.(CPCB - PROBES/70/1997-98).

A Extremely Unstable B Moderately Unstable

C Slightly Unstable D Neutral

E Slightly Stable F Moderately Stable



Rural ConditionsStability Class ay aaz

A 0.22x(l+0.0001x)'-5 0.20XB o.i6x(i+o.oooix)'5 0.12XC 0.11x(l+0.0001x)'5 0.08x(i+0.0002x)'-5D 0.08x(l+0.0001x)-5 0.06(1+0.0015X)-'5E o.o6x(i+o.oooix)-5 0.03x(i+0.0003x)'-1F 0.04x(i+0.000ix)'-5 o.i6x(i+o.ooo3x)'-1

Modeling AssumptionsThe “Gaussian Dispersion Model” version formed the basic frame work of the computermodel used for the computations of concentration of pollutants at ground level. The modelselected has the following assumptions:

i. Steady State ConditionIdeal gas, continuous uniform emission rate, homogenous horizontal wind field,representative wind velocity, no directional wind shear in the vertical, infinite plume,no plume history and normal distribution of eddy turbulences.

ii. Plume Rise Dominated by BuoyancyAs the stack gas temperature shall always be more than the ambient airtemperature, the plume rise shall be dominated by Buoyancy.

iii. Pollutants CharacteristicsThe pollutant emitted are stable gases or aerosol which remains suspended in the airand particulates in the turbulent movement of the atmosphere and none of thematerial is removed as the plume advances and diffuses down wind and there iscomplete reflection at the ground.

iv. Gaussian DistributionThe pollutant material within the plume takes on a Gaussian distribution in boththe horizontal cross wind and vertical directions described by empirical dispersionparameters Y and Z.

v. All calculations have been made with an hourly time step.vi. It has been assumed that the pollutant do not undergo any physicochemical

transformations.vii. Wind at Stack level Wind speed measured at 10m height was extrapolated and

using Irwin’s scaling law to determine wind at stack level.viii. Wash out by rain has not been considered.

ix. Gravitational settling of pollutants has not been considered.x. No calculations have been made for calm winds (speed < 0.5 m/ sec).

xi. Reflection factor from any surface has not been considered.



xii. Worst meteorological conditions have been considered so as to obtainmaximum concentration at the receptor.

xiii. The concentration has not been computed under inversion fumigation conditions.

4.4.3 Effective Stack Height & Plume RiseThe effective stack height (He) is given by He = Hs + H, where Hs is the actualphysical stack height above the ground level and H is the plume rise due to thermal andmomentum factors and is an extremely important factor affecting the compoundconcentration. In the present study the Briggs Plume Rise equations has been used.

4.4.4 Dispersion CoefficientAs recommended by US-EPA, Pasquill-Gifford Dispersion Parameter for the ruraltopography has been used to determine the values of horizontal and vertical dispersioncoefficient i.e. Y and Z.

4.4.5 Mixing HeightAs site specific mixing heights were not available, mixing heights based on CPCBpublication, “SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION OF HOURLY MIXING DEPTH OVERINDIAN REGION”, PROBES/88/2002-03 has been considered for Industrial SourceComplex dispersion model to establish the worst case scenario.

Mixing Depth Considered for Dispersion ModelingStability Class Mixing Height, m.

A 2000B & C 1500

D 200E & F 100



4.5 Model Data Aermod 8.2: Impact PredictionEmission and Stack DetailsThe main pollutant from the proposed Distillery plant based on boiler shall be particulatematter form the stack. The pollutants are dispersed adequately by providing suitable stackheight of 72.0 meters as per norms. The Particulate Matter10 emission in Distillery plantshall be restricted below 150 mg/Nm3. The details of stack emission from the proposedDistillery and existing sugar plant are given in Table – 4.4.Table – 4.4.: The details of stack emission from the proposed Distillery and existing sugarplant

Sr. no Parameter Existing Sugar unit Details Proposed inDistillery

1 Major Pollutant PM PM10 & SOx

2 No of Stack 01 No 01 No3 Stack attach to Boiler through Wet

ScrubberBoiler through ESP

4 Material of Construction RCC RCC5 Height of Stack 72 meters 72 meters6 Capacity of Boiler 90 TPH (2 No.s) 16 TPH Boiler7 Diameter at the top of

Stack4.0 Meters 2.5Meters

8 Temperature 110°C 108°C9 Flue gas Exit velocity 12.0 m/s 10.8 m/s

10 Rate of Emissiona PM 5.48 g/s 3.42 g/sb SO x Emission NIL 12.60 g/s (From SLOP)

























4.5.1 Simulation Model for Prediction using AERMOD view 8.2Post Project Scenario:Predicted maximum ground level concentrations considering micro meteorological dataduring the winter season (post monsoon season) (study period) superimposed on themaximum baseline concentrations obtained during the study period to estimate the postproject scenario, which would prevail at the post operational phase.

Presentation of Results:Model simulations have been carried out for the winter season (post monsoon season). Forthe short-term simulations, the concentrations were estimated around 1200 receptor pointschosen to obtain an optimum description of variation in concentration over the site in 10.0km radius covering 12 directions.

Table-4.5 Short Term Incremental Modeling Results:

PollutantIncremental

Levels (µg/m3)Distance (m) Direction

SO2 4.62 270 EastPM10 1.53 350 South East

Resultant Concentrations (24 Hourly, short term) of SO2 due to incremental GLCs for thewinter season (post monsoon season)Table – 4.6.: Cumulative Predicted Ground Level Concentration in Worst CaseScenario for SO2:

S. No. AAQLocation

Baseline(µg/m3)maximum

Incremental(µg/m3)

Resultant(µg/m3)

Distance(km)w.r.tPointSource

Directionw.r.tPointSource

SO2 SO2 SO2

1 Rudrapur 14.2 2.40 16.6 1.17 West2 Gondhyina 15.6 1.90 17.5 3.35 West

3 Rajagarh 14.7 0.40 15.1 4.48 NorthWest

4 Mundiyana 16.2 2.4 18.6 1.29 East5 Padriyatula 15.8 3.02 18.82 1.96 South East

6 RadhaPurwa 14.4 1.14 15.54 4.49 East

7 Dundwa 16.2 1.82 18.02 0.52 North

8 ProjectSite 16.8 4.62 21.42 - -



Resultant Concentrations (24 Hourly, short term) of P M 1 0 due toIncremental GLCs for the winter season (post monsoon season)

Table – 4.7: Cumulative Predicted Ground Level Concentration in Worst CaseScenario for PM10

S.No.

AAQLocation

Baseline(µg/m3)maximum

Incremental(µg/m3)

Resultant(µg/m3)



PM10 PM10 PM10

1 Rudrapur 75.8 0.44 76.24 1.17 West2 Gondhyina 68.2 0.32 68.52 3.35 West

3 Rajagarh 69.4 0.20 69.60 4.48 NorthWest

4 Mundiyana 87.8 1.02 88.82 1.29 East

5 Padriyatula 82.6 0.42 83.02 1.96 South East

6 Radha Purwa 79.4 0.00 79.4 4.49 East

7 Dundwa 78.5 0.80 79.3 0.52 North

8 Project Site 88.80 1.53 90.33 - -

Note: According to MoEF air quality standards (as per the notification dated 16th November2009 for industrial, residential & rural areas) 24 hourly, 8 hourly or 1 hourly monitoredvalues, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year; 2% of the time, theymay exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring. Therefore the 98%values are considered for estimation of the incremental concentration. The above tableindicates that the cumulative resultant ambient air quality after proposed project operationshall be within the ambient air quality limits specified by MoEF as per the notification dated16th November 2009 for industrial, residential & rural areas.Periodic Incremental Modeling Results:The predicted incremental ground levels concentrations for PM and SO2 for a period aregiven in Table-4.7.

Table-4.8 Periodic Incremental Modeling Results:Pollutant Incremental Levels

(µg/m3)Distance (m) Direction

PM10 0.345 605 EastSO2 0.983 520 South East



Resultant Concentrations The maximum cumulative incremental GLCs due to the proposed distillery Plant for

PM10 are superimposed on the maximum baseline PM10 concentrations recorded duringthe study period in the downwind direction to arrive at the likely resultantconcentrations during the same period after implementation of the proposed project.

Likewise, the maximum cumulative incremental GLCs due to the proposed distilleryPlant for SO2 are superimposed on the maximum baseline SO2 concentrations recordedduring the study period in the downwind direction to arrive at the likely resultantconcentrations during the same period after implementation of the proposed project.

The cumulative concentrations (maximum baseline concentration + predictedincremental rise in concentration) of PM10 and SO2 are shown in table 4.9below:

Pollutant MaximumBaseline

concentrationin the study

area(µg/m

3)

Maximumpredicted

Incrementalrise in the

concentrationdue to

proposedproject(µg/m

3)

Direction Concentration (µg/m3)

Net Resultantconcentration

NAAQsLimit

PM10 88.8 1.53 East 90.33 100*

SO2 16.8 4.62 South East 21.42 80*

# As per NAAQS 2009The net resultant concentration of SO2 and PM10 during operation of the proposed projectare well within the Revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)stipulated by MOEF vide notification dated 16.11.2009. Hence, there shall not be anyadverse impact on the air environment due to the proposed project.The isoplepths of the study area are given in figure no. 4.1 A to 4.1D


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 216Figure- 4.1(A) Period Incremental GLC concentration of PM10


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 217Figure- 4.1(B) Short Term 24hr Incremental GLC concentration of PM10


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 218Figure- 4.1(C) period Incremental GLC concentration of SOX


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 219Figure- 4.1(D) Short Term 24hr Incremental GLC concentration of SOX



4.5.2 Proposed mitigation measures to control stack emmsions and ambient: Major source of air pollution shall the boiler stack. Height of the proposed stack shall be

72.0 m height and the stack height designed on the basis of CPCB guidelines to ensureproper disposal of gas emissions.

Fugitive emissions from raw material storage yards, loading and unloading operationsshall be controlled water sprinkling system, whenever necessary.

Electrostatic precipitator (ESP) shall be provided with stack. All internal roads shall be constructed as tar roads and regular water sprinkling shall be

carried out on all the Kaccha roads for preventing fugitive dust emissions. Huge tree plantation shall be carried out around plant area for minimizing

environmental impacts of the proposed activities over a period of time. Plantationprogram shall be designed and a budget should be allocated for this purpose every year.Total 33% of the area shall be developing for greening.

Factory shall maintain good housekeeping.

4.5.3 Impact on traffic densityIncoming raw material shall be mainly molasses. The transportation shall be carried out bytempos, trucks, and tractors. Hence, additional impact on air due to vehicular emission forincoming raw material is anticipated.

4.5.3.1 Existing Road Network Details The site is well connected by SH-90 (adjacent). SH-25 is 7.95 km away from the site in South East direction. The nearest airport

Chaudhary Charan Singh International Airport is 164.0 KM away from the project site.

4.5.3.2 Impacts during operational phase Present road condition is good, shall be maintained. The trucks carrying bagasse,ash shall be covered, alcohol shall be transported in tankers

hence there shall not be any fugitive dust/ VOC generation during transportation of rawmaterials, fuel and products.

Good traffic management system shall be developed and implemented for the incomingand outgoing vehicles so as to avoid congestion on the public road.

The area earmarked for parking in the proposed project.



4.5.3.3 Impacts on noise qualityAmbient noise levels shall be increased during operation phase due to machineries and otherindustrial activities. However the impacts of noise during this phase shall be confined withinplant boundary or within the source of generation.ActivityDistillery Fans, blowers and compressors, steam turbines etc.Impacts The reference noise levels at Fans, blowers and compressors, steam turbines sources

vary in the range of 65-75 dB (A).However; noise level is restricted to the factorypremises only.

Noise health effects are the health consequences of regular exposure, to consistentelevated sound levels.

Elevated workplace or environmental noise can cause hearing impairment, hypertension,ischemic heart disease, annoyance, and sleep disturbance.Mitigation measures

Vibrating pads & acoustic enclosure shall be provided to noise generating equipment tocontrol noise level within norms

Latest technology and utmost care shall be taken at the time of equipment / machineryinstallation

Lubrication of moving/ rotating part or component of machineries shall be done onregular basis

The insulation provided for prevention of loss of heat and personnel safety gears shallalso act as noise reducers

Design and layout of building to minimize transmission of noise, segregation ofparticular items of plant

The operator’s cabins (control rooms) shall be properly (acoustically) insulated withspecial doors with observation windows

The operators working in the high-noise areas shall be provided with ear-muffs or plugs Acoustic enclosures and silencers shall be provided to the Equipment wherever

necessary Proper green belt shall be developed to reduce the noise level Thus, it is envisaged that there shall not be any adverse impacts of noise. The greenbelt

developed within the premises shall have significant beneficial impacts on reduction ofnoise within the periphery and outside the boundary.



4.5.3.4 Impacts on water quality Direct discharge of untreated sewage & effluent on land, generated from proposed Distillery shall lead to ground pollution as well as soil quality. Various activities their

impacts and mitigation measures for the same has been describes in below mentionedparagraphs.

Activities Ground water from bore-well Effluent generation from distillery Run off storm water

Impacts No negative impacts are envisaged on surface water availability and drawl shall be

restricted during lean season. The industry has constructed water storage reservoirof for use of fresh water.

Distillery generates huge amount of effluent. If effluent is not treated properlybefore disposal, it shall pollute land and ground water quality and thereby shallchange the existing characteristics of soil and water.

Discharge of waste water within & outside plant boundary shall leads to the groundwater pollution.

Discharge of distillery effluent loss of soil fertility and deteriorate the soil quality Discharge of effluent in the surface water body alters the water characteristics and

may leads to eutrophication of water bodies. Further, its dark color hindersphotosynthesis by blocking sunlight and is therefore deleterious to aquatic life.

Mitigation measures Spent wash around 800.0 KLD shall be concentration through integrated evaporation

and burnt in incineration boiler. Process condensate, spent lees, boiler and cooling tower blow down shall be the

major effluent streams. Process condensate shall be treated in condensate treatment plant. Domestic wastewater is generated from the proposed plant, which shall disposed

through septic tank via Soak pit



Summary of effluent generation from proposed distillery:WasteWater Generation

Spent wash 800.0 KLD(@ 5.0 KL/KL of Product)

Other Effluent (like SpentLees, MEECondensate , Blow Downand Floor washing

1139.0 KLD

WasteWater treatment strategySpent Wash treatment Spent wash first concentrated in MEE and slops from the

MEE shall be incinerated in Slop fired BoilerOther Effluent(Condensate, Lees, Floorwashing, Blow downs etc.)

Other effluents Shall be treated in Secondary EffluentTreatment Plant and 100% recycling shall be done.

DomesticWasteWater Separate soak pit and septic tank.Note: No effluent will be discharged outside the factory premises as unit is based on ZeroLiquid discharge strategy

4.5.3.5 Odour managementActivity Typical odor compounds in distillery are molasses storage tanks, spent wash, alcohol,

iso amyl & iso butyl alcohol (fusel oils), acetic acid Causes of odor are bad management of fermentation house, long retention of fermented

wash, unattended drains & ETP.Impacts Nausea, insomnia and discomfort. Nasal irritation; trigger symptoms in individuals with breathing problems or asthma. Mitigation measures Steaming of major pipe lines Proper cleaning of drains Better housekeeping by regular steaming of all fermentation equipment’s Regular steaming of all fermentation equipment. Use of efficient bio-cides to control bacterial contamination. Control of temperature during fermentation to avoid in-activation / killing of yeast. Avoiding staling of fermented wash.



4.5.3.6 Impacts on Biological environmentThere shall be no impacts on natural vegetation and species diversity due to the proposeddistillery unit. The unit shall establish in vacant plot. There shall be no major tree cuttingshall take place. Some grasses and Herbs species required to remove during groundclearance. The proposed green belt development help to control temperature and keep thesurroundings cool. It shall attract avifauna and create suitable habitat to micro flora andfauna. The green belt shall help as a sink to dust and gaseous pollutants. While developingproposed green belt native, ornamental, medicinal values trees shall be planted; whichresults in enrichment of biodiversity & beautification of area. There are no wild lifesanctuaries with in the study zone. Within the 10 km from project site dry vegetation isfound. The impact on flora is insignificant. As site is flat with some undulating patches, verylittle leveling activities shall be required. Hence no impact on existing landscape isanticipated.Activity and its impactsImpacts on ecology shall be from the following sources: Flue gas emissions in the air shall lead to increase in concentration of Particulate Matter,

Sulphur. Dioxide and Oxides of Nitrogen. An increase in air pollutants may affect the vegetation

growth in and around the area. Dust emission is envisaged during material handling & transportation, which affects the

growth of vegetation. Disposal of solid/hazardous waste on land pollute the soil, which eventually affect the

vegetation.Mitigation measuresTo mitigate the above mentioned impact following mitigation measures shall beimplemented: Air pollution control equipment like Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) shall be provided to

reduce the emission of particulate matter Well-designed material storage area as well as handling facilities shall be provided to

prevent particulate emissions from the storage, handling & transportation activities. Solid waste storage area shall be designed as per the guidelines to avoid the leachate

percolation into the ground or water bodies. Distillery process condensate effluent shall be treated in condensate polishing unit and

recycled in the process. Greenbelt area shall be developed in & around the plant premises and shall be

maintained properly. There is no any discharge from the project activities.



Hence, no any impact on the biological environment has been found any alteration ordestruction to the biological environment.All efforts shall be put-up by the factory management to maintain the ecological balance andimprove the environment in terms of ecology and green belt development. Industry shallfollow the zero discharge norms. Hence; no adverse impact on surrounding ecology.

4.5.3.7 Impact on Socio-Economic EnvironmentThe impacts of the proposed distillery shall lead to the positive impact on surrounding. Theproposed project shall generate the employment to local people. Thus, the said project shallnot have any significant impact on Socio-economic pattern of the surrounding region.This ultimately benefited to farmers and employees.

4.5.3.8 Occupational Health & Safety Workplace area involving production unit, distillation unit, Boiler section, turbine

section, raw material handling area etc. It is envisaged that occupational health hazards shall be associated with operational

activities such as spillage and exposure to the chemical, mechanical hazards like cuts andhits and electrical shocks.

Accident due to fall from height, burn injury and trap in the machine or motors duringoperation.

All these above mentioned impact or risk associated with various operational activities ofthe plant shall be mitigated by implementing the following measures:

All safety signs shall be placed at proper location. First aid kits shall be made available at every department Pre-employment medical checkup and periodical medical checkup shall be undertaken to

know the occupational health hazards at the early stage. Work permit system shall be introduced to avoid the entry or un-authorized working to

avoid the incidences which can lead to the accident if proper care is not taken All arrangement required for Fire hydrant system shall made at every vulnerable location

to have the firefighting facility. Apart from above, all required Fire Extinguishers shall be provided at appropriate

locations All staff and workers shall be trained in firefighting operations and emergency

preparedness plan or to tackle the accident Apart from all engineering control measures, if required necessary PPEs shall be

provided as last protection measures to the employees.



Good housekeeping also plays important role in avoiding the undesirable incidences /accidents, hence good housekeeping practices shall be employed throughout the Factorypremises.

4.6 Environmental Impact Analysis:In this section, area of our focus shall be environmental impact analysis. While thequantitative assessment has been already discussed in above subsections, the qualitativeanalysis is presented below “The environmental consequences along with their presentstatus, direction of change and the probable final condition is presented in matrix format.Abbreviations:A-Major Positive ImpactB- Minor Positive ImpactC- Major negative impactD-Minor negative impactE- Impact exists, its magnitude or direction cannot be determined at present.F- No Impact

4.10 Project Elements: Site preparation; Construction and Erection PhaseAlteredelement

Impact Initialcondition

Directionof change

Possiblefinal

condition

Mitigative measures/Remark

A) Air EnvironmentDust D Low Marginal

IncreaseLow Temporary impact. During the

construction activity, civil workmay enhance the dusting in additionto transportation activities. It shallbe curbed by water sprinkling andis limited within project site.

B) Water Environment1 Ground

watertable

F Low NoChange

Low Industry shall use the ground water.No impacts to be observed onexisting ground water scenario

2 Quality F Good Nochange

Good As there is no discharge ofwastewater; there shall not be anyimpact on ground water quality.The soak-pit shall be provided forlabour colony during constructionactivity.

C) Ecological Environment1 Open

spaceF Good Decrease Good Unit has already acquired land for

instalaion of distillery plant adjacentto existing sugar unit.



2 GrazingLand

F Fair Nochange

Fair The land being used is un-irrigatedland not used for grazing

3Vegetatio

nF Fair No

changeFair The land is being used for industrial

purposes. No vegetation to becleared outside premises.

4.11 Project Elements: Operation PhaseAltered element Impact Initial

conditionDirectionof change

Possiblefinalcondition

Potential correctivemeasures/Remark

A) Air Environmenta. Particulate

MatterD Fair Insignificant

increaseFair The flue gases shall be

discharged through the stackof adequate height. Full-proof air pollution controlsystem installed atappropriate points ofdischarge. Due care shallbe taken for theconcentrations remainingin the prescribed norms.

b. Gaseous Emission F Low Insignificantcontribution

Low The system shall based onbagasse/slop hence there isinsignificant emission ofSulphur Dioxide andNitrogen Oxides as ESP isprovided as APCS.

c. Dusting F Low No Change Low Tarred roads are providedwithin the industrialpremises. Water is Sprinkledat regular intervals

B) Water Environmenta. Water

Requirement1. Ground water

tableF Low No change Low The Industry proposes to

use the Water fromGround. Area falls in safezone. Rain waterharvesting via pond isproposed.



2. Quality of intakewater

E Good No change Good Ground water shall beused which is well withinthe standards as per resultsobtained. No possibilitiesof any wastewater leachingto ground water as a resultof the industrialoperations.

b. Disposal ofsewageQuantity D Good Marginal

increaseGood(ZeroDischarge)

Industrial Waste water istreated by MEE followed ByCPU.The sewage is disposed offthrough soak pit/septictank.

Altered element Impact

Initialcondition

Directionof change

Possiblefinalcondition

Potential correctivemeasures/Remark

C) Landa. Disposal of Ash D Fly Ash

generationat operation

Increase Fair The Fly Ash shall be usedfor as manure.

b. Percolation/Seepage

F None No change None The treated wastewaterfrom plant shall be recycledin process. Hence, noleaching.

D) Ecological Environmenta. Vegetation F Fair No change Fair The activity of the industry

shall not create any impacton vegetation &floral/faunal elements of thestudy area.In-house green belt shall bedeveloped, comprises ofvarious plants.

b Flora/fauna F Fair No change Fair

E) Socio Economic Environmenta. Per Capita

IncomeA Low Increase Fair The industry shall create

direct/indirect employmentdue to upcoming project.

b. Population perSq. Km.

F Low No change Low The industry shall employ160 personnel for the plant



c. Transportationfacilities

B Good Increase Good Transportation andcommunication facilities arevery well developed in thestudy area. No alterationdue to upcoming activity.

4.7 SummaryThe construction and operational phase of the proposed project comprises various activitieseach of which shall have an impact on some or other environmental parameters.

4.7 .1 Construction Phase:This phase involves the activities like erection of civil structures, movement/ removal of oldconstruction, erection of new equipment and machinery, green belt development etc. Air,Noise and Land are likely to be effected by these activities, although Aesthetics and Socio-economic factors are also identified. But the impacts shall be marginal and for short termonly. The green belt development shall have positive impacts. The impact on land use shallbe long term and permanent but shall be on a smaller scale. Construction of plant shall leadto permanent change in land use pattern at the site as a direct impact. The excavationmaterial should be dumped in low lying areas so as to reduce visual impact. Impacts ofconstruction activities on air quality are cause for concern mainly in the dry months dueto dust particles generated from leveling, grading, earthworks, and other constructionrelated activities.Effluents from the construction area mainly contain suspended solids while the sanitarywaste from the labour colonies contains suspended matter. Adequate arrangements forproper drainage and disposal of wastewater and routing of the effluents from constructionarea through sedimentation basins and provision of proper sanitary facilities with treatmentshall eliminate these problems of water pollution. Moreover, these impacts shall betemporary in nature.The major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicular traffic, constructionequipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, generators, pumps, compressors,rock drills, pneumatic tools, vibrators etc. The operation of these equipments shall generatenoise ranging between 70-90 dB (A). Mandatory use of personal protective equipment likeear plugs shall be ensured to mitigate any significant impact of such equipment on personneloperating the machinery. During construction phase of the proposed project, labors shall berequired and this requirement shall meet from surrounding area. Hence, positive impactshall be on Socio economic environment.



4.7.2 Operation PhaseThis phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as theproduction starts. The primary impacts causing likely deterioration shall be in Air, Water,Noise and Land / Soil due to the gaseous emissions, vehicular movement, and discharge ofliquid effluent. During transportation of raw material finished product there shall begeneration of dust emission from the road. In order to control the emission level of withinpermissible limits, the ESP shall be installed which shall be bring down the emission levelwithin permissible limit of 150 mg/Nm3. Total except for the major and most harmfuleffluent (spent wash) from the analyzer column and fermenter sludge, other effluents arequite small and do not need any specific treatment. Spent wash shall be concentrated inMEE (Multiple Effect Evaporator), and then the semisolid waste from MEE (Multiple EffectEvaporator) shall be sent in specially designed boiler for incineration. The predictedresultant noise levels found near plant boundary vary between 50.18 to 50.20 dB (A), whichis dependent on the baseline noise level and the predicted incremental noise level. Noiselevel can be reduced by stopping leakages from various steam lines, compressed air lines andother high pressure equipment. There is no discharge of waste water onto land.The solid wastes shall be segregated according to their properties, packed, transported andstored in a separate impervious storage area demarcated for them.The proposed project shall generate the employment to local people. It has been concludedthat the proposed project has no major adverse impact on surrounding environment.

4.8 ConclusionThe anticipated/identified potential environmental impacts of proposed project shall bemainly from solid waste disposal, effluent disposal, ground water exploitation and fluegaseous emissions. However an effective mitigation measure reduces level of significantimpact on the environment. Hence proposed project shall be safe as there won’t be disposalof effluent on the land or into the water body. Moreover, all required control measures andrequired equipment shall be provided to mitigate the impacts.



CHAPTER -VANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)

5.1 GeneralA comparison of alternatives helps to determine the best method of achieving the projectobjectives with minimum environmental impacts or indicates the most environment friendlyand cost effective options.

5.2 Analysis of Alternative SiteSince, the new distillery project proposed by M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery (Aunit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) at village Rudrapur Gularia, Block -Bijua, Tehsil-Gola, District-Lakhimpur Kheri, Uttar Pradesh is adjacent to the existing own sugar unitdue to which no alternative site has been considered for the same. The site for the plant wasfinalized considering the ideal location for the industries. Following factors were consideredwhile selecting the site:- Suitable source of raw material from local vendors. Nearness to adjacent sugar unit. Nearness to SH-90 makes it easier to transport materials & final product to market. Availability of existing facilities like storage, infrastructure, transportation,

administration etc. No eco-sensitive area such as National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary/Biosphere

Reserves/Tiger reserves /Elephant Corridors within 10 Km. radius of Plant site.Based on the above the site was selected for establishment of distillery plant. The site is inaccordance with the MoEF & CC guidelines also. Hence no alternative sites are considered.

5.3 Analysis of Alternative TechnologyThe technology to be used by M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery (A unit of BalrampurChini Mills Limited) for manufacturing of alcohol is one of the best and proven technologies.The whole process shall be based on proven technology i.e. Multi Pressure Distillation bymulti effect Evaporation and slop fired boiler.The project is being/shall be based on “Zero Effluent Discharge”.5.4 ConclusionNo necessity for the alternative analysis of the site & technology was observed as theproposed new project shall be installing adjacent to the existing sugar plant which is bestsuitable.

This Chapter provides an alternative analysis, including site andtechnology, considered for the proposed project



CHAPTER–VIENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 IntroductionPost Project Monitoring is considered an essential part to check the impact of any projectactivity and compliance to conditions of environmental clearance and consent to operate.Hence, monitoring of various environmental parameters shall be carried out on a regularbasis to ascertain the following: State of pollution within the plant site and in its vicinity. Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution. Examine the efficiency of pollution control system adopted at the site. To assess environmental impacts.Monitoring is being shall be carried out at the site as per the norms of CPCB. EnvironmentalMonitoring Program shall be conducted for various environmental components as per theconditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by MoEF & CC, New Delhiand Consent to Operate issued by UPPCB. Compliance report for conditions stipulated inConsent to operate is being/shall be submitted to UPPCB on regular basis. Six monthlycompliance reports shall be submitted on regular basis to MoEF & CC, New Delhi by 1st ofJune and 1st of December.Various environmental components and pollution sources, which are being/shall bemonitored under environmental monitoring program are stack emission, ambient airquality, water quality and noise levels. Details of the Environmental Monitoring program,which is being/shall be undertaken for various environmental components is detailed below.

6.2 Formation of Environment Management Cell (EMC)In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring ofvarious environmental components is necessary. M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery (Aunit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) has a full-fledged Environmental Management Cell(EMC) for environmental monitoring and management.The EMC team takes care of pollution monitoring aspects and implementation of controlmeasures.A group of qualified and efficient engineers and officers with technicians have been deputedfor maintenance, up keeping and monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep themin working at the best of their efficiencies.

This chapter also provides the proposed environmental monitoringprogramme for the proposed project to access the environmentalattributes for operation stage.



6.2.1 Structure of EMCStructure of EMC at M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery (A unit of Balrampur ChiniMills Limited) is as follows:

Figure 6.1: Structure of EMC at M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery(A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited)

6.2.2 Responsibilities of EMCThe responsibilities of the EMC include the following: Environmental monitoring of the surrounding area. Timely Commissioning of pollution control equipment and facilities. Ensuring that standards are maintained. Ensuring optimum water usage.

Director

G.M (Tech)

Production ManagerFactory Manager

ed staff Trained staff

ElectricalEngineerTrain

MechanicalEngineer

Security officerSupervisor



Specification and regulation of maintenance schedules for pollution control equipment. Maintenance of the greenbelt & plantation. Proper implementation of the Environmental Management Plan. Organizing meetings of the Environmental Management Committee and preparation of

report and submission of such reports to management. Co-ordination for all statutory requirements like submission of application /reports for

obtaining Consents, Environmental Clearances, authorization etc. Developing & implementing occupational health & safety policy, program and procedure

& increasing health & safety awareness at all levels within the organization.

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Plan6.3.1 Instruments to be used/being usedThe following instruments are being/shall be used for data collection work in themonitoring schedule: Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS) Fine Particulate Matter (FPM) Sampler Stack Monitoring Kit Sound Level Meter Water Level Indicator Global Positioning System (GPS)

6.3.2 Monitoring ProgrammeThe post project monitoring includes/shall include the following parameters: - Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stack Monitoring Noise level monitoring Water Quality Monitoring – Ground water & Surface Water Soil Quality Monitoring Medical check-up of employees

6.3.3 Monitoring ScheduleDetails of the environmental monitoring schedule/frequency, which shall be undertaken forvarious environmental components, as per conditions of EC/CTE/CTO are given in Table- 6.1.



Table-6.1Frequency for Post Project Monitoring

S.No Description Frequency of Monitoring

1. Ambient Air Quality As per CPCB guidelines/EC/CTOconditions

2. Stack Monitoring Continuous monitoring

3. Water Quality Quarterly

4. Noise Level Monitoring Quarterly / as per CPCBguidelines

5. Soil Quality Half-yearly/ as perEC/CTO conditions

6. Medical Check-up of Employees Regular

6.3.4 Locations of Monitoring StationsThe location of the monitoring stations shall be selected on the basis of prevailingmicrometeorological conditions of the area like Wind Direction and Wind Speed, RelativeHumidity, Temperature etc. 8 AAQM stations shall be selected (including minimum 3locations in upwind side, more sites in downwind side / impact zone) to assess ambient airquality of the area. Noise level monitoring shall be carried out on project boundary and inhigh noise generating area within the project site.Water and soil sampling locations shall be decided on the basis of general slope of the areaand drainage pattern. Locations for the post-project monitoring are given in Table - 6.2:

Table - 6.2Locations for Post Project Monitoring

S. No Description Location1. Ambient Air Quality Project Site & as per EC / CTO conditions2. Stack emissions Project Site3. Noise Level Monitoring Project Boundary & as per EC / CTO

conditions4. Water Level & Quality Nearby Ground water sources & as per EC

/CTO5. Health Check-up Dispensary



6.3.5 Methodology AdoptedPost-project monitoring shall be carried out as per conditions stipulated in EnvironmentalClearance Letter issued by MoEF & CC, New Delhi; Consent issued by SPCB as-well-asaccording to CPCB guidelines.Project site is considered as core zone and the area lying within 10 km radius from theproject site is considered to be the buffer zone where slight impacts may be observed onphysical and biological environment and that too is occasional.Details of Post Project Monitoring Programme are given in Table - 6.2 and 6.3.

Table - 6.3Attributes Sampling Measurement

MethodTest Procedure

Network FrequencyAir EnvironmentMeteorological Wind speed Wind direction Dry bulb

Temperature Wet bulb

Temperature Relative

humidity Rainfall

Minimum1 sitein the projectimpact area

Regularly in oneseason byWeatherMonitoringStation

Mechanical/automaticweather station

-

Pollutants PM10

8 locations inthe projectimpact area(3 location inupwind side,5 indownwindside / impactzone, othernearbyreceptors)

RevisedNationalAmbient AirQualityStandards(NAAQS) videMoEF circular,dated16.11.2009

Gravimetricmethod

-

PM2.5GravimetricMethod

-

SO2EPA ModifiedWest & Geakemethod

Absorption inPotassium TetraChloromercuratefollowed byColorimetricestimation using P-Rosanilinehydrochloride andFormaldehyde (IS:5182 Part - II).

NO2ArsenitemodifiedJacob &Hochheiser

Absorption in dillNaOH andthen estimatedcolorimetricallywithsulphanilamide and



N (INepthyle)Ethylene diamineDihydrochlorideand HydrogenPeroxide (CPCBMethod).

CO Non- DispersiveInfra-Red(NDIR)Spectroscopy

B. Stack MonitoringPollutantPM

Stack of theBoiler

As per CPCBGuide Line andIndian Standard11255 (1985).

As Per CPCBGuide Line

Gravimetricmethod

SO2 Stack of theBoiler


As Per IS-11255part (2) 1985(AbsorbingSolution ofH2O2,IsopropanolReagent)

Absorption inH2O2, Isopropanolfollowed byColorimetricestimation usingSulphuric acidand BariumChloride as Per IS-11255 part (2)1985

NO2 Stack of theBoiler


As Per IS-11255part (7) 2005withNOx flaskassembly.

Absorption ofSample in NOxflask assemblyFollowed byColorimetricestimation usingPhenol-disulphonic acid andother reagent asPer IS-11255part (7) 2005

C. Water EnvironmentpH, Turbidity,Colour,Odour, Taste,TDS,Total Hardness,Calcium hardness,Magnesium

Samples for waterquality should becollected andanalyzed as per: IS:2488 (Part 1-5) methods forsampling and



hardness,Chloride,Fluoride,Sulphate,Nitrates,Alkalinity,Iron, Copper,Manganese

testing of Industrialeffluents.Standard methodsforexamination ofwater andwastewateranalysis publishedby AmericanPublic HealthAssociation.

D. NoiseNoise levels at Day& night time -LeqdB (A)

ProjectBoundary,

Highnoise

generatingareas within

thecore zone

Quarterly /Half

yearly

As per CPCBnorms

As per CPCBnorms

6.4 Data AnalysisMonitoring data analysis shall be done by MoEF&CC approved laboratory as per CPCBguidelines and timely submitted to concerned authority (specified in Environment ClearanceLetter issued by MoEF & CC, New Delhi and Consent issued by UPPCB) on regular basis.

6.5 Laboratory FacilityThe plant shall have an in-house environmental laboratory for the routine monitoring ofwater and wastewater. The outside agencies can also be hired for analysis of otherenvironment aspects like air, noise and soil. The following equipment’s are recommendedto the project proponent for implementing the post project environmental monitoringprogram. Following are the list of instruments which are suggested to implement at the sitefor proper monitoring of operation of the plant.

Table 6.4: List of Laboratory InstrumentsS.No Name of equipment1. pH meter2. COD Digester3. BOD Incubator4. Oven5. Analytical Balance6. Hot Plates & water Bath7. Refrigerator



8. Magnetic Strirrer9. Vacuum Pump10. DO Meter11. Required Glassware’s chemical and

reagent

6.6 Budgetary Provision for Environment ManagementThe costs involved in environmental monitoring and management to mitigate the adverseeffects shall be put on account for the proposed project. The approximate cost for the EMPshall be Rs. 11,000 lakhs. Bifurcation of the EMP cost is given in Table 6.4.

Table 6.5: Environment Management CostS.No Description Proposed Capital

Cost (Lakhs)Recurring

Cost/annum (Lakhs)1 Air Polllution Control 540.0 52.02 Water Polltuion Control

(Effluent treatment System)50.0 5.0

3 Solid Waste Environment 15.0 2.04 Environment Monitoring and

Management25.0 2.0

5 Green Belt Development 35.0 4.06 Rain Water Harvesting

Measures & others35.0 3.0

7 CO2 Recovery 350.0 40.08 Miscellaneous (fire fighting etc.)

Online Stack Monitoring System.Online Web Camera

50.0 2.0

Total 1100.0 Lakhs 110.0 Lakhs



CHAPTER-7RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 Hazard Identification

In practical terms, hazard identification is a thorough look at the workplace and processes toidentify those things, situations, processes that may cause harm, particularly to the workingforce and nearby population. After identification of the potential hazards, one has toevaluate it potential to cause harm and then decide what type of control measures shall betaken to control it from the happening.

Hazard identification is very important tool as it is integral part of a good occupationalhealth and safety management plan. The aim of the hazard identification process is to reducelevel of risk by taking precautions or initiating control during project execution.

The various hazard analysis techniques that may be applied are Hazard and Operability(HAZOP) studies, Fault – Tree Analysis (FTA), event –tree analysis and failure and effectsmode analysis.

7.1.1 Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HIRA)

The purpose of a Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (HIRA) is to understand whatrisks or threats to public safety, property or the environment exist.

Figure 7.1 Steps of Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment

This Chapter provides the details about the Risk Assessment, DisasterManagement Plan (DMP) and on-site emergency plan as proposed for thenew project. Brief summary of additional studies (Occupational Health &Safety, Need Based Assessment Survey etc.) carried out.

HazardsIdentification

Monitor&

ReviewRisk

Assessment

Risk Analysis



Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (HIRA) Process,

Identification of hazards Analyze or evaluate the risk associated with the hazards Determine appropriate ways to eliminate or control the hazards Evaluate the likelihood of an injury or illness occurring, and its severity Review of all available health and safety information about the hazard including MSDS,

manufacturer’s literature, information from organizations and results of testing Identify actions necessary to eliminate or control the risk Monitoring to confirm the risk is controlled Keep any documentation or records that may be necessary. Documentation may include

detailing the process used to assess the risk, outlining any evaluations, or detailing howconclusions were made.

7.1.2 Identification HazardDetails of major anticipated risks from the Hazards is given in 7.1

Table 7.1: Hazards of the proposed plant

S.No. Name Description Severity Hazard

1

Transportations ofraw material

Molasses Major Exposure

Yeast, Urea Minor Exposure &inhalation

Sulphate Acid, DiAmmonium Phosphate

Major Exposure &Inhalation

Anti-foam Reagent,Caustic soda

2Storage ofMolasses &Products

Molasses, RS/TechnicalAlcohol, fuel oil

Major Explosion,Fire

3 Manufacturingprocess

Fermentation Major FireDistillation Unit Major Heat & firePower generation unit Major Heat fire &

electrocution4 Utilities Boiler, Turbine Major Heat, fire &

electrocution1.Other accidents Leakages from the vessels,

Catastrophic rupture ofpressure vessels andStorage Tanks

Major Exposure andFire



7.2 Risk Assessment

Risk analysis deals with the identification and quantification of risks, the plant equivalent andpersonnel are exposed to, due to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the factory.Risk classification table is given in Table 7.2.

Table 7.2 Risk classificationRare Unlikely Possible Likely Almost

CertainCatastrophic

(5)Moderate

RiskModerate

RiskHigh Risk Critical Risk Critical Risk

Major(4)

Low Risk ModerateRisk

High Risk High Risk Critical Risk

Moderate(3)

Low Risk ModerateRisk

ModerateRisk

High Risk High Risk

Minor(2)

Low Risk Low Risk ModerateRisk

ModerateRisk

ModerateRisk

Insignificant(1)

Low Risk Low Risk Low Risk Low Risk ModerateRisk

Table 7.3 Risk Score

Risk Score Risk Level Category Description1 to 4 Low Risk Manage by routine

procedure and operationsshould not require muchattention but should bereceived at least every 18Months

5 to 10 Moderate risk Manage by specificmonitoring or responseshould not monitored andreceived every 12 months

11 to 18 High Risk Require escalation to VP,should be constantlymonitored and receivedevery 3 months

19 to 25 Critical Risk Requires escalation to Boardcommittee responsible forrisk management oversightshould be constantlymonitored and receivedmonthly



7.2.1 Potential risk and mitigation measures for during construction phaseRisk impact and mitigation measures during construction phase are describes in Table 7.4

Table 7.4: Risk Impact and rating matrix during construction phaseActivity Associated

HazardHealthimpact

RiskRating

Proposed Mitigationmeasures and control

SiteLevelling

Vehiclemovement,

Insect/Snackbite

Physicalinjury and

organdamage

M Providing PPEs to workers Appointing the qualified persons

for the particular job. Speed limit control Providing Training

Loading andUnloadingof material

Accidents PhysicalInjury

M Providing PPEs to workers Training to workers

Excavation Falling objectsor

objects near anexcavation

Slips,trips, and falls

PropertyLoss

Physicalinjury

M Work Permit System shall befollowed.

Excavated material shall bestacked safely.

Area shall be barricaded Training to workers PPEs shall be provided

Construction Structure mayfall down

Workers mayfall down from

the height.

PhysicalInjury

Physicallyhandicapped

PropertyLoss

H Work Permit System shall befollowed.

Height work permit shall beissued to the person.

Safety belt shall be providedto workers Training toworkers

Cutting andWelding

fire orexplosion

Electric shockfrom andelectricalwelding

PhysicalInjury

Burn InjuryProperty loss

H Standards Work Procedure Training shall be provided Proper PPEs shall be

provided. Regular monitoring of

electrical equipment’s toavoid loose connection. Areashall be barricaded

Installationof

Machineries

Structure maycollapse

Property lossPhysicalInjury

M Only authorized person shalloperate the machine

Appropriate platform shall bedesigned as per the loadbearing calculation.



7.2.2 Potential risk and mitigation measures during operation phase7.2.2.1 Boiler OperationThe potential risk and its mitigation measures for Boiler operation is given in Table 7.5.

Table 7.5: Risk Impact and rating matrix for Boiler operationS. No. Activity Associated

HazardsHealthImpact

RiskRating

Proposed mitigationand control measures

1. Working nearBoiler

High Noise Noiseinduced

hearing loss

M Required PPEs need to used

2. BoilerMaintenance

Explosion Risk Severeinjury,

damage toequipment

M PPEs Regular monitoring Individual vigilance and

proper training to workerfor proper handling

Provision of first aid box3. High pressure

steamExplosion Risk severe

injurydamage toequipment

H Required PPEs Good housekeeping Regular monitoring of the

storage facility Flammable chemical stored

away from the source ofignition

Firefighting facility Provision of first aid box

4. Incompletecombustion

Asphyxiationfrom carbonmonoxide

Possiblefatality

H Online CO monitor Regular checking workplace Individual alertness

precaution5. Maintenance

workSlips, tripsand falls

Physicalinjury

M PPEs Individual alertnessprecaution

6. Electricalmaintenancework

Electricity Electricshock

possibleburns

H Regular checking andmaintenance of electricalunits PPEs

Provision of First aid box7. Maintenance

of burnerBurn injury Severe

Physicalinjury or

burn

M PPES shall be provided. Work shall be carried out

under proper supervision. Follow of SOPs. Individual alertness and

precaution is important Provision of First aid box



7.2.2.2 Risk during D.G. set operation

Table 7.6: Risk Impact and rating matrix for D.G. set operationS. No. Activity Associated

HazardsHealthImpact

RiskRating

Proposed mitigation andcontrol measures

1. Working nearDG

High noise Noiseinducedhearing

loss

M Use of PPEs Acoustic enclosure

2. Maintenance Fire Burns,Seriousinjury

H Restricted Entry Use of flame proof fittings Use of PPEs

3. HSD Storage Fire/Leakage Risk ofsevere

physicalinjury

and burn

H Storage shall be away fromignition source

Regular monitoring to checkthe leakages and spillages

Firefighting facility shall beprovided

PPEs shall be provided First aid box

4. DG setmaintenance

MechanicalHazard

Physicalinjury

M PPEs Leakage and heat in thejoint shall be checked beforemaintenance

First aid box at approachableplace



7.2.2.3 Hazard & Associated Risk of Storage and Handling of Raw MaterialImpact matrix for risk associated with storage and handling of material is given in Table 7.7.alcohol storage Tanks details are given in Table 7.9.Table 7.7 Hazard & Associated Risk of Storage and Handling of Raw MaterialS. No. Activity Associated

HazardsHealthImpact

RiskRating

Proposed mitigation andcontrol measures

1. Storage,handling,loading &Unloading

ofmaterial

Exposure,leakage,

Fire,Explosion

PhysicalInjury,

burn, Eyeirritation

andrespiratory

problem

H

Provision of Eye wash Inspection and regular

monitoring of storage area Training to Workers for

proper handling PPEs shall be provided as

Nose mask, Hand gloves. Proper system for loading

operation to preventsspillage

Provision of levelindicators for storageTanks

Spill kit for Acid and other chemicals Proper ventilation First Aid boxes

2. Transportation

Fire,Accident,leakage

Burns,seriousinjury

H Firefighting facility Training to Driver MSDS (Material Safety

Data Sheet) TREM Card (Transport

Emergency Card) First Aid Box

7.2.2.4 Hazard & associated Risk of Molasses storage tankMolasses can ferment if excessive moisture contamination is allowed. Fermentation canyield carbon dioxide with possible traces of ethanol or volatile fatty acids (e.g. acetic,propionic, lactic, or butyric) and if exposed to a spark or flame may result in an explosion.Fermentation may also occur in dilute surface layers formed by condensation from theheadspace above the liquid.



Table 7.8: Impact matrix of storage of molassesS. No. Activity Associated

HazardsHealthImpact

RiskRating

Proposed mitigationand control measures

1. Storageand

Handling

Explosion May causeslight

Irritation May cause

irritation

H Proper ventilationshall be provided

Inspection and regularmonitoring of storagearea

Training to Workersfor proper handling

PPEs shall be providedas Nose mask, Handgloves.

Provision of levelindicators for storageTanks

If causes eye irritationwash area with soap,flood eye with waterand water

Table 7.9: Storage Tanks details

1. Spent WashStorage Tank

6000.00 m3

(Storage for 7 Days as per CPCB)(Lined Lagoon)

2. Bagasse Fuel yard 2500.00 m2

3. Ash Ash Yard 5.351 AcreSource: Detailed Project Report

S.No Location Description No. ofTank

GrossCapacity ofeach tank

Size

Dia*Height

1


AA Daily receive fromC-Molasses 3 165 KL 5.7 x 6.5

2


AA bulk storage tankfrom C-molasses 2 1800 KL 12.7 x 14.25


AA issue tank fromC- Molasses 1 165 KL 5.7 x 6.5

4 Absolute Alcohol AA daily receive from 3 165 KL 5.7 x 6.5



7.2.2.5 Risk associated with alcohol storage and its mitigation measuresImpact matrix of risk associated with storage and transportation of alcohol along withcontrol and mitigation measures are given in Table 7.10.

Storage Tank( ReceiverSection)

B-heavy molasses

5


AA bulk storage tankfrom B-heavy molasses 2 1800 KL 12.7 x 14.25


AA issue tank fromB-heavy Molasses 1 165 KL 5.7 x 6.5

7 Alcohol StorageSection ENA daily receiver 3 100 KL 4.5 x 6.5

8 Alcohol StorageSection TA daily receiver 3 5 KL 1.85 x 1.875

9 Alcohol StorageSection FO Tank 2 10 KL 2.6 x 2.0

10 Alcohol StorageSection ENA bulk storage tank 1 1800 KL 12.7 x 14.25

11 Alcohol StorageSection TA bulk storage tank 1 150 KL 5.7 x6.5

12 Alcohol StorageSection ENA issue tank 1 100 KL 4.5 x 6.5






Denatured chemical ATank 1 50 KL 3.6 x 5.0


Denatured chemical BTank 1 50 KL 3.6 x 5.0

17 Molasses storage tank for “C” Molasses” 1 100000 qtls. 31 x 9.6118 Molasses storage tank for “B” Molasses” 2 100000 qtls. 31 x 9.6119 Spent Wash Lagoon Capacity 1 6000 KL 7 days storage



Table 7.10: Impact matrix of risk associated Alcohol storageS.No Activity Associated

HazardsHealth Impact Risk Rating Proposed Control mitigation

measures1. Storage

ofAlcohol

Exposure,inhalation,ingestion &

Fire

Exposure to over1000 ppm may causeheadache, drowsinessand lassitude, loss ofappetite, andInability toconcentrate.

Throat Irritation Ingestion causes

depression of centralnervous system,nausea, vomiting,and diarrhea Liquidor vapor may causeeye and skinirritation

Burn injury

H Storage

Storage shall be away from process areawith well- ventilation. Avoid all possiblesources of ignition like spark or flame.

Use spark/flame proof hand tools Electrical wiring shall be flame proof

type Based on the leakage quantity, wiped out

with or dilute by spraying the water tosuppress the vapors Control measures incase of over exposure

If victim is conscious and able toswallow, then give water or milk todrink to dilute the contents in thestomach

Look out for medical help Skin or Eyeexposure

Immediately flush affected area withplenty of water. Eyes should be flushedfor at least 15 minutes with water PPEsshall be provided to avoid exposure



7.2.2.5.1 Risk associated with work area of distillationTable 7.11: Impact matrix of risk associated distillation area

S.No Activity Associated

Hazards

HealthImpact

RiskRating

Proposed Control andmitigation measures

Workingnear

distillationcolumn

Heat & Fire Physicalinjury &burning

H PPEs Firefighting facility First aid box Periodic checking of all

parts

7.3 Safety Measures Recommendation7.3.1 Storage and material handling area

Proper ventilation shall be provided Area shall be marked as “No smoking Zone” Use of proper PPEs Pressure relief valves shall be provided Provision of Safety valves and rupture disk Provision of fire hydrant system along with other portable fire extinguishers Adequate distance between the storage Tanks Provision of dyke wall to the Tanks Proper earthling to the Tanks

7.3.2 Reactor Safety Provision shall be made for temperature & pressure indicators Heating & cooling Jacket shall be provided to maintain the temperature Pressure switch with hooter shall be provided Pressure safety valve shall be provided Double earthing shall be provided

7.3.3 DG Sets Acoustic enclosures to be provided Entry near the unit shall be restricted Qualified and highly trained engineers shall be appointed



7.3.4 Boiler Work permit system shall be evolved and shall be followed during maintenance work Proper ventilation shall be maintained Entry shall be allowed only after proper checking of gases, if any Worker should be trained properly Working should be under supervision of qualified and trained personnel

7.3.5 Storage and Handling of Alcohol Keeping away from oxidizers, heat and flames. Avoidance of plastics, rubber and coatings in the storage area. Cool, dry, and ventilated storage and closed containers. Leakage should be washed out and diluted. Regular monitoring and maintenance to avoid leakages. If major leakage in tanks can be mitigated by transferring the material to other tank. Transfer the material to other tank. Grounding of the container and transferring of equipment to eliminate static electric

sparks. In case of any emergency following measures would be taken: First Aid Measures Use of extinguishing media surrounding the fire as water, dry chemicals (BC or ABC

powder), sand, dolomite, etc. Foam system for firefighting shall be provided to control fire from the alcohol

storage tank. The foam thus produced shall suppress fire by separating the fuel fromthe air (oxygen), and hence avoiding the fire and explosion to occur in the tank.Foam would blanket the fuel surface smothering the fire. The fuel shall also becooled by the water content of the foam. The foam blanket suppresses the release offlammable vapors that can mix with the air.

Special Fire Fighting Procedures; Keeping the fire upwind. Shutting down of allpossible sources of ignition, keeping of run-off water out of sewers and watersources. Avoidance of water in straight hose stream which shall scatter and spreadfire. Use of spray or fog nozzles shall be promoted, cool containers shall be exposedto flames with water from the side until well after the fire is out.

7.3.6 Molasses storage Store in good quality ventilated and leak-proof tanks (mild steel, stainless steel,

polyethylene, PVC) at ambient temperatures, out of moisture. Continuous mixing of molasses should be done.



If there is increase in temperature beyond 300 0C external cooling of tanks shouldbe provided. A temperature recorder should be provided to the tanks.

Avoid microbiological contamination or dilution with water. Regular monitoring and maintenance to avoid leakages.

7.3.7 Building & workspace

Adequate space shall be provided for equipment repair or removal Equipment maintenance shops shall be set up with appropriate safety provisions for

hazards associated with maintenance activities. Lightning protection shall be provided.

7.3.8 Electric items Medium and high voltage cables shall be completely enclosed Electrical equipment shall be grounded adequately Wiring shall be properly insulated, grounded, and non-exposed Emergency shutoff switch, clearly labelled, at all machinery units shall be provided DG set shall be provided as stand by source of power Maintenance tools with insulated handles shall be provided

7.3.9 Fire The fire protection system is to provide for early detection, alarm, containment and

suppression of fires. The complete fire protection system shall comprise of thefollowing. Fire hydrant network shall be provided for firefighting in the entireproject area along with following firefighting equipment shall be provided

Different type of Fire Extinguishers, Detectors and fire Alarm shall be provided Fire hydrant system Fire Tender with chemicals foam and required arrangement for firefighting to

control the fire from the alcohol storage Foam system shall be contain aqueous film forming compound of 3 to 6% alcohol

resistance foam concentrated with ISI mark 4889 Water storage Tank exclusively for firefighting operation Rubber mat shall be used near panel area. Periodical training to the identified supervisors and Employees in the field of

Firefighting and safety Emergency exits at specific locations and shall be marked on the layout Cautionary note, safety posters, stickers shall be displayed at appropriate locations



First Aid boxes shall be made available at appropriate locations Emergency Control Center Provision shall be made to establish an Emergency

Control Centre (ECC) from which emergency operations are directed andcoordinated. This center is activated as soon as on–site emergency is declared. ECCis equipped with adequate communication systems in the form of telephones(Emergency telephone numbers.) and other equipment’s to allow unhamperedorganizations and other nearby facility personnel.

7.3.10 Occupational health hazard and safety measuresDuring operation handling of chemicals and other material used, a practice of preventivemaintenance shall be adopted to take care of employee’s health. The various safetyequipment such as breathing apparatus, gum boots, goggles and helmets shall be providedto the workers/operators.Besides, all the first aid, firefighting devices shall also be inspected, tested and maintainedperiodically so that it is available in ready to use condition. Provision of pre- medical andperiodical health check-up for all the employees shall be implemented and recordmaintained. If any abnormality is noticed due to occupational exposure, necessarytreatment shall be assured from qualified physician. Following measures shall beimplemented to avoid the occupational hazards to the employees: Regular housekeeping of the entire plant area Regular or preventive maintenance of floor, platforms, staircases and passages to

avoid the slip incident Provision of obstruction free walkways and workplace Periodical training to the employees for the proper operation of the Plant and various

processes Restricted entry into the plant premises Checking and calibration of all Instruments and Fire Devices to keep them in proper

operating conditions Installation of Electrical devises as per the prescribed standards Provision of D.G. Sets to avoid the complication during power failure Provision of required fire Extinguishers at different locations for easy access Provision of lighting Arrester Various types of PPEs like breathing apparatus, ear muffs, earplug, masks, leather

hand, gloves; asbestos hand gloves; acid/alkali proof rubber hand gloves; electricalresistance hand gloves and gum boots, goggles and helmets shall be made available

Provision of First aid Boxes and periodical checking for required medicine and othermaterial to take care of superficial bodily injuries during work



7.4 Disaster Management Plan (DMP)

A disaster is an unforeseen combination of circumstances that causes serious bodyinjuries, loss of life or extensive damage to the plant, Machineries or to the environment.Following uncontrollable situation may lead to disaster or plant emergency:

7.4.1 Manmade Plant failure Rupture or damage of the line, vessel or Tank Excessive leakage of flammable material

7.4.2 Natural Cyclone Earthquake Flood Fire Terrorist attack

Disaster management plan is a written document where all the details regarding the causesdisaster are noted along with required control measures. It also gives details about theresponsible personnel shall be available on site during emergency and their role to controlthe disaster to a minimum level or from spreading the outside to protect the plant andmachinery including employees and nearby areas. The DMP to tackle the emergency canbe divided into the two parts for the ease of operation and to effectively control theemergencies within shortest possible time.


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 255Figure 7.2. Disaster Management Continuum

HOLISTICAND

CONTINUESPROCESS

FUNDAMENTAL OFPROMPT

&EFFECTIVERESPONSE

Disaster Management ContinuumPROACTIVE STRATEGY

DasasterImpact

Recovery

Response

Development

Preparedness

Mitigation

Recovery



7.4.3 Onsite Emergency PlanIf an accident / incident takes place and its effects are confined to the only, then it is termedas an onsite emergency. It involves employees and other infrastructure within theorganization. In this plan, the company officers and employees are given pre-decidedresponsibilities to handle the emergency. All other required resources to tackle this type ofemergency are available. The individual employee or designated persons shall be heldresponsible to take or initiate appropriate action as and when required. All the employees /responsible persons required to take or initiate the action at the time of emergency aretrained appropriately so that they can perform their task without any difficulty. To make thehandling of emergencies absolutely perfect, mock drills need to be conducted periodicallyfor a particular scenario. During mock drills, particular scenario is simulated to understandthe gravity and requirements of action. During the mock drills, all the important points orhappenings are noted and discussed to find out the lacunae or for the further improvementin the written plan.

7.4.4 Offsite Emergency PlanIf the accident or incident occurred in the premises, man shall need help from outsidesources because of magnitude of emergency then it termed as Offsite Emergency. Thisoffsite emergency cannot be controlled only by using the internal resources and need timelyhelp from the outside companies or from the government authorities to tackle such type ofemergencies to avoid the loss of property, human health or environment in and around thepremises. An offsite emergency management plan involves government bodies as well asnearby industries for necessary help and to control the emergency.

7.4.5 Objectives of disaster management To control the incident or accidents from the happening To eliminate the emergencies if possible Prepare for the emergency handling To see whether required activities are performed in right order by the individuals or not To find out the required changes for coordinated activities To reduce the time of activities to control the emergencies To minimize the effects of the incident on person, property and environment Continuous improvement

7.4.6 Onsite Emergency Preparedness Plan Main elements of on-site Emergency Preparedness Plans are: Leadership and emergency management cell



Defined role and responsibilities of the key personnel Emergency actions to be executed by the Members of the Committee Protective and rescue equipment Medical care Unit Training and periodic review Periodical Mock drills, its monitoring and analysis to find out the short coming for the

improvement List of available firefighting equipment, its maintenance and records Training to the committee members and feedback on requirements if any Line of command Requirement of Siren and alarm system Written document List of available resources with the Company List of resources available from outside during the emergency Important phone numbers of authorities

7.4.6.1 Disaster Management CellDisaster Management Cell (DMC) consisting of authorized head that shall be responsible forthe handling of emergency situations. All the details of team members shall be available atthe site; their contact details shall be displayed in the plant and shall be informed to otheremployees. DMC shall make the employees to understand and aware about the hazards andassociated risks that may give rise to an emergency situation at the plant. DMC shall trainand inform the employees regarding their role and responsibilities during emergency anddos and don’ts. Following team of personnel shall be required to fulfill their responsibilitiesto tackle the emergency.

7.4.6.2 Key PersonnelThe actions necessary in an emergency shall clearly depend upon the prevailingcircumstances.Nevertheless, it is imperative that the required actions are initiated and directed bynominated people, each having specified responsibilities as part of coordinate plan. Suchnominated personnel are known as Key Personnel.1. The Key Personnel are:2. Chief Controller3. Deputy Chief Controller4. Chief Co-Ordinator5. Site Controller



6. Liaison Officer7. Medical and Welfare Team8. Rescue and Evacuation Team9. Engineering Team10. Fire Fighting Team11. Safety Committee

Chief Controller On getting information about an Emergency he proceeds to the Emergency Control

Center and takes overall charge of all the activities for the dealing with the Emergency. He remains in the emergency Control Center till the Emergency is called off so that all

the concerned are aware of the location of availability during Emergency. He communicates and co-ordinates amongst Site – Controller, Chief Coordinator &

Deputy Chief Controller along with various team leaders. He is the final authority for all matters related with management of emergency such as

firefighting, emergency control, rescue operations, calling outside agencies forassistance, welfare, evacuation, transportation, rehabilitation, liaison, public relation.

Managing Director shall be the Chief Controller.

Deputy Chief Controller During emergency he rushes to the actual site and updates chief controller at emergency

controller centres for any support activity needs of the teams. He assists the Chief Controller. He assumes the duties of Chief Controller in his absence. He regulates entry and exit of personnel for controlling the fire Emergency. Restricts the entry of any person other than authorized by the chief controller. Takes command of fire team and directs the firefighting operations during absence of

Site Controller

HOD- Logistics shall be the Deputy Chief ControllerChief Co-Ordinator During emergency he rush to the Emergency control center and facilitate the

communication and coordination of all the teams for their activities. Evacuates the Safety and Health Hazards. Co-ordinates the transport services, arrange for temporary shelter in consultation with

the site controller and Liaison officer. Calls the local fire brigade in consultation with chief controller.



Calls / Communicate to Local Police station in case of necessity, in consultation withthe chief controller.

He is responsible for providing transport facilities for removal of casualties at themedical aid point and also for their eventual removal to the nearby hospital if required.

He also provides transport for evacuation of personnel in case they need to beevacuated.

He keeps the detailed records of incidence & progress of operations to fight theemergency.

Arrange for additional security personnel as per the requirement. Makes available extra security personnel for maintaining the law and order. In case of power failure / Telephone service disruption he arranges for messengers for

the purpose of communications. Create and facilitate infrastructure for rescue, evacuation and medical aid.

HOD-Manufacturing shall be a Site ControllerLiaison Officer Maintains liaison with the press, Government agencies and neighboring companies

regarding the emergency under the instructions from Chief Controller / ChiefCoordinator as appropriate.

Discloses all the necessary information in the plant so as to avoid rumors and confusion. He takes responsibility of law and order and keeps liaison with police and fire brigade. He collects and disseminates information’s as per requirements of all concerned. He also co-ordinates the activity of medical – officer. He assumes complete

responsibility of providing medical assistance and arranges for the treatment during theemergency.

He provides and arranges for ambulance services and medical facilities from outsideagencies and hospitals, if so required.

Mngr. – HR shall be the Liaison Officer.Medical and Welfare Team This team is responsible for providing First Aid and the canteen facilities such as tea and

biscuits to the injured as and when required. The leader on receiving the information reports to the Chief Controller / Deputy Chief

Controller with team head count and shall mobilize his team and rushes to the site of theemergency.



Some of the team members accompany the injured to the Temporary medical aid pointor local / ESIS Hospital as the case may be.

First aiders under the instructions from Welfare team in-charge attend the injuredperson brought to the medical aid point. If the number of injured persons is high, teamdoes not move out of medical – aid point till the emergency is under control. They shallkeep continuous communication with Deputy Chief Controller/ Chief coordinator anddirect the injured to the hospitals.

In case where hospital treatment is required, the leader arranges for the transportthrough chief coordinator and informs the hospital in advance so that they are preparedfor the emergency.

The welfare team maintains the list of names of all the personnel for whom thetreatment has been given and others who have been directed to the local/ ESIS hospital /other hospitals.

Other officers form the state Government of Local authorities should be courteouslyconducted to the reception room and the liaison officer informed, so that they can betaken care off.

Mngr. – HR shall be the Team Leader.Rescue and Evacuation Team This team works under the instruction of Chief Coordinator. This team directly fights the emergency and rescues the people under the instruction

from site controller at site. On hearing the emergency the group leader establishes communication with Chief

Controller / Chief coordinator and starts handling emergency directly. He takes the help of security team to cordon off the area. He ensures that emergency does not escalate, but it is contained within the spot of

occurrence. The leader mobilizes his team and establishes contact with the liaison officer regarding

manpower accounting and starts the search operations, if required. The leader ensures that he and his team members wear the necessary personnel

protective equipment while searching for missing personnel’s. He is also responsible for head counts at the assembly points and reports to Chief

controller. On hearing the siren the team leader ensures that the main gate is closed and the

movement restricted. The team leader arranges to provide security coverage at the main gate, site of

occurrence also at the reception office.



The team effectively cordons off the emergency area and prevents unauthorized peopleentering the scene.

Fire Engines or Ambulance requisitioned by the site Controller / Liaison officer is to bepermitted inside the plant.

HOD - Stores & the ETP shift in-charge on duty shall be the Team LeaderEngineering Team Works under the instruction from site controller. Team ensures that the remaining part of plant is safe. Isolates the fire to spread out. Carries out Firefighting, Spillage control & other required actions that may became

necessary during the emergency. Ensures use of Fire Hydrant, Fire Extinguishers & other Fire Fighting Equipment’s till

the emergency is over. Ensure the Proper use of Fire Hydrant, FE, mobile foam unit, water monitors, spillage

kits, Fire blankets etc. Use of Necessary tools required to tackle the emergency situations. He ensures that emergency does not escalate, but it is contained within the spot of

occurrence.

Team Leader; Engg Shift In-charge shall be the Team LeaderFire Fighting Team Works under the instruction from site controller. Team ensures that the remaining part of plant is safe. Isolates the emergency area in co-ordination with site controller. Carries out civil/all engineering work that may became necessary during the emergency. Ensures that supply of water till the emergency is over. He ensures that emergency does not escalate, but it is contained within the spot of

occurrence. Carries out mechanical / electrical / electronic shut down procedures, if required. Mobilizes necessary tools and tackles to handle any repair work on emergency basis.



Safety CommitteeThe Safety Committee shall be responsible for the following: Promote safety training, education, and communication from time to time. Provide safe work environment Create and enforce company policies relating to all safety issues Strive for the elimination of all incidents in the workplace Plan & conduct mock drills for identified risks as per procedures. Carry out root cause analysis of observations made during mock drills & prepare CAPA

with the individual M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery team leaders & ensure timelycompletion.

Guide & control the working of M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery teams. Take up specific time bound objectives pertaining to current issues for the site. Investigate safety issues at the site and offer guidelines to the management & all M/s

Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery teams working under it Conduct monthly departmental safety rounds, report findings & actions required to

HOD under copy to MR / Asst. MR highlighting the issues concerned. Arrange meeting of M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery teams once in every quarter,

to discuss any issues pertaining to safety at site. The minutes of the meeting shall berecorded and produced to the MR / Asst. MR on demand.

Ensuring proper follow up of safety instructions for material handling equipment’s Ensuring usage of PPEs Outsourced activities (if any) related to safety to be controlled by team Control of contractor work (entry permit, work permit, height job permit, etc.)

All EmployeesOn hearing alarm/ sirenIn emergency, key persons shall report to MCC (Main Control Centre). Supervisor/operators at affected area shall stop operation, keep in readiness for evacuation if necessaryand wait for further instructions. Security shall guide contract workmen and visitors toassemble at the assembly point.

Emergency Control CentreThe Emergency Control Centre shall be the focal point in case of an emergency from wherethe operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. It shall control siteactivities.Emergency management measures in this case have been proposed to be carried from singlecontrol Centre designated as Main Control Centre (MCC).



MCC is the place from which messages to outside agencies shall be sent and mutual aids andother helps for the management of emergency shall be arranged. It shall be located in thesafe area. It shall be equipped with every facility for external and internal communication,with relevant data; personal protective equipment’s to assist hose manning the center toenable them to co-ordinate emergency control activities. Centre Control shall be attendedby SC. Following facilities would be available in the MCC:P &T phones, mobile phones, intercoms, and wireless Fax and telex Emergency manuals Blown up area maps Internal telephone directories District telephone directories Emergency lights Wind direction and speed indicator Requisite sets of personal protective equipment such as gloves, gumboots and aprons

MCC shall be furnished with call out list of key persons, fire, safety, first aid, medical,security, police and district administrative authorities. MCC shall also contain safety datapertaining to all hazardous materials likely to cause emergency and well-definedprocedures of firefighting, rescue operations, first aid etc.

Assembly PointIn an emergency, it shall certainly be necessary to evacuate personnel from affected areasand as precautionary measure, to further evacuate non-essential workers, in the firstinstance, from areas likely to be affected, should the emergency escalate. The evacuationshall be effected on getting necessary message from i.e. on evacuation; employees would bedirected to a predetermined safe place called Assembly Point, where all non-key personnelwould assemble on getting direction over Public-Address System. Outdoor assembly points,predetermined and pre-marked, shall also be provided to accommodate evacuees fromaffected plant area(s). Roll call of personnel collected at these assembly points, indoor andoutdoor shall be carried out by roll call crew of safety team to account for any missingperson(s) and to initiate search and rescue operations if necessary.

Declaration of EmergencyAn emergency may arise in the terminal due to major outbreak of fire/explosion. In case ofmajor outbreak of fire the state of emergency has to be declared by the concerned bysounding Emergency Siren. Upon manual or sensor detection of a major loss of containmentof volatile hazardous substance, the DMP is activated by raising an audible and visual alarmthrough a network of geographically dispersed gas/ vapor and heat detectors and also "break



glass" type fire alarm call points with telephone handsets to inform the Central ControlRoom.A separate siren audible to a distance of 5 km range shall be available for this purpose. Thealarm is coded such that the nature of emergency can be distinguished as a leakage or majorfire.The Control Centre and Assembly point shall be located at an area of the minimum risk orvulnerability in the premises concerned, taking into account the wind direction, areas whichmight be affected by fire/explosion, leakage etc. After cessation of emergency, DeputyChief Controller shall communicate to Chief Controller. After verification of status, ChiefController shall communicate with Site Controller and then announce the "All Clear" byinstructing the Time Office to sound the "All Clear Signal".Alarms would be followed by an announcement over Public Address System (PAS). In caseof failure of alarm system, communication would be by telephone operator who shall makeannouncement in the complex through PAS. Walkie-talkie system is very useful forcommunication during emergency with predetermined codes of communication. Ifeverything fails, a messenger could be used for sending the information.Up to 5 km, range variable pitch electric sirens (one in service and the other standby) shallgenerate the main alarm for the entire site as well as for the district fire brigade. The alarmis coded such that the nature of emergency can be distinguished as a leakage or major fire.Fire and Gas alarm matrices are provided at the Central Control room, security gate, on-sitefire station and main administrative office corridor to indicate location of the site ofemergency and its nature.Fire Fighting SystemThe fire protection system for the unit is to provide for early detection, alarm, containmentand suppression of fires. The fire detection and protection system has been planned to meetthe above objective an all–statutory and insurance requirement of Tariff AdvisoryCommittee (TAC) of India.The complete fire protection system shall comprise of the following.Fire brigadeAutomatic/ manual fire detection & alarm systemFire HydrantFire hydrant shall be provided at all around in the plant as per TAC Norms.Portable fire extinguishersVarious areas of the plant shall have one or more of the above system depending upon theparticular nature of risk involved in that area.Portable Chemical Fire ExtinguishersThese are intended as a first line of defense, and hence shall be stationed at strategiclocations in different buildings and also for outdoor facilities. Portable fire extinguishersshall be foam type; carbon dioxide type and multipurpose dry chemical (MPDC) type.



Fire Detection and Alarm SystemFire detection and alarm system an effective means of detection, visual indication of firelocation and audible alarm of any fire at its incipient stage. This system shall comprise firealarm panels, automatic fire detectors, manual call points and fire siren (hooter). The mainfire alarm panel shall provide both visual and audible alarm of fire in any protected areas ofthe plant.Manual break glass type fire alarms shall be provided at strategic locations where highhazards exits. Automatic fire detectors shall be provided for fuel handling areas and in plantareas such as control rooms, switchgear rooms, cable galleries etc.

First AidA first aid center with adequate facilities shall be provided. It shall be maintained round theclock by a compounder cum dresser and a doctor. An Ambulance shall also be provided atsite to carry affected people to hospital.

7.4.6.3 Requirement of Equipment and Materials Based on actual assessment of emergency, there can be requirement of Extra First Aid

personnel to deal with casualties and need to be provided from outside All types of PPEs Emergency engineering works, provision of extra or replacement of light, isolation of

equipment, temporary by pass electrical lines etc. Assembly point, emergency control center, sign boards Moving Tankers or other vehicles from area of risk Fire protection and firefighting facilities Emergency lighting and standby power Emergency equipment and rescue equipment Material safety data sheets for hazardous chemicals Plan showing hazardous material storage area List of emergency equipment List of safety equipment List of important telephone numbers and addresses Nearest hospitals and ambulance service center Nearest fire station Govt. Officials Transport provider Names and address & contact telephone number of key personnel



The onsite emergency plan shall be documented and circulated to all concerned forknowledge, study, to understand and easy follow up. The emergency plan shall berehearsed and practiced at regular intervals i.e. Mock drills shall be conducted at suitableinterval to test efficiency of plan, personnel, equipment and coordinated efforts toincrease confidence level of personnel during emergencies.

7.4.6.4 Training Training on fire fighting Training on spill control Training on toxic release control Training on good housekeeping Training on use of PPEs

7.4.6.5 Communication Following means of communication shall be been made available, Telephones Walkie-talkies Mobiles Public announcement system Emergency Siren

7.5.7 Offsite Emergency PlanIn case the hazard spreads out-side the premises Chief Controller of DMC shallcommunicate to the District Magistrate, commissioner of the Police and inform the situationas Off-Site Emergency.Type of emergency facilities/actions required from outside bodies are, Firefighting facilities required: Factory shall have its own firefighting facilities but during

emergency, fire brigade may be called from nearby areas or other establishments Police help shall be required during emergency for control of people, traffic and

security arrangements Medical help required: seriously injured personnel may be referred to theHospital/Primary Health Centre depending upon injuries

7.5.8 Information to authorities Emergency situations shall be informed to the local Panchayat official regarding the likely

hazards from the industry and the steps to be taken when there is an Off-Site



Emergency. It is preferable that the Local Panchayat Officials are also trained on simpleprotective methods through demonstrations and practice

District Magistrate, Commissioner of the Police and District Control Room if exists.

7.5.9 General Natural Disaster Management Measures As Project site is located at (Khasra no. 265, 264, 272, 267, 274, 266, 269, 270, 271,

273, 273, 276, 277, 278, 278, 279,01,02,03), village Rudrapur Gularia, Block -Bijua,Tehsil- Gola, District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P. 262901, Seismic zone for the proposedproject site comes under zone IV.

Factory Management shall train their staff to manage emergencies arises from fire, flood,lightning and leakages.

As soon as the emergency warning receives from District Disaster ManagementAuthority, the raw material as well as finished products shall be kept to a minimum toavoid spillage or misuse

All the material and products shall be stored properly to avoid the damage or mixingwith other

All the employees shall have the list of important phone numbers and contact details tohelp in getting the required help in time. These numbers shall be displayed at distinctlocation within Factory premises.

Company’s designated person from Team A shall be main contact person for all theemployees for any type required help from outside

District level disaster management units Health & Family Welfare Medical Nearest Fire station Nearest Doctors & Ambulance Forest & Environment department Police Station Village heads & Panchayat Company’s Emergency Management Cell Members Transport Electricity PWD Substation details from where Company takes power Civil Supplies Animal Husbandry



Agriculture

7.6 ConclusionProject proponent shall implement all preventive measures to tackle all type of emergenciesarising out of operation or malfunction of individual unit’s. The required resources forOnsite and Offsite emergency management plan shall be properly planned and provided toimplement the plan effectively. The factory shall give highest priority towards Health andsafety of the employees and people residing nearby areas. Management shall conduct thetraining to the nearby villagers to appraise them about their role during emergency. Allnearby people shall be given training on do’s and don’ts during emergency situation.Distillery Industry (Ethanol Plant) is associated with potential hazards to the employee andenvironment. As the hazards involved during operation and production activities shall beknown to the Management, all required mitigation measures shall be implemented in timeto avoid the emergency situation from the arising. Unfortunately, if there is any emergencyonsite of offsite, it shall be tackled effectively due to availability of required resources at thesite. Similarly, all the concern staff and members of the Teams shall be trained appropriatelyto tackle the emergencies in the plant. By knowing the type of emergency situation that mayarise during operation of the plant, appropriate control measures shall be implemented toreduce the gravity of the emergencies.Similarly, to avoid the emergency situation, all required mitigation measures shall beimplemented as recommended.



CHAPTER –VIIIENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 IntroductionEnvironment Management Plan (EMP) is a system to address potential adverse impacts, toinstruct project proponent to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for allproject activities. EMP is a site specific document for the project, to ensure that the projectshall be implemented in an environmentally sustainable manner and where all concernedpersons of the industry as well as contractors, understand the potential environmental risksarising from the proposed project to implement appropriate actions so that risk can bemanaged properly. Detail description pertaining to identification of pollution sources, itsassessment and related impact along with mitigation measures are given in Chapter IV.In this chapter all the required details of Environment Management Plan and itsimplementation is given for identified impacts. Similarly, various systems and their functionsare also given.

8.2 Purpose of Environmental Management PlanVarious purposes of the environmental management plan are:To treat and dispose off all the pollutants viz. air, liquid, gaseous and solid waste so as tomeet statutory requirements (Relevant Pollution Control Acts) with appropriatetechnology. It shall help to reduce the adverse effect on human being as well as onenvironment due to the proposed activity. To support and implement work to achieve environmental standards and to improve the

methods of environmental management. To promote green-belt development. To encourage good working conditions for employees. To reduce fire and accident hazards. Budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management system. To adopt cleaner production technology and waste minimization program.

This Chapter provides mitigation and control measures to attenuate and/oreliminate environmental impacts, which are likely to be caused by theproposed project.An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been developed to mitigatethe potential impacts and to strengthen the beneficial impacts during theconstruction and operation phase.



8.3 Details of Environment Management Plan Proposed8.3.1 During Construction PhaseEnvironmental pollution is inevitable during the construction phase. The project proponentshould take appropriate steps to control pollution during construction phase. The followingare the factors requiring control during construction phase.

8.3.1.1 Air Environment Management PlanConstruction phase shall be for a short period and hence the impacts shall also be for a shortand temporary period. During construction activities, mainly emission of dust and gasesfrom movement of vehicles and construction activity is expected. However, followingmeasures shall be taken to reduce/contain such emissions: Preparation of paved internal movement roads shall be taken up at the initial stage of

civil construction work. Water shall be sprinkled on loose top soil to prevent re-suspension of dust into ambient

air due to movement of vehicles etc. Separate civil construction material storage yard shall be created within the site and it

shall be enclosed. Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity shall also be explored. Transport vehicles and construction equipments/machineries shall be properly

maintained to reduce air emissions. Vehicles and equipments shall be periodically checked for pollutant emissions against

stipulated norms. Idle running of vehicles shall be minimized during material loading/unloading

operations. All construction workers shall be provided appropriate PPEs like dust mask, ear plug,

helmet, safety belt etc. and made to wear them during working hours.

8.3.1.2 Water EnvironmentProper and sufficient sanitary facilities shall be provided to construction workers to maintainall hygienic conditions at site. Furthermore, new sanitary facilities shall be develop onconstruction site. Water drains compatible with the local hydrological pattern of the areawhich shall be provided to carry-off, any run-off or storm water from the premises. Careshall be taken during construction work and shall not create any obstruction / dips in thetopography which can lead to accumulation of water within premises leading to undesirableconsequences like health and hygiene problems etc.



8.3.1.3 Solid Waste GenerationMain solid waste generation during construction phase shall be construction and demolitiondebris likerubble, brick bats, steel scrap, wooden scrap, sand, gravel etc. However, thesematerials are inert in nature and shall not result into leaching of any substance orconstituent.These materials shall be properly sorted and shall be used within premises for filling of lowlying areas. Wooden scrap, steel scrap shall be given to scrap dealers.On completion of civil work, all debris etc. shall be completely removed from the site toavoid any incompatibility with future use.

8.3.1.4 Noise EnvironmentFollowing measures are proposed during construction period to mitigate adverse impacts:Construction machinery and vehicles shall undergo periodic maintenance to keep them ingood working condition.All machineries to be used for construction purpose shall be of highest standard of reputedmake and compliance of noise pollution control norms by these equipments shall beemphasized by company.Feasibility of putting up acoustic enclosure / temporary barrier around areas with high noiselevels shall also be explored.All construction workers working in high noise areas shall be provided appropriate PPEs likeear muffs and made to wear them during working hours.Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity shall also be explored so asto serve as a noise barrier.

8.3.1.5 Land EnvironmentThe land environment is not expected to show any noticeable change. Existing land use inindustrial as per land use pattern, the built up areas for the establishment of new distillerywe cleared grasses and shrubs. The surrounding area may be cleared depending on the typeof land use anticipated viz Roads shall require complete clearing while open lands requirepartial cleaning. Apart from the little change in land use pattern in areas there shall not beany adverse impact on the surrounding land use during construction.Following steps are proposed to take care of impact of construction activity on project landarea: On completion of civil works, all debris etc. shall be completely removed from site

to avoid any incompatibility with future use. Other materials like paints; diesel etc. shall be properly stored and handled to

prevent any spillage on land. All the wastes shall be stored at a designated site within the premises to prevent

scattered discharge on land.



8.3.1.6 EcologyEstablishment of Distillery project construction activity shall be involve few trees cuttingexercise so, there shall be no impact on ecology is anticipated. However, 33 % green beltarea of total project area shall be developed and shall be maintained during construction andoperation both phase.

8.3.1.7 Socio-EconomicAs there shall be no temporary housing colony for construction workers, neither socio -economic impact due to the same is envisaged. Overall socio - economic effect ofconstruction phase shall be positive due to direct and indirect employment opportunity forthe local livings. Local people from nearby villages of the surroundings from the site shall beemployed for construction work to the maximum extent possible.

8.3.1.8 Storage of Hazardous MaterialsThe hazardous materials used during the construction may include petrol, Diesel, Weldinggas, Paint etc. These materials should be stored and Handled according to the guidelinesspecified under hazardous wastes Storage, Handling and transportation Rules (EPA, 1989).Some of the precaution of Storage includes the following: Dyked enclosure should be provided which should be able to contain complete contents

of the largest Tank. Diesel and other fuels should be stored in separate dyke enclosure Tanks having a Diameter of more than 4.0 m should be separated by fire walls from

other storage tanks : and The Distance between the storage tanks should be at least half their height

8.3.1.9 Migrant Laborers and Truck DriversSelf and Secure camping area should be provided for the migrant laborers during theconstruction period. Adequate arrangement should be made for water supply, Sanitationand Cooking fuel.

8.4 Environment Management Plan for Operation PhaseFactory proposes comprehensive environment management plan to combat pollution arisingfrom the project activities. Detailed EMP is described below for various environmentalparameters.



8.4.1 Air EnvironmentThe air pollutants in the plant may be classified broadly into particulate matter like dust,fumes etc. The measure to control the air pollution is shall ensure the ambient air qualitystandards as laid down by Central Pollution Control Board for rural / industrial areas.The system proposed for air pollution control shall provide acceptable environmentcondition in the working areas and abate air pollution in the surrounding area of the plant.The technological equipment and processes have been selected with the above objectives.Depending on quality of emission from different sources, suitable air pollution controlsystem shall be provided. The chimney height shall be 72.0 m as per CPCB norms to ensureground level concentration of different pollutants within permissible limit.Dust collection equipment such as ESP etc. shall be adopted to remove particulate matterfrom gas streams. The pollutant itself shall be collected through suction hoods, ducts etc.Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact of operationphase of the project on the surrounding air environment:Action Plan to control air pollution: To the control the Air emissions, high efficiency ESP shall be installed to reduce the

Particulate emission from the stack. ESP limits the particulate emission from the stackwithin the permissible limit 150 mg/Nm3.

Height of the stack shall be as per statutory requirement. The stack shall have stackmonitoring facility (SMF) consisting of sampling port-hole, platform and access ladder.

Adequate spares of critical components of dust collection systems shall be kept to ensuretrouble - free operations and continuous compliance to emission norms.

A comprehensive plan for fugitive emission control based on CPCB guidelines shall befollowed.

Transport vehicles shall be properly maintained to reduce air emissions. RCC platforms should be constructed near truck/tanker parking yard to reduce the

fugitive dust due to vehicular movement. Green belt development and Scientific Plantation in and around the plant and township

area especially around the possible sources of fugitive emissions to reduce dust andgaseous pollutants.

8.4.2 Action Plan to control fugitive emissionMain source of fugitive emissions is transportation of men and raw materials duringoperational phase of project. To control fugitive emissions following measures shall beadopted. The roads within the premises shall be asphalted / paved to avoid vehicular emissions. Leak-proof pipelines/ducts shall be provided in the fermentation & distillation unit. All transportation vehicles shall carry a valid PUC (Pollution under Control) Certificate.



Proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles shall be carried out. Regular sweeping of all the roads & floors shall be done. Local exhaust unit shall be provided at source of emission.Adequate greenbelt/plantation shall be developed in the project area. Greenbelt act assurface for settling of dust particle and thus shall reduce the particulate matter in air.Ambient air quality shall be regularly monitored and effective control exercised, so as tokeep emission within the limits.

Table 8.1 Air pollution Emissions Sources and Management Measures

S. No. Emission Sources Management Measures1. Raw material &

Fuel Transfer• Proper handling and transfer• Definite Loading Point• Covered transfer points

2. Vehicular emissions • Paved roads• Regular sweeping• Water sprinkling through mobiletankers

3. Leakage in pipelines • Leak-proof pipelines and inspection ofpipelines at regular intervals

CPCB/SPCB Guidelines shall be followed.

8.4.3 Noise pollution management All noise generating machineries shall be placed in enclosed area. High noise generating

sources shall be insulated. Generated noise shall be restricted to factory premised only. The workers working near noise producing machineries or noisy areas shall be provided Noise producing machinery shall have acoustic enclosures / acoustic rooms to reduce

the noise levels. Roads need to be maintained in good condition to reduce the noise as well as dust

emission due to traffic. Green belt shall be developed in and around the project site which shall help to reduce

the noise pollution.



8.4.4 Water EnvironmentDuring operation fresh water requirement shall be 980.0 m3/day.Water as a resource shall be recycled at each possible step of the process to achieve themaximum recycling and reducing the water consumption upto 6.0 KL/KL of Product, forthis latest technology and methodology shall be adopted to conserve and reuse theresources. Water conservation measures shall be taken to optimize the fresh waterrequirement. Moreover, record of water consumption for different usages shall bemaintained. Major waste water pollution is Spent Wash.HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PROPOSED WASTE WATER TREATMENT STRATEGY: Treatment of DM plant waste, cooling waste through neutralization. Waste water treatment through Multi effect evaporators then incineration system to

ensure Zero effluent industry. Installation Condensate polishing unit for condensate and other effluent. Provision of Cooling tower to avoid thermal pollution Provision of Oil separators Proper and sufficient sanitary facility shall be provided to construction workers to

maintain hygienic conditions at site. The sewage is treated in a common sewagetreatment plant. While the purified water shall be reused for the plant, the sewagesludge, which is an excellent fertilizer, shall be set out in the areas where ScientificPlantation is anticipated.

Philosophy of maximum recycling and reuse of waste water within the plant shall beadopted to minimize consumptive water requirements and to achieve “Zero effluentdischarge” from the plant.

Adequate spares for effluent collection, handling, and treatment system shall bemaintained.

Proper housekeeping shall be adopted to prevent spillages and contaminated surfacerunoff going to storm water drains.

To avoid the Contamination of Ground water with spent wash we use HDPE polytheneover concrete base of Lagoon tank having capacity 7 Days.

Table – 8.2 Water requirement for proposed distilleryFreshWater Requirement

During OperationIndustrial Use : 960.0 KLD(@6.0 KL/KL of product)

Domestic- 20 KLD



Table: 8.2 (A),Water balance for proposed distillery during molasses based operation

i) Total water input for proposed distilleryS. No Section Water required (KL)

1 Process water in fermentation 418.0

2 Raw water for fermentation 312.0

3

Raw Material in DM plant( for Boiler & RS dilution)

275.0

4 Makeup water for vaccum pump & other 96.0

5 Makeup water for cooling tower 775.0

6 Water for Molasses Dilution 125.0

7 Steam condensate for Boiler 785.0

8 Washing water Floor 10.0

9 Domestic 20.0Total 2816.0 KLD

ii) Recycling & utilizing stream for proposed distilleryS.No Section Water required (KL)

1 Lees recycle for molasses dilution 92.02 Steam condensate recycle for boiler 682.03 Condensate recycle to Cooling tower

make up538.0

5 Process condensate to process 449.06 Vacuum pump & sealing water recycle 65.07 Washing water Floor 10.0

Total recycling and Utilizing 1836.0 KLDFresh water requirement 980.0 KLD

Hence, fresh water Requirement is 980.0 m3/day. Water requirement for first run wouldbe 2816.0 m3/day. Detailed water balance along with flow diagram shown in Fig: 9.1.


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 277Fig 8.1: Water Balance



8.4.4.1 Proposed Waste Water Treatment Plant:Spent wash from the bottom of distillation column shall be concentrate in Multi effectevaporator. In MEE spent wash shall be concentrate upto 30.0 % of total spent wash. Thenconcentrate spent wash or SLOP shall be incinerated in SLOP fired boiler having capacity:60.0 TPH.Condensate from the MEE shall be further treated in Condensate polishing unit and shall berecycled in different purposes.

Fig 8.2: Spentwash Treatment Strategy

DISTILLERY UNIT: 160 KLD

MEE CONDENSATE+

OTHER EFFLUENT: LEES, BOILER,CT BLOW DOWN, FLOOR

WASHING ETC

MULTI EFFECT EVAPORATOR

CONCENTRATED SPENT WASH:(SLOP) 308 KLD

CONDENSATE POLISHING UNIT

TREATED WATER FOR 100%RECYCLING IN COOLING TOWER

MAKEUP, PROCESS etc

INCINERATOR BOILER: 60 TPH

STEAM FOR USE IN PROCESS

SPENT WASH: 800 KLD


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 279Fihure 8.3 Schematic diagram of proposed Condensate treatment unit



Table 8.3 Composition of Spent Wash

Colour Dark Brown

Odour Smell of burnt Sugar

Temperature 65 °C

pH 4.5 - 5.4

BOD, mg/l 55,000 - 65,000

COD, mg/l 1,10,000 - 1,30,000

Total Solids, mg/l 1,30,000 - 1,60,000

Volatile Solids. mg/l 60,000 - 75,000

Total Nitrogen mg/l 1000 - 1400

Total Sulphide, mg/l 300 - 1000

Chloride as cl, mg/l 6000 - 7500

Potassium as k, mg/l 10,000 - 14,000

Sodium, mg/l 150 - 2000

Sulphate, mg/l 4,000 - 8,000

Calcium, mg/l 4,500 - 6,000

Magnesium as Mg, mg/l 800 - 2700

Iron mg/l 35 - 90

Note: The above figures are based on CPCB, MOEF, Resource recycling seriesRERES/4/2001-2002.

Multi Effect EvaporatorsIndustry proposes to install evaporating plant followed by slop fired.Technical SpecificationFeed Rate - 840.0 M3/DayConcentrate Output - 308.0 M3/Day



Untreated Condensate Water (for Polishing Unit)Temperature : 55 - 60°CTDS : Less than 20mg/litT.S.S : NilpH : 4.5 – 5.0BOD : Less than 1200 mg/litCOD : less than 2500 mg/lit

The Condensate water is separately treated in Condensate polishing unit containingCondensate + Spent Lees + Blow Down + Floor Washing. After treatment of condensateand other waste water Stream having following quality within Norms:Temperature : 30 – 40 °CTDS : Less than 20 mg/litT.S.S : NilpH : 6.5 – 7.5BOD : Less than 30 mg/litCOD : less than 150 mg/lit

Treated condensate water can be used as: Makeup up cooling water in Condenser Washing of equipments Dilution of Molasses/Fermentation Liquefaction Fermentation

Salient features of Falling Film evaporation plant Continuous trouble free plant Volume of the Waste water shall be reduced by 70.0 % approx No Scaling and Contamination Continuous Process reduces Man Power requirement Specially designed TUR is Used TUR can be operated at high as well as low stream pressure. Optimum consumption of steam and Electricity Cleaning shall be required after 10 - 15 days of continuous running of the falling film Evaporation recirculation plant. So there is a saving of chemicals, Steam and Power

Consumption.



In molasses based operation after evaporation we shall get 308.0 KLD of SLOP which shallbe incinerated along with Bagasse in 60.0 TPH Slop fired Boiler. The steam generated fromthe boiler shall be utilized in process and co - power generation.

Spent Wash IncinerationIt is proposed to dispose of the concentrated spent wash by incinerating the same in a boileralong with bagasse. The steam generated in the boiler shall meet with the steamrequirements of the distillery and the evaporation plant. As the steam required by theevaporation plant is at a lower pressure of 1.5 kg/cm2, the potential for possibleCogeneration is exploited and electrical power for meeting with the distillery and theevaporation plant shall also be generated using the steam generated in the boiler. Thus aneffluent, hitherto regarded as a highly polluting, has been converted to a fuel for meeting theenergy requirements, at least partly, of the distillery complex.

Because of the presence of high alkalies (potassium and sodium) the Spent Wash ash shallexhibit a higher fouling tendency and there could be problems of ash build up in the superheaters of the boiler. With the presence of sulphates and chlorides the ash shall also causeserious corrosion problems in the super heaters and it is essential that the steam and gastemperatures at the super heater are limited to ensure that there is no corrosion of the superheater tubes. Based on the extensive analysis made on such fuels, it is thus recommended togo with the final steam temperature of 400 +5, -0 Deg.C from the boiler and ensure thatthe gas temperature entering the super heater section is limited to a value lower than 550Deg.C..

The presence of sulphur compounds and chlorates could also cause serious low temperaturecorrosion in the economizer and the air heater. To eliminate such low temperaturecorrosion in the economizer, we need to increase the feed water temperature entering theeconomizer to a value higher than the dew point temperature. As air heater shall besusceptible to corrosion it is proposed to eliminate the air heater altogether and go with asteam heated air heater to increase the under grate air temperature suitable for highmoisture fuel firing. Alternatively an air heater could be provided, if the air is heated in asteam air-preheated to a temperature of 130 Deg.C at the inlet of the air heater.

The ash generated from the combustion of the Spent Wash shall be fine and a suitable ashcollection arrangement shall be provided to limit the particulate emission from the plant toless than 150 mg/N.Cu.m of gas leaving the chimney. Considering the fineness of the ashand the high ash resistivity, it is proposed to employ a ESP as the dust collection equipmentfor the boiler. The ash generation by the combustion of the Bagasse shall be a small quantityand the proposed ESP is well suited for the collection of the bagasse ash. With the presence



of almost 47% potassium Oxide in the ash, the ash makes a very good fertilizer. At a laterdate it may even be worth putting up a bagging plant to bag the ash generated in the boilerand sell the same as fertilizer for field applications.

SLOP fired BoilerMechanical System:Steam Generator Comprising of the following

Boiler steam Drum with proven design internals Complete water cooled Furnace Evaporator Section Super Heater Section with De-Superheater (With SS liner inside) Complete Economizer System APH (air through tubes design) with complete structure, by pass arrangement with

dampers and complete and the Tubes shall be of corton steel, seamless type. Steamcoil air preheater (SCAPH) with headers, casing & supports to preheat thecombustion. The steam coil air heater is located in the FD/SA fan discharge ductingupstream of tubular air heater. Sufficient straight length is provided in the FD/SA fandischarge duct for installation of steam coil air preheater.

Sample coolers fabricated from SS 304 body and coils, for sampling steam and water Complete soot blowing system Boiler Refractory, insulation & cladding with 22 BWG aluminum sheet. The entire

furnace shall be covered with 22 BWG corrugated aluminum sheet. Piping and otherareas, at where the corrugated sheet cannot be used, plain 22 BWG aluminum sheetshall be used.

Bagasse feeding system consisting of Manual rack and pinion silo gates, 3 nos DrumExtractors, 3 nos Screw feeders, Pneumatic Distributors, Rotory air dampers, chutes etc.The designed capacity of bagasse feeders shall be of N+ 1 feeder. The bagasse Silos andcasings of bagasse feeders and screw feeders shall be fabricated by using MS Plate and shallbe completely lined with SS 1.6 mm thk liners. Drum feeder spikes and Screw feeders flightshall be fabricated by using suitable thickness SS plate. The minimum thickness for all thedrum feeder and screw feeder components shall be as per the standard engineering designpractices by considering the required factor of safety margins. Alternately drag chainfeeding system of proven design may be provided with SS 409 (1.6 mm) liner for thecomplete system. However the alternate feeder is acceptable subject to demonstration of itsproven performance.Traveling grate complete with variable frequency drive (planetary Gear Box), bottom aircompartments and tensioning mechanism.



Thermocouples shall be provided on the skid bar below the grate for monitoring grate bartemperature. Self-lubricating graphite bearings shall be provided for traveling grate. Thegrate components shall be considered for the corrosion effect of the fuel to be handled(Spent wash). Front ash discharge chute submerged into the submerged ash conveyor alongwith manually operated plate gate. Bottom ash collected from the front ash hopper, RiddlingHopper and 2nd pass furnace Hopper shall be conveyed through submerged ash conveyor andbelt conveyor and shall be terminated near boiler front row column at suitable elevation.

8.5 Solid Waste ManagementSolid waste generated would be yeast sludge and ash from the boiler. Ash generated fromthe boiler shall be utilized as manure due to high organic and potash content.

Boiler Ash Handling & Management:The ash collected shall be sent to silos where there shall be loading arrangement, closedfrom at least three sides and a roof with access only from the front side for ash removalpurpose.

All the conveyors/vehicles conveying ash within or outside the project premises shall becovered from all sides to prevent blowing of ash particles due to wind.The boiler ash shall be disposed off in such a way that secondary emissions of the ash do notoccur due to wind blowing effect. The following disposal practices shall be followed.There shall be ash storage yard. Water shall be spread periodically to keep the ash heap inwet condition so that the top layer remains wet to prevent wind blown ash.

Ash Handling SystemDistillery shall be provided, with an individual ash handling system so designed as to removeall of the collected ash in a shift of eight hours within five hours leaving three hours per shiftfor maintenance and repairs of the plant. This is considered essential owing to abrasivenature of ash. The ash handling system shall therefore be designed to handle requisitequantity of ash per unit per hour.

Table 8.4 Utilization of solid waste:

Solid WasteGenerationand itsmanagement

Particular Quantity Management Fundallocation

Ash generation 67.0 MT/Day

Ash generated shallbe utilized asmanure due to highorganic and potashcontent.

Unit hasallotted100.0 lacsforgranulationplant and ashhandling areamanagement.

Fermenter Sludge 16.0MT/DAY

Shall be used asmanure along withash.



8.6 Proposal for Rain Water Harvesting:The daily water requirements in the proposed project is about 980.0 KLD and the annulwater requirements workout to be about 352800.0 KL Annual (360 days).Artificial Recharge of Ground Water from the Village Ponds:

The industry has adopted ponds near the industrial complex in order to recharge the rainwater .These village ponds are generally filled with water only during the rainy season andduring summer they are dry. It is proposed to adopt these village ponds to take-up rechargeto ground water of the pond water which is overflowing to adjacent areas during monsoonperiod. The recharge to ground water in the pond areas via pond cleaning and desilting willresult into rise in water levels in the village tube-wells and increase the supply of water tothe lands adjacent for irrigation purposes. Thus recharge schemes in the ponds will benefitthe area.

The details of the ponds are as follows:

Type Locationof pond

GataNo.

Area inmeter sr

Depth (m)Proposed(via pond cleaningand desilting)

Totalstoragecapacity m3

PondI

NAUSAR JOGI 265 10920 2.5 27300

PondII NAUSAR JOGI 298 6640 2.5 16600

PondIII NAUSAR JOGI 297 13340 2.5 33350

PondIV

DUNDHWA127

KHA4860 2.5 12150

PondV

DUNDHWA 289 3320 2.5 8300

Total storage capacity - 97700

Pond Recharge Calculations:Now, total storage capacity of all 5 ponds from above computation is about 97700 m3.In approximation, in a year 3 filling will occurHence, 97700X3=293100 m3

Out of 293100.00 m3 we take 60% filling on safer side.So, the total will be about 175860 m3 (recharge available for@ 60% of total run offgenerated in a year.)



SO, FROM ALL 5 PONDS THE AMOUNT OF RECHARGE WATER AVAILAVBLEWILL BE –

Type Available Recharge Water/YearPond 175860m3

As per Categorization of Assessment Units by CGWA, The proposed unit is in the safe areaso we have to recharge 50% of the total withdrawal amount of water.

Total water consumption and recharge:

1 Volume of water consumption byindustry

352800 Cu.mts per annum

2 As Per categorization of assessment UnitsBy CGWA, the proposed unit is in thesafe area; so the proposed unit have toRecharge 50% of the total withdrawalamount of water.

352800 /2=176400.00 Cu.mts per annum

3 Proposed Volume of rain water to BeRecharged By Industry(Pond)

175860.00 Cu.mts per annum againstwithdrawal of 176400.00 m3 per annum

Conclusion:

A major requirement for waters that are to be used in recharge projects is that they shouldbe silt-free. Silt may be defined as the content of un-dissolved solid matter, usuallymeasured in mg/l, which settles in stagnant water having velocities not exceeding 0.1 m/hr.This definition comprises a large variety of materials such as clay particles, organic matterand fine particles of calcite. The silt content of river water depends upon the type of soils inthe area of run-off, the vegetative cover of this area, its topographic slopes, meteorologicalcharacteristics prevailing in its catchment and intensity of rainfall.

Suspended matter may clog the soil in two different ways. Near the surface, the intersticesof the soil may be filled up and a layer of mud may be deposited on the surface. On theother hand, they may penetrate deeper into the soil and accumulate there. A layer of mud isformed on the surface by particles, the settling velocity of which exceed infiltrationvelocities. Smaller suspended particles are filtered out in the uppermost layer of the soil.The filtration process is governed not only my mechanical factors, but it seems to bestrongly influenced by electro-chemical surface forces. Still finer particles, especially veryfine grains of montmorillonite clay, are carried further into the soil. Observations inspreading grounds composed of medium-grained dune sands, showed that these particles



become lodged at depths ranging from 10 to 20 m below the surface, and some of theseparticles are carried even deeper. Semipervious layers situated deep below the sand filterout even those particles and become progressively clogged.

Scraping of the surface layer is effective only in coarse-grained soils.

In soils composed mainly of sand, repeated compaction by heavy machinery may easilynullify any benefit gained from scraping.

Various chemicals and organic matter have been used to restore infiltration capacities.

These include gypsum, various organic compounds, cotton-gin trash and alfalfa (grownwhile the pond is still wet and then spaded under). The growth of a permanent grass-coverhas proved to be an effective method for maintaining infiltration capacities, but it is difficultto select a grass which grows under a given climatic and soil condition and is able towithstand alternate periods of flooding and drying.

Clogging by biological activity depends upon the mineralogical and organic composition ofthe water and basin floor and upon the grain-size and permeability of the soil. The onlyfeasible method of treatment developed so far consists in thoroughly drying the groundunder the basin. Experiences seem to indicate that short periods of operation (about onemonth), followed by drying, are more effective than prolonged periods of operation, even ifthey are followed by a prolonged and most thorough period of drying during the hotsummer.

Recommendation:

For pond artificial rain water harvesting:

We propose the proper De-silting and cleaning of ponds periodically prior to monsoon.

Methods to prevent or minimize the clogging effect by suspended matter can be classifiedinto the following broad groups which industry will have to adopt:

Periodical desilting, removing of the mud cake and scraping of the surface layer when dry.This will also kill the algal growth.

Mechanical ploughing at the base of the basin. Addition of organic matter or chemicals to the uppermost layer Cultivation of certain plant-covers, notably certain kinds of grass Reduction of high flow velocities by provision of perennial vegetation.



8.7 Greenbelt & Plantation Development ProgrammeThe company has social obligation to recreate the environmental status by providing thickcanopy cover to suppress fugitive emission and provide aesthetic beauty. Trees formimportant part of the biosphere in the eco-system. The ecological belt maintains the naturalbalance of the area.Out of the total plant area 33% (28800 sqr meter) of the total plant area shall be developedunder greenbelt / plantation and implementation plan to dense the existing density of treesplanted has been undertaken, which has been shown in table no 8.8.A greenbelt of tree plantation around the plant site shall help to arrest the particulate matterin the area and hence attenuate the pollution to a great extent.The following characteristics have been taken into consideration while selecting plantspecies for green belt development and tree plantation.I. They should be fast growing and tall trees.II. They should be perennial, evergreen& indigenous.III. They should have thick canopy cover.IV. The planting should be in appropriate alternate rows around the site to prevent lateralpollution dispersion.V. The trees should maintain regional ecological balance and conform to soil andhydrological conditions. Indigenous species should be preferred.VI. They should be resistant to SPM Pollution.VII. Heterogeneous tree species have been selected and planted considering soil and climateadaptability, flowering & growth characteristics, canopy structures & resistance to pollutionload.

8.7.1 Greenbelt and Plantation at Plant SiteDue care is being/shall be taken to ensure that a greenbelt is developed around the plantarea. Areas having low density vegetation shall be systematically and scientifically afforested.The plantation scheme broadly covers the following areas: Greenbelt formation around the plant site Afforestation of barren and non-industrial areas.Apart from the greenbelt and aesthetic plantations for fugitive emissions and noise control,all other massive plantation efforts shall be executed with the assistance and co-operation ofthe local community. The plantations of any of the above or their combinations shall bedecided in consultation with the local community and District Forest Department.



8.7.2 Details of GreenbeltThe company shall dense the greenbelt around the periphery of plant premises before startof plant. Native plant species shall be planted in consultation with local DFO.

Table 8.8: Plant Species Recommended For Reduction of Noise Level

S.No. Binomial Name CommonName Hindi Name

Approx.averageHeight

1 Acacia dealbata Link Silver Wattle 15m2 Acacia nilotica (Linn)

Wild.Indian Gum-Arabic-tree

Babul 8m3 Albiziamoluccana Mig White popinae Subabul,Vilaitibaral 15m4 Albizia odoratissima

benthBlack Siris Kala Siris 18m

5 Alstoniascholaris(linn.)R. Br.

Devil tree Chattiyan 15m6 Anonaswuamosa Linn. Custard apple Seetaphal 10m7 Anonareticulata Linn. Bullock's Heart Luvuni,nona 10m8 Azadirachta indica A.

juss.Indian Lilac Nim 20m

9 Balanites roxburghijiplanch

Desert-date Hingan 9m10 Barringtoniaacutangula

(l)GaertnIndian Oak Hijal 9-12m

11 Cassia pumila Lamk Yellow Cassia 10-12m12 Cassia siamea Lamk Iron wood tree Minjri (Beng.) 10-12m13 Casuarinaequisetifolia

Linn.Australian orWhistling pine

Janglisaru 10m14 Derris indica (Lam.)

Bennett.Pongam-OilTree,

Karanja 10m15 Eucalyptus hybrid Mysore gum 20m16 Ficusbenghalensis Linn Banyan Tree Bargad 20m17 Ficusbenjamina Linn Pakur 12m18 Ficuselastica roxb Indian Rubber

Tree12m

19 Ficusreligiosa Linn Peepal Tree Pipal 20m20 Ficusvirens Ait Pilkhan 10m21 Grevillearobusta A.

Cunn.Silvery or Silkyoak

20m22 Guazmaulmifolia Lamk Rudraki 10m23 Heterophragmaroxburghiji

DC18m

24 Kigeliaafricana Lamk Sausage tree 10m25 Lagerstroemia

speciosa(Linn)Queen crapeMyrle

Jarool 10m26 ManagiferaIndica Linn The mango tree Am 15m27 MilletiapequensisAli 10m28 Millingtoniahortensis L.F Indian cork-

tree,Buch 10m

29 MimusopshexandraRoxb.

Khirni 10m30 Morus alba Linn. Tuti Tut31 Peltophorumpterocarpum(

DC)Backer) Benth

) Benth DC)BackerDC)Backer

Copper podtree.32 Pithecellobiumducle

(Roxb.

) Benth

Manilatamarind,Madrasthorn

Vilayatimili 8m33 Prosopischilensis(Molina)

StuntzMesquite Vilayatikik kar 10m

34 Prosopis cineraria Linn Khejri 12m35 SamaneasamanJacq Rain Tree 20m

36 SapindusemarginatusVihl Soapnut 10m

37 SaracaasokaRoxb.De

Wilde

Ashok 5m38 Sesbaniagrandiflora Pers Swamp-

pea,AgathiOgosti(Ori ya) 10m



39 SesbaniaSesban(Linn)Mer rill

Common SesbanSesban Jainti 6m

40 SpathaodeacampanulataBeauv

eauv

Indian TulipTree

12m41 Spondiaspinnata(L.f) 10m

42 SyzygiumcuminiLinn Black plum Jaman 20m

43 TamarindusIndicaLinn The Tamarind

Tree

lmli 20m

44 Thespesiapopuleneoides(Roxb) Kostel Umbrella Tree Parespipal 10m

45 ThujaoccidentalisLinn. AmericanArborvitae

Arborvitae,

Arborvitae,

White cedar 15m

Table 8.9 Proposed Shrubs species

S.N Binomial Name CommonName

HindiName Height

1. Acacia catechu,Shalld The cutchtree khair 3m

2. Acacia pennata Shalld Biswal 3m

3. Bouqainvillea speetabilisShalld Bouqainvilla 8m

4. Calotropisqiqantea R.Br(Linn) Giganticswallow wort 5m

5. Calotropisprocera (R. Br.)Ait Swallowwort Akada6. Carissa spinarum Karaunda 3m7. Grewiasubnineaualisa DC Phalsa 7m8. Hamelia patens Jacq Scarlet bush 3m9. lxorachinensis 6m10. Lantana camara Linn Lantana 3m11. Lawsoniainemis Linn Henna Mehendi 5m12. Murrapaniculata Linn Marchula 5m13. Neriumindicum Mill Pink oleandar Kaner 5m

14. Poinciana pulcherrima Linn(R.Grab) Guletura 3m

15. Ricinuscommunis Linn The castor Erandi 6m16. Sesbaniaspeciosa Taub. Seemaiagathi 4m

17. TabernaemonatanadivaricataLinn Tager 4m

18. Tecoma Stans Linn 5m

19. Thevetiaperuviana (Pers)Merri

Yellowoleanner Pila Kaner 6m

20. Zizyphusrugosa Lamk Suran 5m21. Citrus aurantium Linn Limbu 5m22. Zizyphusxylopyra Shalld Goteoboro



(Oriya)23. Gardenia tasminoides Eills 5m24. Hibbicucrosa- sinensis Linn Jasud Jasum 3m25. Ixoracoccinea L Rangan 6m26. Psidiumguayava Linn. Guava tree Amrud 5m

8.7.3 Plantation along Road SidesAutomobiles are the source of pollution of gaseous and particulate pollutants. Componentof green belt on road side hence should be with both absorbers of gases as well as of dustparticles. The choice of plants for road side should include shrubs of height 1 to 1.5 meterand trees of 3-5 meter height. Medium sized trees, alternating with shrubs are ideal forsorption of particulates and gases, as the company shall be doing the in plant. The budgetaryplan is given in the table-8.10.

Table-8.10 Budgetary Outlets of Greenbelt Development for Five Years

Sr. No. YEAR No. ofplants

Budget(Rs. In Lakhs)

1. 1st Year 1000 5,00,0002. 2nd Year 800 4,00,0003. 3rd Year 500 2,50,0004. 4th Year 400 2,00,0005. 5th Year 300 1,50,000

Total 3000 15,00,000

8.8 Occupational Health and Safety MeasuresTo control and minimize the risks at workplace, BCML has implemented Health, Safety andEnvironment Policy with the following objectives:

To prevent hazards To provide safe and healthy environment to all the employees.

The company, therefore, has adopted the policy set below for the purpose of creating andmaintaining safe and healthy environment.

8.8.1 Health Safety and Environment PolicyHealth, Safety and Environmental Protection (HSE) is a part of BCML commitment toconduct the activities in harmony with society and nature. The company expects all itsemployees to implement the HSE Policy. Protecting the health and safety of the employees, neighbours, customers and

consumers.



Maintaining the security of people & assets. Protecting the environment

8.8.2 Occupational Health and Safety HazardsFollowing Occupational Health and safety Hazards shall be there in the Plant: Dust Noise Heat stress Electrical Hazards Fire and Explosion Other Hazards(1) DustA) Risks involvedFollowing risks are involved: Presence of dust may cause respiratory disorders. Systemic intoxicationsB) Management Measures Implementation of adequate dust control systems and good housekeeping. Water sprinkling in the places where dust dispersion can occur. Regular sweeping of roads within plant premises Providing dust masks to employees working in handling and storage yards.(2) NoiseA) Risks involvedFollowing risks are involved: Hearing Impairment, Hypertension, Increase Pulse rate Annoyance, Tinnitus, Sleep DisturbancesB) Management Measures Proper maintenance of machineries Installation of compressors and turbine in closed buildings Regular monitoring of noise level Display of noise level with permission level Display instruction to use of PPEs at high noise level area Periodic health checkup shall be kept as audiometric records for the persons working in

high noise area.



(3) Heat stressA) Risks involved Increase in core body temperature which leads to dehydration Increase in heart rate and muscle cramps Heat exhaustionB) Management measures Monitor workers who are at risk of heat stress Provide rest periods with water breaks Use of personal protective equipment(4) Electrical HazardsA) Risks involved Electric Shock, Electric Burns, Fires and ExplosionsB) Causes of Hazards Insulation Failure, Equipment Failure, Poor Maintenance. Wrong Work Methods, Substandard Material and workmanship Unauthorized personal & Lack of Training and Knowledge, etc.C) Management Measures Proper earthingis being/shall be done as per IS 3043 Low Voltage Supply is being/shall be ensured Isolating Transformers Double Insulated Tools Over Load Protection Protection Against Leakages (G.F.C.I.) Flame- Proof Equipment Lightning Protection

(5) Fire and ExplosionA) Risks involved Fire catching in store, bag godown, conveyors, oil storage area, fuel storage yard,

transformers etc.B) Management Measures Suitable fire extinguisher, fire hydrant system and fire buckets. Dry power type in oil

and fire buckets are kept near transformer, cable, general store and office area. Firetender is kept ready at plant main gate.

Oil and Flammable Gases storage area fenced and declared as Fire Hazardous Area-“NoSmoking Area”



Permit and safety instruction to use welding / gas cutting in the area of oil storage, andgodown.

Predictive interlock in transformers to give alarm and trip the system Adequate height of brick walls for separation of all transformers, soak pits for storage of

oil leakages from transformers

(6) Other HazardsA) Risks involved Silo/tank and Buildings Collapse Slipped and fall from working at height Failure of lifting tools, tackles and pressure vessel Occupational injuries Hit by moving, flying or falling objectB) Management Measures Structural soundness of buildings Installation of light arrestors at all tall buildings Permit to work at height with work instruction to use safety belts etc. Testing of all lifting tools, tackles and pressure vessel. Safe working pressure is maintained in air receiver. Safe working load for cranes and ropes etc. Good housekeeping & Speed limit of 20 km/hr in plant area. Display of emergency number at all suitable location. Fire tender, ambulance and emergency staff ready at the plant main gate at all the time. First aid kits are kept at the sites and training provided. Use of mobile while driving, alcohol, smoking etc are ban in plant area. Proper illumination in office

8.8.3 Occupational Health SurveillanceIn the plant, the occupational health surveillance of the employee is being/shall be done on aregular basis and records of the same are being/shall be maintained as per the Factories Act.The occupational health surveillance program shall include/includes lung function; sputumanalysis and audiometric analysis on regular basis to observe any contraction due to exposureto dust and noise and corrective measures shall be taken accordingly. Vocational trainingprograms shall also be conducted. Under vocational training the workers is being/shall begiven training related to all safety and health aspects pertaining to their vocation andthereafter every quarter special training courses/ Awareness program for Malaria



eradication, HIV and health effects on exposure to dust, heat, noise, chemicals arebeing/shall be organized for employed person.Periodical medical camps with specialized doctors of various disciplines shall alsoprovide/provides the specialized medical assistance to employees as well as neighboringcommunities.

B. Pre placement and periodical health statusPre / Post-employment checkup shall be carried out and following tests are being/shall beconducted: Chest X- rays Audiometry Spirometry Vision testing (Far & near vision, color vision & other ocular effect) ECG Post-employment occupational health check-up such as lung function, audiometry, CBC,

Blood Sugar, Lipid Profile etc. Medical records of each employee shall be maintained separately and shall be updated as

per finding during monitoring. Medical records of the employee at the end of his / her term shall be updated.

C. Frequency of medical examination Once in a yearD. Personal protective devices and measures Industrial Safety helmets, Crash helmets Face shield Goggles Safety Shoes & Rubber Gumboots: Safety shoes are mandatory to be worn by all the

employees and rubber gumboots are being/shall be provided to person who handlessulphuric acid. Full suit having hand-gloves, goggles, helmet and aprons shall beprovided.

Face Shield Helmet: The people deputed for welding work are being/shall be providedwith face shield helmet.

Ear muffs and Ear Plugs Full body Safety harness Leather hand gloves, Asbestos hand gloves, Electrical hand gloves, Heat Resistive hand

gloves, Chemical hand gloves and Cut resistance hand gloves Safety net, Barricading net



Protective clothing, Dangari etc. Safety belt / line man's safety beltE: Harmful chemical:According to permissible exposure levels of harmful chemicals, details aregiven below:

Sl no. Harmfulchemicals

Permissibleexposurelevels

Concentrationin workingarea

Safetymeasuresadopted insideplant premises

1. Sodiumhydroxide 2 mg/m3 <2 mg/m3

Proper PPEs areprovided toworkers.

F. Anticipated occupational & safety hazards Heat Stress and Stroke Physical activity Dehydration Cardiovascular disease Skin disorders Dust Exposure Metallic dust exposure Noise Burns and shocks due to electricity

8.8.4 Implementation of OHS standards as per OHSAS/USEPAThe overall objective of the company is to provide a system that is capable of deliveringhealthy and safe workplace. Following measures have been adopted for implementation ofOHS standards. Well-equipped Occupational Health Centre with adequate paramedical staff Routine and special investigation related to occupational health Health surveillance and maintenance of health record Rules and procedure for effective implementation of Safety Health and Environment

policy and made to know all employees Round the clock Ambulance facility Sufficient number of First aid boxes Implementation of OHSAS 18001 for Occupational Health and Safety Management

System Formulation of OHS implementation team/ cell



Risk assessment of each and every activity Implementation of OHS management program Displaying the safety and health policy and instructions at various locations Display of safe operating procedure (SOP) at various locations Job safety analysis Carry out daily plant safety inspection by internal safety department Investigation of fatal, serious accidents and near miss accident Investigation of reports of occupational diseases Monthly safety meeting of all employees & workers to discuss last month accident if any,

reason and corrective measures taken. Organize campaigns, competitions, contests etc. to promote safety Organize safety training, seminars for safe working and safe vehicle and traffic

movement within the plant premises and regular training for safe driving outside theplant premises

Prepare annual reports of accidents and occupational diseases. Preparation and updatingof Onsite Emergency Plan and Liaison with external agencies and authorities

Ensure use of PPEs according to the job like helmet, safety shoes, goggle, dust mask, earplug and hand gloves etc.

Establishment of Occupational Health Centre for pre and periodic medical examinationof workers and staff to detect any onset of occupational disease and corrective manures

Display Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for use of every hazardous substance Implement the recommendations of HAZOP (A hazard and operability study) for

examination of problems in process / operation that may represent risks to personnel orequipment

Periodic Safety Audits both internal and external, review and implementation ofrecommendations.

8.8.5 Safety CommitteeA safety committee is formed and manned by equal participation from management andworkers with the following functions: Accident prevention and control including ensuring the use of safety appliances. Publicity, propaganda, education and training. Assisting and cooperating with the management in achieving the aims and objectives

outlined in the “Health and Safety Policy” of the occupier. Carrying out health and safety surveys for identifying unsafe working

condition/practices, which causes accident.



8.8.6 Medical FacilitiesThe company has/shall be provided with occupational health centre functioning round theclock along with the trained staff. The company has facility for ambulance for the workers.Tie up arrangements are/shall be there with nearest hospital and nursing home for the plant.First aid boxes are/shall be kept in all identified locations for emergency.Apart from these, specialists shall visit/visits the Plant to render consultation. Camps forimmunization, family planning, blood donation and free medical checkup programs arebeing/shall be organized on regular basis for employees as well as neighboring communities.

First Aid BoxesFirst aid boxes have been/shall be provided at prominent places with following items: Small size sterilized dressing. Medium size sterilized dressing. Large size sterilized dressing. Burnol Ointment. Packets of sterilized cotton wool. Bottle (120 ml) of cetramide solution (1%) of suitable antiseptic solution. Mercurochrome solution (in 2% water). Scissors. Adhesive plaster (2cm x 1 m). Sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets. Aspirin tablets. Potassium Permanganate crystals.First aid boxes shall be kept in every department for emergency. First aid training shall beorganized for the employees.

8.8.7 Plan & Fund Allocation for Occupational Health & SafetyProposed budget details for expenditure on Occupational Health & Safety shall be Rs10.0lacs/annum for the next 5 years.

Table: 8.11 Fund allocation for Occupational Health & SafetySl No Particular Amount(Lakhs)/annum

1 Estimated Expenses onworker health checkup

3.0

2 Doctor fees & other facilities 7.03 Total safety Budget 10.0



8.9 CSR Action PlanCorporate Social Responsibility (CSR) policy sets out M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery overall aims, Objectives and Targets in this area. It covers operation in all sectors.CSR action plan builds a smart, sustainable and inclusive economic area with highemployment and productivity levels, resources conservation and an environmentallyacceptable and climate friendly energy supply, Combined with marked social cohesion.M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery shall develop the following action plan forCSR with the aim of strengthening and increase Corporate Social responsibility.Year wise expenditure for Socio Economic Development:2% of total annual Profit as per the CSR Act (By Ministry of corporate affairs NotificationGSR 129 (E) (The breakup of 5.0 crores is tabulated below.)The proposed (estimated)CSR Cost for next 5 years shall be Rs. 5.0 croresYear wise action plan for all developmental activities under “Corporate SocialResponsibility” are proposed as follows: Table 10.12 is showing proposed budget forCSR below:

Table 8.12 Proposed Budget for CSRSl no. Activities Cost (in lacs)

A Educationi Distribution of Education kit, books, stationary etc 30 lacsii Computer education to Girls 10 lacsiii Organization of awareness camps 20 lacsiv Distribution of school furniture’s like stool, table etc. 20 lacs

vSchool support sport material /School development

20 lacs

Sub - Total 100 lacsB Health & Family Welfarei Medical checkup camps 30 lacsii Awareness programs & Blood Donation Camp 25lacsiii Eye camps 25 lacsiv Veterinary health camps & Animal vaccination camp 20 lacs

Sub - Total 100 lacsC Sustainable Development & Livelihoodi Distribution of laptops, Sewing Machine to females 30 lacsii Organization of self help groups 30 lacsiii Providing fruits plants & new ideas for development 20 lacsiv Agriculture Awareness support training 20 lacs

Sub - Total 100 lacs



D Infrastructure Developmenti Construction of toilets in Schools & Govt. Building 40 lacsii Solar light, hand pump installation in Schools. 35 lacsiii Maintains of existing roads in consultation with Govt. 25 lacs

Sub - Total 100 lacsE Social Welfarei Construction of marriage hall, 40 lacsii Sports Events 40 lacs

iiiPlantation during monsoon season in School, Govt.offices & both sides of roads

20 lacs

Sub - Total 100 lacs

Total500.00 lacs

(5.00 Crores)

8.10 Vehicular Pollution Control and Its ManagementVehicle emissions are responsible for 70% of the country’s air pollution. Various laws in thisregard have been laid out by the government. Air pollution from vehicle exhaust andindustry is a worsening problem for India. Exhaust from vehicles has increased eight-foldover levels of twenty years ago; industrial pollution has risen four times over the sameperiod. The economy has grown two and a half times over the past two decades.M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery takes care of all the measures to take up thevehicular pollution control in addition to the pollution from the plant processes. All thevehicles are kept environmentally compliant. The details are as below:Vehicular pollution control measures:1. Inspection and maintenance (I&M) program for vehicles: The first and mostimportant step towards emission control for the large in-use fleet of vehicles is theformulation of an inspection and maintenance system. It is possible to reduce 30-40%pollution loads generated by vehicles through proper periodical inspections and maintenanceof vehicles. It should include testing of various elements of safety, road worthiness andcompliance to pollution norms. Renewal of permits and registration.

2. Emission norms: Emission norms for all categories of petrol and diesel vehicles shouldbe followed. Bharat stage emission standards are emission standards instituted byGovernment of India to regulate the output of air pollutants from internal combustionengine equipment, including motor vehicles. The standards and the timeline forimplementation are set by the Central Pollution Control Board under the MoEFCC.



3. Appropriate Fuel Diesel with low sulphur content should be used. Pre-mixed fuels (petrol and oil mixture) for use of two stroke vehicles.

4. Periodical Checking of VehiclesVehicles shall be checked internally or outsourced for the safety check as per the guidelinesand the below mentioned checklist in the table below. Corrective measures shall be takenfor the ‘Unfit vehicles’.

5. Management Measures Traffic shall be minimized inside and outside the premises. Adequate inspection and maintenance facilities. Older vehicles shall be timely replaced. Keep a check on adulteration of fuel. Proper traffic management system. Concretization of roads. Development of Greenbelt and plantation around roads and plant periphery as a

mitigative measure. Awareness programmes in the plant and nearby villages.

8.11 ConclusionAs discussed, it is safe to say that the proposed project shall not be likely to cause anysignificant impact on the ecology of the area, as adequate preventive measures shall beadopted to maintain various pollutants within the permissible limits. Greenbelt developmentaround the area would also be taken up as an effective pollution mitigation technique, aswell as to control the pollutants released from the premises of M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery.



CHAPTER – IXPROJECT BENEFITS

9.1 IntroductionM/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery believes holistic socio economic developmentof the local community is the need of the hour. It truly believes that a company’s prosperityis linked with that of its neighboring communities. All the development related andcommunity support activities are driven at all distillery units and have continuous on-goingsocial interventions. The company is active in overall socio economic development of thearea and is undertaking socio-economic developmental activities for the benefit of the localsand shall continue in future also. The company has a separate Corporate EnvironmentalResponsibility policy, which defines its principle of working in a socially responsible, ethicaland environmental friendly manner.

Project BenefitsProject benefits are attributed in various ways as under:1) Employment2) Social3) Economic

9.2 Employment OpportunitiesThe project has positive direct and indirect employment. Manpower is required duringconstruction and operation phase and also in other activities such as transportation, day today operations etc. Further, additional employment opportunities shall be generated.Preference shall be given to the local people for employment based on their qualification andeligibility.

9.3 Promotion of Social and Economic StatusThe beneficial aspects of the projects on the socio-economic environment of the area are inthe areas of employment, service, trade, commerce, public utility, literacy, socialawareness, health care facilities, recreation etc.The company shall contribute substantially to the overall economy and social developmentof the area through Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) activities.The operation zone of the CER activities for the new project shall be extended to the nearbyvillages of plant site. The company shall propose plans to supplement the existing

This Chapter provides the benefits to the community in vicinity as well as tothe region on the whole that are associated with the project. It alsoenvisaged the Corporate Social Responsibility and Community Developmentactivities.



governmental programs among the local population. Environmental awareness shall becreated among people by organizing awareness camps. Developmental activities shall becarried out keeping sustainable development in mind. Based on the needs assessment, theCER programme shall be customized & implemented while partnering with GovernmentAgencies, NGOs, and Local Panchayats for implementation.

Figure 9.1: Major areas undertaken by unit

9.4 CER Activities carried out by M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distilleryalong with expenditureThe company has undertaken various activities for the up-liftment of the social communitythrough community development under following major sectors:

PROVIDING EDUCATION FOR SOCIETY Education support to promote education for needy children Teaching aids in schools/college Health Check -up of Students Logistic educational support to Schools Plantation at SchoolsCOMMUNITY HEALTH General Health Awareness Camp AIDS Awareness Program Health and Safety Education Training Logistic support to hospitalsSUPPORTING SUSTAINABLE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Computer Training for the rural youth Infrastructure support for sustainable development

Education

Social welfare

Health andfamily welfare

InfrastructuralDevelopment

CERFOCUSAREA



Safe drinking water facilities Training on water Harvesting and Managements

BUILDING INFRASTRUCTURE FOR COMMUNITIES Renovation of community places Renovation of Panchayat Bhavan Provision of Water Tank Renovation/Construction of Rural Roads Address community infrastructure needs

9.5 Proposed Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)The proposed CER Cost is Rs. 313.0 Lakhs (1.5% of additional capital investment, as peroffice memorandum no. F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018 as project is greenfield (New Distillery Project)). Details of year wise action plan for all developmentalactivities under “Corporate Environment Responsibility” proposed are given in thetable 9.1 below:

Table no 9.1: Proposed Action Plan for CER Activities

S.No Activity HeadsYears Total

Amount(in Lakhs)1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

1. Drinking Water Facilities 18.5 9.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 45.5

2. Plantation in the NearbyVillages 9.5 9.15 6.0 6.0 6.0 37.0

3. Education to theUnderprivileged 10.0 10.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 37.0

4. Medical Health Camps 10.0 10.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 26.0

5.

Construction of EnvironmentSupporting Infrastructureunder Swacch BharatAbhiyaan

36.0 15.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 69.0

6. Development of roads 24.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 63.0

7. Solar light installation invillages 15.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 39.0

Grand Total (1.5% TotalProject Cost) 313.0

Note:The entire activities proposed under the CER shall be treated as project and will bemonitored. The monitoring reports shall be submitted to the Regional Office as a part of



half yearly compliance report, and to the District Collector. It shall be posted on the websiteof the project proponent.

9.6 ConclusionM/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery has generated a fair amount of direct and indirectemployment in the study region. The local economy has received a boost due to employeespending and services generated by the company. The overall effect has improved the buyingpower of employees and thus a higher standard of living viz. better education, improvedhealth and sanitation facilities, housing etc. This is envisaged as a major positive benefit,which shall ultimately lead to the sustainable development of the region.



CHAPTER XENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

10.1 Environmental Cost Benefit AnalysisAs per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and its subsequent amendments; theChapter on “Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis” is applicable only, if the same isrecommended at the Scoping stage.As per the ToR points issued by MoEF & CC, New Delhi for the proposed installationproject; the environmental cost benefit analysis is not required.



CHAPTER-XIADDITIONAL STUDIES

11.1 IntroductionAs per the EIA notification dated 14th September 2006, as amended from time to time;The application for proposed project was submitted on 22nd July 2018 and ToR wasgranted by MOEF on 24th August 2018 TOR issued by the MOEF vide letter no. IA-J-11011/236/2018-IA-II (I).Date of submission for amendment in ToR was 17th September 2018. Application foramendment in ToR was considered in 42nd expert appraisal committee (Industry-2)meeting held on 31st October 2018.The following Additional information is available on reference to the additional Terms ofReferences; Public Consultation

11.2 Public ConsultationPublic Hearing was conducted on 22.02.2019 at industrial place. Details of the PublicHearing Proceedings are appended herewith:

Public Hearing Notice published in Newspapers “Times of India, Dainik Jagran &Hindustan”, dated 20.01.2019.

Photographs of Public Hearing. Public Hearing: Question Answers and Proceedings. Summary of public hearing.

11.3 Public Hearing ProceedingsPublic hearing proceedings (Hindi) along with attendance sheet have been enclosed aswith this Final EIA/EMP Report. Public Hearing Notice published in Newspapers “Times of India & Hindustan”, dated

20.01.2019, 21.01.2019.The concerned photographs are as given in next section:The public hearing proceedings is annexed as annexure 3.



Times of India: 20.01.2019


Ascenso Enviro Private Limited Page 309Hindustan: 21.01.2019



11.3.1 Public Hearing Photographs:











11.4 Public Hearing: Question Answers and Proceedings.

S.No. Name of thequestionnaire

PointRaised/Suggestion

Reply Action Plan

1. Shri Vijay Singh,Gram Pradhan ,Gram PadriyatulaKhiri

What will be done for rainwater harvesting by theUnit?

Environment Consultantinformed that unit shallwithdraw ground water aftergrant of NOC from CGWA,and as per rules unit willrecharge half the abstractedwater via rain waterharvesting in ponds, unit hasacquired 9.0 acres of pondfor purpose of rain waterharvesting and beatificationand unit shall take help fromadministration.

Unit has adopted pond for the rainwater harvesting.Unit has located capital cost 35.0lakhs and recurring cost 3.0 lakhs forthe same.

2. Mr. Ravindra KumarPanday , GramPradhan ,Gram-Gudiya ,Village Khiri

What will be the benefits tolocal people afterinstallation of plant?

Executive Chairman of theChini Mill replied that unitshall provide employment todeserving educated nearbypeople.Apart from this unit shallprovide training to nearbypeople so hat skilled personsmay get jobs in other units.

Training and skill developmentprogram shall be organized by the unitfor local people and youths.Local people get preference in semi-skilled unskilled employment.Provision of Rs. 37.0 Lakh /year hasbeen made for training and skilldevelopment. Unit has committed313.0 lakh, which will completely beused in village development related



projects.

3. Mr. Surendra Singh,Gram –Lokaha, Khiri

As unit shall dischargewaste water which causespollution; to control whatmanagement has proposed?

Executive chairmen of theChini Mill replied thatspentwash will be and shallbe burnt in the boiler withbagasse as a fuel.Effluent and polluted watershall not be discharged fromthe industrial premises.Unit shall be installing onzero liquid dischargestrategy.

Unit has allocated 400.0 Lakhstowards Water Pollution Control(Condensate Treatment Unit).

4. Mr. Jaskaran Singh,Gram –Govindpurva,Lakhimpur Khiri

What will be themanagement regardingcontrol of air pollution?

Environment Consultantreplied that to control stackemission within thestipulated norms, Unit shallinstall ESP along with Stackas per prescribed guidelines.Ash shall be rich in Potash(27%).Unit will installedgranulation plant by whichAsh shall be converted intogranules.Stack height shall be 72.0 mby which problem of airpollution will not occur.

Unit has allocated Rs.818.0 lakhtowards air pollution controlmeasures.



5. Mr. Anil Dikshit,Gram –Pradhan,Gram-Bastauli,Lakhimpur khiri

Unit is installing the powerplant. Will power besupplied to us?

Executive Chairman of ChiniMill replied that we cannotsupply the electricity directlyto the farmers.We will supply electricity tothe power supply grid fromthere it shall be distributedaccordingly.

-

6. Mr. Mahendra Singh,Gram –Rajpur, Khiri

What shall be regarding AshManagement?

Regional Officer of theUPPCB, Lucknow repliedthat Unit shall be installinggranulation plant by whichAsh will be converted intogranules. Granules will besupplied to the farmers.Ash shall be rich in Potash(27%).

Unit will install a granulation plant.Unit has allocated 100.0 lakhs for thesame.



11.5 SUMMARY OF ISSUES RAISED IN PUBLIC HEARING:

1. Public hearing was held on 22.02.2019 at proposed project site.

2. The District Magistrate forwards proceedings of the public hearing with

recommendations to grant environmental clearance.

3. Issues regarding employment, social responsibilities, control of waste water

generation, ground water abstraction, air pollution control measures, rain water

harvesting, ash disposal, were raised.

4. The project proponent assured creation of employment of about 160.0 persons.

5. The proposed CER Cost is Rs. 313.0 Lakhs (1.5% of additional capital investment, as

per office memorandum no. F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018 as project is

green field (New Distillery Project)).

Regarding air pollution control and fly ash generation, the public was informed that the

emission would be within prescribed standards, an online monitoring system shall be

prescribed and connected to Pollution Control Board server.

To specific reference from the Chairman of the public hearing committee, it was

informed that waste water shall be recycled completely in the industrial process and no

waste water shall be discharge. It was also informed that since the amount of potash in

ash is high, the same will be converted to granules via granulation plant.

The project was recommended for grant of Environment Clearance by consensus of all

present.



Chapter-XIIDisclosure of Consultants Engaged

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA Report for M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit-Distillery (A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) has proposed to establish a 160 KLD(RS/ENA/Ethanol), molasses based distillery along with 8.0 MW of Co- GenerationPower Plant at Village- Rudrapur Gularia,PO-Nausar Gularia, Block -Bijua,Tehsil-GolaGokarannath, District-Lakhimpur Kheri, U.P. 262901.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity thatdeveloped the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator:Name: Dr. Shalini Gupta

Signature: Dr. Shalini GuptaPeriod of involvement: Nov 2014 to till dateContact information: 9210476029, 9891088222

S.No

FunctionalArea

Name of theexpert/s

Involvement(Period &Task**)

Signature & Date

1 AP Mr.PurushottamSharma

Prediction of airpollution and its

management.2 WP Mr.Saurabh

TrivediPrediction of water

pollution and itsmanagement andwater balance.

3 SHW Mr. PurushottamSharma

Identification ofnature of waste,

categorization, andquantity of

generated OB/waste. Prediction ofwaste pollution and

its management.








S.No

FunctionalArea

Name of theexpert/s


Signature & Date










its management.








S.No

FunctionalArea

Name of theexpert/s


Signature & Date










its management.



4 SE Mr. DineshChandraGodiyal

Secondary data ofCensus of India,

2011.Socio-Economic

impact assessmentStudy of the socio

economic andcultural aspects.5 EB Mr. Rishi Punia Ecological and

biodiversity surveyIdentification of

species (flora andfauna).

Conservation planfor fauna, in case of

schedule-I.6 HG Mr. AbhishekSaxena

Hydrogeologicalsurvey for assessingaquifer distribution

of the areaWater resourceevaluation of the

area.Collection of water

quality data.7 GEO - -8 SC Dr.Manoj

Kumar DiwediField Survey for

assessing theregional and localsoil characteristics

of the area.9 AQ Dr.Shalini

GuptaStudy of primarydata, air QualityModeling and itsinterpretation.

10 NV Mr. ParasKumarNaagori

Study of NoiseImpact and their

mitigation measure

11 LU Ms. Geetanjali Satellite DataProcurement,

Interpretation ofSatellite Data for

preparation of LU

12 RH Mr.SwapanBandopadhyay

Assessment of riskinvolved, if any,

Management planfor safety.





2011.Socio-Economic

















mitigation measure



preparation of LU








2011.Socio-Economic

















mitigation measure



preparation of LU






Declaration by the head of the accredited consultant organization/authorized personI, Purushottam Sharma, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned expertsprepared the EIA report for the project:“M/s Gularia Chini Mills Unit- Distillery (A unit of Balrampur Chini Mills Limited) hasproposed to establish a 160 KLD (RS/ENA/AA), molasses based distillery along with 8.0MW of Co- Generation Power”I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for anymisleading information mentioned in the statement.

Name: Mr. Purushottam SharmaDesignation: Managing DirectorName of the EIA Consultant Organization: Ascenso Enviro Pvt. Ltd.

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Ascenso Enviro Pvt.Ltd.NABET Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/342/IA-008













ConclusionThere is no denying the fact that the Proposed Distillery project activities may have someimpact on the existing environment. The measures required to mitigate these impactshave been dealt with in detail. From the detailed analysis of the environmental impactsand the remedial measures suggested/recommended it can be concluded that nosignificant deterioration in the ecosystem is likely to occur due to the proposedestablishment of plant. On the other hand, several benefits like employment generation;plantation and economic growth in the area will increase and also contribute to theoverall development of the nearby area.

From the detailed study of the environmental impact on account of proposed plant andthe remedial measures suggested thereof in the Environmental management plan it couldbe concluded that no significant deterioration in the ecosystem is likely to be caused inthe long run.

The proponents M/s Gularia Chini Mills is a Company of repute, havinghighly experienced administrative and technical staff, capable of managingthe industry with full confidence. So, it is recommended that‘Environmental Clearance’ for the establishment of this project could begranted.

Documents

GULARIA CHINI MILLS